2020 Annual Report
Heroes
Learn
Here
Visit our social communities for APUS, AMU & APU
APUS.edu/communities
Visit our social communities for Hondros College of Nursing
facebook.com/HondrosNursing
twitter.com/HondrosNursing
American Public Education, Inc. (APEI) is the parent company of online
learning provider American Public University System (APUS) and on-ground
pre-licensure Hondros College of Nursing (Hondros or HCN).
The Rasmussen Acquisition
On October 28, 2020, we announced our intention to acquire
100% ownership of Rasmussen University. The transaction is
expected to close in the third quarter of 2021, subject to certain closing
conditions, including review by the Department of Education and
approval by other regulatory and accrediting agencies. Rasmussen
is the largest educator of Associates Degree in Nursing (ADN) nurses
which leads to a Registered Nurse (RN) designation (after successfully
completing the NCLEX exam), with over 8,200 nursing students and
18,000 students in total enrolled in its traditional and competency-
based programs online and through 24 campuses in seven states and
plans to add in-person classes at its Texas campus.
The Bureau of Labor Statistics places registered nursing among the
top occupations for U.S. job growth, and projects approximately 175,900
job openings for RNs each year through 2029. According to a 2018 study
published in the American Journal of Medical Quality, a significant
shortage of nurses is also expected, with as many as 500,000 positions
unfilled by the year 2030. We believe Rasmussen and Hondros can serve
a meaningful role in addressing the nursing shortage.
When the acquisition is complete, Rasmussen University will join
forces with a respected leader in the field whose values align with our
own. APEI will be not only the #1 educator of the military and veterans,
but also the #1 educator of pre-licensure nurses. From a strategic
standpoint, we believe that the Rasmussen acquisition will enable us
to capture synergies through shared capabilities and shared services,
and it will dramatically increase our scale, nearly doubling APEI’s
revenues to almost $600 million in 2021.1
RASMUSSEN TRANSACTION HIGHLIGHTS
• Rasmussen University has a 120-year heritage of educating
adult learners. Enrollment in Rasmussen’s pre-licensure
nursing programs has grown at a 16% five-year compound
annual growth rate.
• Post-acquisition, APEI will become the #1 educator of pre–
licensure nurses, with over 10,500 nursing students, adding
another #1 market position to our current #1 market positions
with APUS in serving military and veteran students.
• The purchase price is $329 million, consisting of $300 million
in cash plus $29 million in preferred shares (or cash at APEI’s
option).
• The transaction will create scale and diversify APEI’s revenue
with a mix that will consist of approximately one-third military
and veterans, one-third nursing and one-third online adult
learners.
• From cultural alignment on affordable, inclusive and high-
quality education to strong regulatory track records, we
believe the combination will be unparalleled in the industry.
• This acquisition amplifies APEI’s brand promise to provide
learners with a Higher Education Return on Investment or
HEROI™.
1. On an annual pro forma basis, assuming that the transaction had closed as of January 31, 2021.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements made in this report regarding APEI or its subsidiaries that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements based on current
expectations, assumptions, estimates, and projections about APEI and the industry. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as
“anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “should,” “will” and “would.” These forward-looking statements
include, without limitation, statements regarding benefits of the acquisition of Rasmussen University (the “Acquisition”), the timing of the closing
of the Acquisition, expected growth, expected registration and enrollments, expected revenues, expected earnings, income and EBITDA, expected
financial results for Rasmussen University, expected capital structure, the ability to deliver a return on learners’ educational investment, the ability to
maintain an attractive risk profile, and plans with respect to recent, current and future initiatives.
Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied
by such statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, risks related to: the effects of and APEI’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic;
risks related to the Acquisition, including the satisfaction of closing conditions related to the Acquisition; APEI’s ability to obtain financing to fund
the Acquisition; and other events that could impact the Acquisition and its closing; APEI’s dependence on the effectiveness of its ability to attract
students who persist in its institutions’ programs; APEI’s ability to effectively market its institutions’ programs; adverse effects of changes APEI makes
to improve the student experience and enhance the ability to identify and enroll students who are likely to succeed; APEI’s ability to maintain strong
relationships with the military and maintain course registrations and enrollments from military students; APEI’s ability to comply with regulatory
and accrediting agency requirements and to maintain institutional accreditation; APEI’s reliance on Department of Defense tuition assistance, Title IV
programs, and other sources of financial aid; APEI’s dependence on its technology infrastructure; strong competition in the postsecondary education
market and from non-traditional offerings; the performance of directors, executives and employees; and the various risks described in the “Risk
Factors” section and elsewhere in APEI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 and other filings with the SEC. You should
not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. APEI undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any
reason, unless required by law, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future.
Letter to Shareholders: 2020 was a year of unprecedented
events. The global pandemic sparked a healthcare crisis that
touched every aspect of our lives. Higher education was no
exception, experiencing significant disruption as many
schools were forced to dramatically change daily operations.
Many transitioned to virtual learning for the first time. As a
pioneer of online, asynchronous higher education, APEI was
able to continue serving learners without interruption at APUS
and we used our expertise to quickly move students at Hondros
to a virtual platform.
Strong enrollment growth at APUS and record
“ Inclusiveness
is in our DNA.
We believe
that education
should be
accessible to all,
not reserved
for the few.”
enrollment at Hondros highlighted our fundamental strengths.
APEI was built to provide access to affordable, quality higher
— ANGELA SELDEN
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
education, especially for those who find their options limited or
challenging. Our programs were developed for working adults,
people who have a unique set of challenges when it comes to obtaining a higher education. These include time and scheduling
constraints in balancing their professional duties and family obligations, as well as financial obstacles. For some, the pandemic
exacerbated those issues, and we realize some lives will never be the same.
We believe students eager to pursue their degrees were drawn to our programs because of their inclusiveness,
affordability, accessibility, flexibility and relevance. These attributes continue to set us apart. The pandemic has forced
fundamental changes in our society, in the economy and in higher education that are likely to persist. We believe our core
strengths, including our financial stability, will enable APEI to continue to help more learners in these uncertain times.
HEROI™
APEI built its reputation on serving the military, veteran and public service communities. Today, we also serve nurses,
healthcare professionals and everyday heroes in a variety of fields. Our mission is to drive down the cost of higher education
and help students of all backgrounds maximize the return on their investment in education. HEROI™ — Higher Education Return
on Investment — is a conceptual framework that highlights our mission.
Our success starts with an unwavering commitment to high-quality, relevant education at an affordable cost. APEI
offers a strong value proposition, combining affordability with quality academic programs and first-rate student services. APUS
students have access to more than 240 programs relevant to today’s workplace, including highly-specialized degree programs,
and 67% of our full-time faculty have a terminal degree in their field.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 1
We’re building
on nearly three
decades of service
to healthcare,
military and
everyday heroes.
Our future has
never been brighter.
In a November 2019 Georgetown University study of
4,500 institutions, APUS ranked in the top 2% overall
(#93 nationally) for 40-year return on educational
investment or net present value.3
We also strive to keep expenses within reach. Our
combined undergraduate tuition, fees and book costs have
been approximately 30% less than the average in-state costs
at public institutions offering Bachelor’s degrees.2 By providing
textbooks and course materials at no cost to thousands of
eligible students through our book grant program, we have
delivered total savings of $144 million since 2001. We also
make it easier for incoming students to transfer credits from
other schools and universities. That helps shorten the time to
degree completion, which represents a real cost savings for our
students. For students who have graduated since 2001, we have
accepted more than 3.7 million transfer credits.
We enable our students to achieve their purpose on
their own terms, at their own pace and in their own time frame.
It’s not surprising that, year after year, we achieve high levels
of student and alumni satisfaction. In fact, 51% of new students at APUS are referred by others and 34% of our alumni return
for a second degree.
2020 Results
We are exceedingly pleased to report solid financial growth
in 2020. For the full year, APEI’s consolidated revenues
increased 12.4% to $321.8 million. Net income nearly doubled
to $18.8 million or $1.25 per diluted share, compared to
$0.62 per share in the prior year period. And EBITDA from
continuing operations increased to $37.7 million, compared
to $28.4 million for 2019.
These results demonstrate that our commitment to
helping learners of all backgrounds maximize their HEROI™
resonates with today’s students. In 2020, enrollment at
APUS was up 12% year-over-year, and net course registrations
increased 11% compared to prior year, driven by an 18%
increase in net course registrations by new students. APUS
maintained its leadership among active-duty military and
veterans seeking online higher education.
2 2020 ANNUAL REPORT
Year-over-Year Growth
12.4%
Increase in Revenue
$8.8M
Increase in Net Income
2. Based on final 2018–19 institutional data reported to the U.S. Depart-
ment of Education via IPEDs, retrieved from NCES (https://nces.ed.gov/ip-
eds/use-the-data), including APUS’s 2018–19 data. Undergraduate full-time
tuition, fees and average book costs based on course load of 24 credit hours
per year. APUS’s tuition changed effective January 1, 2020 (see URL).
3. Georgetown University Center of Education and the Workforce. “Ranking
ROI of 4,500 US Colleges and Universities.” https://cew.georgetown.edu/
cew-reports/collegeroi/. Accessed 14 November 2019.
Hondros had an excellent year, achieving record enrollments. New and total student enrollment increased approximately
34% year-over-year. We recently opened new campuses in Indianapolis and Akron, bringing the total to seven campuses in two
states, Indiana and Ohio.
Significantly, in response to the pandemic, Hondros was able to pivot to a virtual model within five weeks, allowing
academic progression to proceed with minimal disruption. We take particular pride in the fact that we were able to provide
100 percent of the funds received through The CARES Act directly to Hondros students, giving them the additional support
at a critical time.
Our Social Mission
APEI was built on the belief that quality education should be
accessible to all, not reserved for the few. We also believe in
making a difference in the communities in which we live and
work. Our many volunteer and community service projects
emerge organically from the ideas and passions of our
students. In 2020, through our network of 70-plus student
organizations with more than 74,000 members, APUS students,
graduates, faculty and staff took part in more than 1,300
activities supporting environmental and social causes.
Equity, Diversity and Inclusion
Inclusiveness is in our DNA. In 2020, we established an Equity,
Diversity and Inclusion Committee at APUS. Approximately
half of our executive leadership is female, and six of our current
nine board members are women or minorities. We have strong
diversity at the staff level throughout our organization and
“ The function of
education is to
teach one to think
intensively and
to think critically.
Intelligence plus
character — that
is the goal of true
education.”
— MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR.
among our students, including our military and nursing communities. We believe the workplace and the university experience is
greatly enhanced by diversity and we remain committed to attracting underrepresented minorities.
At APEI, we take great pride in our health and safety record — zero injuries, arrests, fatalities or known occupational
diseases4 at our academic and administrative headquarters — and our environmental record. Our organization and institutions
are not a source of known hazardous waste. And, as a result of our environmentally friendly buildings and solar array in Charles
Town, the online education platform at APUS and convenient campus locations at Hondros, our carbon footprint is extremely
low. Overall, we estimate that our greenhouse gas emissions were 0.15 metric tons of CO2 equivalent per full-time enrollment
(FTE) in 2019. That puts APUS emissions well below 4.9 metric tons, which is the average among institutions that are members of
Second Nature, an organization of universities committed to climate neutrality.
4. APUS reported one domestic violence event at a non-campus property in El Paso in 2020.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 3
Commitment
to Communities
We Serve
DIVERSITY & GOVERNANCE
• Executive Leadership: 50% Female
We also take pride in our strong record of
environmental stewardship, and are well on our way to
meeting our commitment to climate neutrality by 2050.
In fact, we expect to achieve climate neutrality well before
2050 and have a goal to further reduce our non-hazardous
waste by 20% before 2030.
New Appointments
• Board of Directors: 56% Female, 8 of 9 currently
In 2020, we welcomed Dr. Wade Dyke as President of APUS.
serving Board members are independent
A former President of Kaplan University, he served as CEO of
INCLUSIVE & SAFE WORKPLACE
• Zero workplace injuries, arrests, fatalities
or known occupational diseases in 20204
• Policies and procedures dedicated to
creating an inclusive, diverse workplace
with ample opportunity for employee
growth, education and recognition
SUSTAINABILITY COMMITMENT
• Climate neutrality by 2050
• Reduce non-hazardous waste5 by 20%
(over 2010 levels) by 2030
• Not a major source of known hazardous
waste or EPA criteria air pollutants 6
Great Hearts Academies prior to taking on his new role.
We also added significant strength to APEI’s executive
team this year. In June, Steve Somers, formerly VP of
Corporate Development at Kaplan, joined APEI as SVP,
Chief Strategy and Corporate Development Officer, and Amy
Manning, former VP of Human Resources at Cisco Systems,
was named SVP, Chief Human Resource Officer.
I am also pleased to welcome two members to the
APEI board: Granetta Blevins, who has an impressive record in
senior management at education and education technology
companies, and Daniel Pianko, co-founder and managing
director of Achieve Partners. We expect each of these
2020 appointees to play vital roles in driving our long-term
strategic initiatives. In addition, Lieutenant General (Retired)
Vincent Stewart, who is currently the chief innovation and
business intelligence officer for consulting firm Ankura, has
been nominated for election to our Board of Directors at our
upcoming annual meeting.
A Transformative Acquisition
and Clear Strategy for the Future
In October, we announced an agreement to acquire
Rasmussen University, the largest educator of ADN (Associate Degree in Nursing) students. The acquisition, which is subject to
certain closing conditions and approvals, is expected to make our company a nursing education powerhouse. Rasmussen and
Hondros will contribute approximately $165 million in nursing revenue and serve over 10,000 nurses through 31 campuses across
nine states and online following closing of the acquisition. We are very enthusiastic about the acquisition of Rasmussen, as it will
4. APUS reported one domestic violence event at a non-campus property in El Paso in 2020.
5. Universal waste as defined by Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).
6. Backup electric generators and maintenance vehicles which may emit trace amounts of EPA criteria air pollutants (NOx, Sox, PM, VOCs, CO, Ozone, Lead) when utilized.
4 2020 ANNUAL REPORT
add another #1 market position — pre-licensure nursing
(ADN/RN and PN/LPN) — to our current #1 market
positions with APUS in serving active-duty military and
veteran students.
This larger nursing education footprint will be a
formidable force operating across markets to address
substantial projected nursing shortages and the high
demand for nursing education. The acquisition will
dramatically increase our scale and is expected to nearly
double APEI’s revenue to approximately $600 million in
2021 on a pro forma basis.7
Our agreement to acquire
Rasmussen University has
the potential to transform
APEI into a nursing education
powerhouse.
Finally, we will continue to focus on enterprise
transformation and technology modernization, improvements
well under way across our platforms, with the goal of driving
AN EDUCATION PLATFORM
FOR THE FUTURE
operational effectiveness and efficiency. In 2020, we migrated
(Post-Rasmussen Acquisition)
our learning management system at APUS to a new, more
robust cloud solution. We are already seeing the results of this
• Committed to help learners maximize
conversion in improved student retention and higher levels of
student and faculty satisfaction.
In closing, we look forward to an exciting future
dedicated to creating HEROI™ for our students, our employees
and our other key stakeholders.
Angela Selden
Chief Executive Officer
their Higher Education Return on
Investment or HEROITM
• APEI’s revenue mix would consist
of approximately 1/3 Nursing, 1/3 Military
and 1/3 Online Adult Learners
– each a growing market
• #1 in serving active duty military
• #1 in veteran communities
• #1 in pre-licensure nursing
• Significant online capabilities and
31 campuses across 9 states
• ~110,000 students through three separately
accredited and branded institutions
Angela Selden
7. On an annual pro forma basis, assuming that the transaction had closed as of January 1, 2021.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 5
Heroes Learn Here
our stories
OUR HERO
“I’m doing this for my family.”
YESLI VEGA, BS in Criminal Justice | AMU
When Yesli Vega enrolled in AMU, she became the first member of her family of origin to get an education beyond the high school level.
Going back to school presented its own challenges while working as a police officer and raising a family of her own. AMU offered her the
benefits associated with her status as the spouse of an army veteran as well as highly-specialized courses to help her move forward in her
career. But, perhaps more importantly, it offered her the flexibility she needed to balance home, work and her studies. That’s a tall order and
in the end, it made all the difference.
“I was totally able to be a mom. I was totally able to be a wife,” she says. “And now I can incorporate another title — student.” Yesli felt
compelled to pursue a degree for a lot of reasons. She believes education is vital to every aspect of one’s life, and that it provides her with
a clearer understanding of the world and of better ways to engage. But, above all else, she was motivated to do it for her family.
6 2020 ANNUAL REPORT
OUR HERO
“ Getting my degree taught me that
I can excel in my profession.”
JASON McCLAREN, BS in Fire Science Management, MS in Emergency and Disaster Management | AMU
A veteran of the U.S. Air Force, Jason McClaren earned his first degree from AMU in 2011 and his master’s degree in 2014. Flexibility, quality
and affordability — those were all big advantages. “The cost-to-value ratio going with AMU, I think, is excellent,” he says. “Compared to brick-
and-mortar schools that have a lot of other charges in there, it helps people that are working while going to school.” According to Jason,
without the high level of flexibility AMU offers, he would not have been able to reach his goals. “In addition to juggling two jobs and several
volunteer positions, the APUS online system allowed me to complete my coursework on my schedule.” He also liked the monthly course-starts.
An AMU education enabled Jason to stay informed in fields that are always changing. “One thing that really stood out to me with the
professors at AMU,” he says, “was that they were active in their career fields and able to bring that frontline knowledge to the classroom.”
Ultimately, getting his master’s helped set him apart in a highly competitive market, so he was able to pursue his career goals and take care of
another priority: his family. All of which adds up to a win-win.
OUR HERO
“ I’m getting the knowledge
I need to help my community.”
KEHONSHA YOUNG, Practical Nursing (PN) Student | Hondros
When Kehonsha Young’s daughter was born prematurely at 27 weeks, she weighed 2 pounds, 3 ounces. Her lungs were not fully developed and,
unable to take a bottle, she was moved to neonatal intensive care. According to Kehonsha, before she knew it, her daughter was well enough to
be discharged. “The nurses at the hospital in Gary, Indiana, took great care of her,” says Kehonsha. In fact, she was so grateful for the care her
daughter received that she decided to become a nurse. “I felt that it was my duty to return the favor and help others in need,” she says.
Now a student at the Indianapolis campus of Hondros College of Nursing (HCN), Kehonsha chose to pursue her degree in Practical Nursing
at HCN in part because the enrollment process was so straightforward, and because she liked the pace of the program. As a parent, staying
organized — and accepting the fact that getting a degree requires sacrifices — has helped her along the way. Her advice to students starting
down the same path? “Stay focused. It may not be an easy journey, but it can be done as long as you are determined to do well.”
2020 ANNUAL REPORT 7
Executive Leadership
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Angela Selden *
Chief Executive Officer
American Public Education, Inc.
Richard W. Sunderland Jr.,
CPA *
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Patrik Dyberg *
Executive Vice President and
Melissa Frey, CPA
Senior Vice President and
Chief Technology Officer
Controller
Thomas Beckett *
Senior Vice President and
Elizabeth Laguardia Cooper *
Senior Vice President and
Amy Manning *
Senior Vice President and
Steve Somers
Senior Vice President, Chief
General Counsel
Chief Marketing Officer
Chief Human Resource Officer
Strategy Officer and Corporate
AMERICAN PUBLIC UNIVERSITY SYSTEM (APUS)
Development Officer
HONDROS COLLEGE
OF NURSING (HCN)
Dr. Wade Dyke *
President
Robert Gay *
Senior Vice President and
Chief Operations Officer
Dr. Vernon Smith *
Senior Vice President
and Provost
Harry Wilkins
Chief Executive Officer
*Denotes executive officer for the purposes of Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
8 2020 ANNUAL REPORT
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[x] Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
or
[
] Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from ________ to ________
Commission File Number: 001-33810
American Public Education, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
111 West Congress Street,
Charles Town, West Virginia
(Address of principal executive offices)
01-0724376
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
25414
(Zip Code)
(304) 724-3700
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $.01 par value
Trading Symbol(s)
APEI
Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
PB
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
9
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [ ] No [x]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes [ ] No [x]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [x] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes [x] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,”
“accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [ ]
Smaller reporting company [ ]
Accelerated filer [x]
Emerging growth company [ ]
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
If an emerging growth company indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended
transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment
of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
(15 U.S.C. 7262(b) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. [x]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [ ] No [x]
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2020, the last business
day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, computed by reference to the price at which the
common stock was last sold on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on that date, was approximately $424 million.
The total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 5, 2021, was 18,641,527.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which
is expected to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s 2020 fiscal year) are
incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report.
10
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
11
INDEX
PART I
Item 1
Business
Item 1A
Risk Factors
Item 1B
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2
Properties
Item 3
Legal Proceedings
Item 4
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6
Selected Financial Data
Item 7
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B
Other Information
PART III
Item 10
Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Item 11
Executive Compensation
Item 12
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
Item 16
Form 10-K Summary
Page
16
66
113
114
114
114
115
117
118
138
138
174
174
177
178
179
179
179
179
180
180
10
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
11
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report, including the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements. We may, in
some cases, use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,”
“would,” “could,” “potentially,” “will,” or “may,” or other words or expressions that convey future events, conditions,
circumstances or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report include statements about:
• our expectations regarding the effects of and our response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including our ability to
successfully shift to blended in person and online learning at Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, impacts on
business operations and our financial results, and our ability to take advantage of emergency relief and to comply
with related regulations;
• our proposed acquisition of Rasmussen University;
• changes to and expectations regarding our student enrollment, net course registrations, and the composition of
our student body, including the pace of such changes;
• our ability to maintain, develop, and grow our technology infrastructure to support our student body;
• our conversion of prospective students to enrolled students and our retention of active students;
• our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs to meet emerging
student needs and marketplace demands, and our ability to do so in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis;
• our plans for, marketing of, and initiatives at, our institutions;
• our ability to leverage our investments in support of our initiatives, students, and institutions;
• our maintenance and expansion of our relationships and partnerships and the development of new relationships
and partnerships;
• actions by the Department of Defense, or DoD, or branches of the United States Armed Forces;
• federal appropriations and other budgetary matters, including government shutdowns;
• our ability to comply with the extensive regulatory framework applicable to our industry, as well as state law and
regulations and accrediting agency requirements;
• our ability to undertake initiatives to improve the learning experience and attract students who are likely to persist;
• changes in enrollment in postsecondary degree-granting institutions and workforce needs;
• the competitive environment in which we operate;
• our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from operations;
• our ability to manage and influence our bad debt expense;
• our ability to manage, grow, and diversify our business and execute our business initiatives and strategy; and
• our financial performance generally.
12
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
13
Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions, and expectations of our future performance,
taking into account information currently available to us, and are not guarantees of future results. There are a
number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these
forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties involved in the forward-looking statements include, among
others, the factors set forth below in “Summary of Risk Factors.”
Forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors and the factors described elsewhere
in this Annual Report, including in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements
made in this Annual Report as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in
this Annual Report. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect,
our actual results, performance, or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance, or
achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us, which speak only
as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements
after the date of this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as
required by law.
SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
We are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including risks that could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The following summary of the principal factors
that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky should not be relied upon as an exhaustive summary
of the material risks facing us. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed description
of risks that we deem material described under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other
information contained in this Annual Report before investing in our securities.
Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic
• The COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to adjust our operations, which could adversely affect the student
experience, and could have additional adverse effects on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
• Changes to our teaching methodology, at HCN, including as a result of COVID-19, could have an adverse impact on
outcomes, which could reduce our enrollments and revenue, limit our ability to offer educational programs, and
potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.
Risks Related to Attracting and Retaining Students
• Our success and financial performance depend on the effectiveness of our ability to market our programs and
attract students who persist in our institutions’ programs. If we are unable to effectively market our programs,
including through strong relationships with, and access to, various military installations and installation education
centers, our operating results would be negatively affected.
• Enrollments and course registrations by active duty service members may be adversely affected by a variety of
factors not directly related to education programs.
• Our revenue and number of students would decrease if American Public University System, Inc., or APUS, is no
longer able to receive funds under DoD tuition assistance programs or if tuition assistance is reduced, eliminated,
or suspended.
12
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
13
• Changes our institutions may make to improve the student experience and enhance their ability to identify and
enroll students who are likely to succeed may adversely affect our institutions.
• If our institutions are unable to successfully adjust to future market demands on a timely basis and in a cost-
effective manner, our performance may be impaired.
• Strong competition in the postsecondary education market, military market, or from non-traditional offerings,
could decrease our institutions’ market share and increase our cost of acquiring students.
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry
• If we or our institutions fail to comply with extensive regulatory requirements or to maintain their institutional
accreditation and state authorization, we and our institutions could face a decline in student enrollment, and
penalties and restrictions on operations, including loss of access to DoD tuition assistance programs, Title IV
programs, VA, and federal student loans and grants.
• Changes in the postsecondary regulatory environment, including as a result of U.S. federal elections, have
impacted and may impact our institutions.
• The inability of our institutions’ graduates to obtain professional licensure, employment, or other outcomes
in their chosen fields of study could reduce our enrollments and revenue, limit our ability to offer educational
programs, and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.
• A failure of HCN to satisfy accreditation standards, including specific student achievement indicators, could have
a material adverse impact on HCN’s student enrollment and our and HCN’s revenue, cash flows, and results of
operations.
• If one or more of our institutions does not comply with the 90/10 Rule, it or they will lose eligibility to participate
in federal student financial aid programs.
Risks Related to Our Business
• There are risks related to the acquisition of Rasmussen University, including:
• the acquisition may not be completed on the anticipated timeline, or at all, which could adversely impact our
business, results of operations, financial condition, and the market price of our common stock;
• we are relying on the availability of financing under a commitment letter for debt financing, or alternative
financing, to fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition;
• the significant transaction and integration costs we have incurred and expect to incur in connection with the
acquisition whether or not the transaction closes;
• the risks related to the integration of Rasmussen’s business and our ability to realize the expected benefits
of the acquisition;
• risks related to incurring substantial debt under the term loan facilities that we have entered into in connection
with financing the acquisition, the cost of servicing that debt, and our ability in the future to service that
debt; and
• Rasmussen University may have liabilities that are not known to us.
• Our business could be harmed if our institutions experience a disruption in their ability to process Title IV financial
aid or participate in DoD tuition assistance programs.
14
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
15
• We have implemented a shared services model, and challenges encountered due to the ongoing operation
and potential continued expansion of this model may cause strategic or operational challenges and adversely
impact us.
• Efforts to diversify our business outside of the traditional areas served by our institutions may provide strategic
and operational challenges that we are not prepared or able to address.
• As part of our business strategy, we have entered into, and may enter into or seek to enter into, business
combinations and acquisitions that may be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value,
or divert management attention.
• We may need additional capital in the future, but there is no assurance that funds will be available to us on
acceptable terms.
• We may not be able to successfully manage and limit our exposure to bad debt.
• If we are unable to attract, retain, and develop management, faculty, administrators, and skilled personnel, our
business and growth prospects could be severely harmed, and changes in management could cause disruption
and uncertainty.
• Economic and market conditions in the U.S. and abroad, including as a result of COVID-19, and changes in interest
rates, could affect our enrollments, success with placement, and persistence and cohort default rates.
Risks Related to Our Technology Infrastructure
• We need to continue to expend time and money on our institutions’ information technology, which may place
a strain on our capacity that could adversely affect our systems, controls, and operating efficiency, and those
of our institutions.
• System disruptions to our online computer networks, technology infrastructure, or online classroom
infrastructure, or to the networks, infrastructure and systems of third parties, could negatively impact our ability
to generate revenue and could damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
14
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
15
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
American Public Education, Inc., or APEI, provides online and on-campus postsecondary education to approximately
92,500 students through two subsidiary institutions. In this Annual Report, “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” and
similar terms refer to APEI and its educational institutions of higher learning collectively unless the context
indicates otherwise.
This Item 1 of our Annual Report contains a “Company Overview” section that provides information about our
reporting segments, the postsecondary educational market and opportunities, competition, our competitive
strengths, our strategic approach, seasonality, and available information about us. This Item 1 also contains a
section entitled “Our Institutions” that provides institution specific information regarding each of our two subsidiary
institutions, our information technology, and our executive officers, and a section entitled “Regulatory Environment”
that provides information on some of the educational and other regulations that impact us.
COMPANY OVERVIEW
We seek to maximize a student’s return on their educational investment, which we call Higher Ed Return on
Investment or “HEROI™”. Our institutions of higher learning offer programs designed to prepare individuals for
productive contributions to their profession and society and to offer opportunities that may advance students
in their current professions or help them prepare for their next career. Our institutions are:
• American Public University System, Inc., or APUS, which provides online postsecondary education to
approximately 90,400 adult learners. APUS is an accredited university system with a history of serving the
academic needs of the military, military-affiliated, public service and service-minded communities through two
brands: American Military University, or AMU; and American Public University, or APU.
APUS offers 129 degree programs and 112 certificate programs in diverse fields of study, with a particular focus on
those relevant to today’s job market and emerging fields. Fields of study include traditional academics, such as
business administration, health science, technology, criminal justice, education, and liberal arts, as well as public
service-focused fields of study such as national security, military studies, intelligence, and homeland security.
APUS has institutional accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission, or HLC, and several of its academic
programs have specialized accreditations granted by industry governing organizations.
APUS is committed to providing quality, relevant, accessible, affordable, and student-focused higher education to
a diverse student population in order to prepare students for service and leadership in a diverse, global society. In
addition, the institution seeks to provide professional and workforce development solutions through partnerships
with corporations and industry associations. Although APUS’s reach and appeal is broad, the institution continues
to have an emphasis on serving the military, veteran, and public service communities. As of December 31, 2020,
approximately 61% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of
initial enrollment and approximately 13% of APUS’s students self-reported being a military veteran.
• National Education Seminars, Inc., which we refer to as Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, which provides
nursing education to approximately 2,100 students at five campuses in Ohio in the suburban areas of Cincinnati,
Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, and Toledo and, beginning in April 2020, to students enrolled at a campus in
Indianapolis, Indiana. In April 2021, HCN will begin offering classes at a new campus in Akron, Ohio. HCN serves the
needs of local nursing and healthcare communities and addresses the persistent supply-demand gap for nurses
that is evident nation-wide. HCN offers a Diploma in Practical Nursing, or PN, an Associate Degree in Nursing,
or ADN, and a Direct Entry ADN option that offers an accelerated graduation pathway for students who meet
16
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
17
certain transfer, academic and entrance exam requirements. Portions of the PN and ADN Programs are taught
online. Upon completion of the PN and ADN programs, our HCN students are eligible to take the NCLEX-PN® and
NCLEX-RN® exams, respectively, that are administered by National Council Licensure Exams for the licensing of
nurses in the United States, Canada, and Australia.
HCN is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau for Health Education Schools, or ABHES. HCN’s Ohio
locations and programs are approved by the Ohio State Board of Career Colleges and Schools, or the Ohio State
Board, the Ohio Board of Nursing, or OBN, and the PN Program is accredited by the National League for Nursing
Commission for Nursing Education Accreditation, or NLN CNEA.
In April 2020, HCN began classes for the first cohort of students enrolled in the PN Program at HCN’s new campus in
Indianapolis, Indiana. The Indiana Board for Proprietary Education/Indiana Commission for Higher Education has
authorized HCN to offer instruction at its campus in Indiana, and the Indiana State Board of Nursing granted initial
accreditation and authorized the admission of the first cohort of students. HCN has also notified NLN CNEA of the
opening of the Indianapolis campus. NLN CNEA approval was not required to begin classes. In January 2021, NLN
CNEA completed a virtual focused site visit at HCN’s Indianapolis campus. Based upon the outcome of this focused
site visit, NLN CNEA notified HCN that accreditation was granted to HCN’s PN program effective January 13, 2021.
On October 28, 2020, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Rasmussen University, a nursing- and health
sciences-focused institution serving over 18,000 students at its 24 campuses across six states and online, which
we refer to as the Rasmussen Acquisition. Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, we
agreed to purchase from FAH Education, LLC, all of the units of membership interests in Rasmussen LLC, Rasmussen
University’s parent company, for $300 million in cash and $29 million in shares of a new series of non-voting preferred
stock to be issued at the closing of the Rasmussen Acquisition (or, at our election, up to an additional $29 million
in cash in lieu thereof), subject to customary adjustments, including for net working capital, cash and debt of the
acquired companies. The Rasmussen Acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of 2021, subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of closing conditions that include, among others, regulatory review by ED, approval by the HLC,
and approval by or notices to other regulatory and accrediting bodies. We are relying on the availability of financing
under a commitment letter for debt financing, or alternative financing, to fund a portion of the purchase price for
the Rasmussen Acquisition. For additional information regarding this transaction, please refer to “—Regulatory
Environment—Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations—Rasmussen Acquisition Regulatory Review,” “Risk
Factors—Risks Related to Our Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations—Overview—Rasmussen Acquisition,” and “Note 3. Acquisition Activity” included in our Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.
Reporting Segments
Our operations are organized into two reporting segments:
• American Public Education Segment, or APEI Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of
APUS, other corporate activities, and minority investments.
• Hondros College of Nursing Segment, or HCN Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of HCN.
Our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased 12.4% to $321.8 million from
$286.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased
88.0% to $18.8 million from $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Financial information regarding each
of our reporting segments, including information regarding segment revenue, net income, and total assets for each
of the last three fiscal years, can be found in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Additional financial information
is reported in this Annual Report in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations,” and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
16
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
17
COVID-19 Pandemic
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus COVID-19 a global pandemic and
recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in widespread
disruptions in higher education, particularly with respect to institutions that engage in on-ground delivery of
education, and a number of related regulatory developments. In March 2020, in response to the pandemic, we
implemented our business continuity plan, at APEI and APUS, and employees not already remote transitioned to
a remote workforce. APUS saw no interruption in academic instruction due to this transition. HCN, leveraging the
expertise of APUS, temporarily closed all its campuses without interruption to student academic progression and then
shifted to a blended model with online delivery of its courses and on-campus delivery of certain labs. HCN later fully
reopened its campuses, using smaller in person classes with screening, social distancing, and masking requirements
while continuing to offer courses in a virtual setting for those that prefer remote course learning, but reverted to
online courses and limited on-campus labs in November 2020 following spikes in COVID-19 cases in Ohio. In addition,
in October 2020, HCN began temporarily expanding certain campuses through short-term leases of additional space
to be used as lab space in order to accommodate student demand and in compliance with COVID-related public
health measures that effectively limit the number of students in each lab class. Despite these challenges, during the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, APUS experienced an increase in net course registrations, which we believe
may have been due in part to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and HCN experienced an increase in new
student enrollment, which we believe was due in part to an increase in demand for nursing education and a change
in the competitive environment due to COVID-19. For more information on the impacts of COVID-19 on our business
and related risks, please refer to the sections entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report.
On March 27, 2020, Ohio enacted a COVID-19 emergency relief law that allows individuals who have successfully
completed a nursing education program approved by OBN to receive a temporary license to practice as an RN or LPN
before taking the NCLEX. Graduates of OBN-approved nursing education programs, such as HCN’s programs, were
permitted to apply for a temporary license that was valid until March 1, 2021, at which time it expired.
In March 2020, Congress passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, in response
to COVID-19 and its related effects. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many higher education institutions shifted
to distance learning as campuses shut down as a result of the public health emergency. The CARES Act includes
provisions designed to provide relief to higher education institutions in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic.
The CARES Act created the Higher Education Emergency Relief Fund, or HEERF, that includes $12.6 billion in funding
for higher education institutions. The CARES Act authorizes ED to allocate funding based on a statutory formula
that accounts for the relative share of full-time students who are Pell Grant recipients. Students who were enrolled
exclusively in distance education courses prior to the COVID-19 emergency are excluded from this calculation
and, therefore, wholly online institutions were not eligible to receive an allocation of funding under the HEERF. ED
allocated $3.1 million for HCN and in May 2020, HCN received its HEERF allocation, 100% of which was subsequently
disbursed to eligible students. No allocation of HEERF funds was made to APUS by ED.
The CARES Act requires recipient institutions to use at least 50% of their HEERF funds to provide emergency grants to
students for expenses related to the disruption of campus operations due to COVID-19. The CARES Act also permits
institutions to use up to 50% of their HEERF funds to cover any costs associated with significant changes to the
delivery of instruction due to COVID-19, so long as such costs do not include payment to contractors for the provision
of pre-enrollment recruitment activities, endowments, or capital outlays associated with facilities related to
athletics, sectarian instruction, or religious worship. Although HCN incurred costs to shift its operations and delivery
of instruction in light of COVID-19, it chose to distribute its entire HEERF allocation directly to eligible students. By
June 30, 2020, HCN had distributed its entire allocation of $3.1 million in HEERF funds to eligible students. HCN has
timely made required reports regarding use of its HEERF allocation under the CARES Act.
18
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
19
The CARES Act also includes waivers of certain Higher Education Act provisions related to the federal student
financial aid programs in order to provide regulatory flexibility to institutions in connection with COVID-19-related
disruptions. The CARES Act modifies processes related to the return of unearned Title IV funds in connection with
student withdrawals during the COVID-19 pandemic, extends time limits for Pell Grants and Direct Loans as a result
of withdrawals during this period, allows for flexibility in measuring the satisfactory academic progress of students,
and permits institutions to continue making federal work study payments to students who can no longer meet work
study obligations during the pandemic.
In December 2020, Congress passed the omnibus Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, or the CAA, which included
the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, or the CRRSAA, which contained several
education-related provisions. The CRRSAA appropriated an additional $22.7 billion for the HEERF to be distributed
to higher education institutions. The CRRSAA allocation formula differs from the CARES Act formula in several
ways, including new allocations for institutions on the basis of the number of students enrolled exclusively in
distance education. Under this formula, ED allocated approximately $600,000 for APUS and $2.0 million for HCN.
Each institution has until April 15, 2021, to accept its allocation. The CRRSAA places limitations on the expenditure
of funds that were not applicable to CARES Act funds. Specifically, the CRRSAA requires proprietary institutions to
spend their entire new HEERF allocation on direct financial aid grants. The CRRSAA further specifies that institutions
should provide grants based on financial need, with special emphasis on grants to students eligible for Pell Grants.
However, the CRRSAA is also more flexible than the CARES Act in that it explicitly authorizes the allocation of
financial aid grants to students enrolled in distance education. The CAA also includes additional provisions related to
higher education. Relevant changes include an increase in the maximum Pell Grant for the 2021–2022 award year and
significant shortening of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
ED has issued several guidance documents regarding the appropriate use of HEERF funds and related reporting
requirements and regarding regulatory flexibility in the administration of federal student aid as a result of challenges
related to COVID-19. These guidance documents provide institutions further information on allowable practices
for the administration of federal work study, measurement of satisfactory academic progress, and proper return of
unearned federal student aid to ED. ED has also extended a temporary freeze on payments and interest for federal
student loans until at least September 30, 2021.
We cannot predict the extent to which the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic or related regulatory activity or legislative
may impact us or our institutions.
Postsecondary Education Market Characteristics
The postsecondary education market in the United States is large (with over 4,500 institutions), diverse in its
business models, and fragmented such that no one institution has a significant market share. Most postsecondary
institutions, including for-profit postsecondary institutions, regardless of where they are located, how they are
organized, or who they serve, face significant challenges, including:
• Enrollment Declines: In the United States, student enrollment declined in the fall of 2020 by 2.5% at postsecondary
institutions participating in the student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV of the HEA, or Title IV
programs, as compared to the same period the previous year. Although four-year for-profit institution student
enrollment increased 5.3% in the fall of 2020, this follows declines in prior years.
• Affordability: There is a continued focus on the cost of a college education and a resulting impact on access as well
as on the high level of college student indebtedness.
18
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
19
• Quality: Postsecondary institutions face questions from lawmakers, the media, potential students, and others
about the quality of academic programs, and face additional questions in light of the impacts of the COVID-19
pandemic on postsecondary education.
• Competition: Competition exists from lower cost alternatives and from non-traditional competitors, such as
those offering competency-based education, or CBE, programs, coding bootcamps, credentialing programs,
micro-credentials, corporate training, and other alternative educational paths that offer flexible and
individualized programs.
• Relevance: Challenges exist regarding the ability to translate the value of a postsecondary education into
economic mobility. Postsecondary institutions must prepare students with relevant skills to work in new and
rapidly changing industries, respond to technological change, and support employers in efforts to optimize
and advance their workforce.
• Flexibility: Postsecondary institutions must address the needs of students who are balancing education with
other demands on their time.
• Technological Demands: Rapidly evolving technology is transforming the education industry in ways that were
unpredictable even at the beginning of 2020. This transformation has been accelerated by the impacts of the
COVID-19 pandemic, which has forced institutions, their employees and their students to adapt to widespread
remote learning and has challenged institutions in particular to do so effectively, efficiently and securely.
Despite these challenges, postsecondary institutions, and the credentials they grant, have an important role to
play in enabling social and economic mobility. Occupations that require a postsecondary credential have been
projected by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics to grow at a faster rate through 2026 than those that do not require
a postsecondary education, and most of the fastest-growing occupations will need postsecondary education.
Institutions that predominantly serve adult learners must address the particular needs of that population. According
to the Lumina Foundation, approximately 38% of students enrolled in U.S. degree granting institutions are over the
age of 25, and approximately 58% of these students are working adults. Today’s adult learners, including military
service members, are often working with extended or irregular work schedules, have family obligations, travel
or relocate frequently, and have limited financial resources. In December 2019, the Lumina Foundation, Strada
Education Network, and Gallup released findings from an education consumer survey of approximately 42,000 adults
aged 25-64 with some college credit, but no degree, and who are not currently enrolled in a postsecondary
institution. Key findings included the following:
• the most common reason cited for not continuing coursework was difficulty balancing school and work;
• the factors that would have the most impact on getting this population to re-enroll are affordability, schedule
flexibility, and a guaranteed employment outcome connected to further education;
• only 19 percent of these adults reported that they were no longer interested in completing or did not need to
complete their education; and
• cost and time pressures continued to be barriers preventing these adults from re-enrolling.
20
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
21
Opportunities
Opportunities for APUS
With nearly 2.2 million active duty military and reservists, the U.S. military community will continue to be an important
market segment for online education. Because of their particularly irregular schedules, frequent deployments, and
access to tuition assistance funding, we believe service members will continue to seek respected universities that
provide military-focused support services coupled with an online curriculum and flexible scheduling. We believe service
members are particularly interested in postsecondary credentials that offer both career advancement and preparation
for employment outside of the military. As part of their longstanding tradition, military leaders often encourage service
members to use their earned education benefits, and to enhance their qualifications, for purposes of the military’s
compensation, promotion, assignment, and performance systems.
The Department of Defense, or DoD, uniform tuition assistance program, or TA, offers active duty, National Guard
and reserve component service members a variety of education and financial aid options. Additionally, veterans (and
certain service members) are entitled to educational benefits from the Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA. For
more information, refer to “Our Institutions—Sources of Student Financing” and “Regulatory Environment—Student
Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements.”
The U.S. military is demonstrating increased levels of support for credentials other than degrees. Credentialing
Opportunities Online, or COOL, is a program for each of the military branches and DoD civilians that links experience
with certification. While benefits vary by service, service members may be eligible for assistance in paying for
certifications, including by vouchers, reimbursement, or grants. Students must meet certain eligibility requirements
in order to receive credentialing assistance, including in some cases service time, experience, and eligibility
requirements for military tuition assistance, or TA, benefit programs. The Army offers an expanded credentialing
program called the Army Credentialing Assistance Program, or CA. CA is a program designed to support soldiers who
wish to pursue civilian credentials, licenses, and certifications that may lead directly to a specific job, particularly in
areas outside of a soldier’s Military Occupational Specialty (MOS). Through CA, soldiers can receive reimbursement
for fees associated with qualifying programs listed on Army COOL. APUS became an approved training provider for
CA programs in October 2019, while CA was in an expanded user test, and Army-wide implementation of CA began
in January 2020. We believe other service branches may follow the Army’s example or pursue other approaches to
enhancing support for credentialing. Students in the Army utilizing both TA and CA are subject to a combined cap on
benefit amounts.
We believe that military veterans represent another important addressable market for online education. The U.S.
Census Bureau estimated that there were 1.5 million veterans aged 18 to 34 and another 4.0 million veterans aged
35 to 54 in 2019. Of the 9.0 million veterans aged 18 to 64, approximately 77% were part of the labor force, but only
approximately 29% had a bachelor’s degree or higher. We believe that our military heritage, affordability, and online
offerings are attractive to veterans in the pursuit of career advancement and employment outside of the military.
Elected and private-industry leaders are heavily promoting new policies and campaigns to facilitate the hiring of
veterans, supporting a transition from military service to the workforce. As these policies lower barriers to non-
military jobs and facilitate veteran-owned businesses, online universities offer valuable educational opportunities
for veterans regardless of where they live, work, or learn.
More broadly, U.S. employers are increasingly reporting significant gaps between required job skills and the
current capabilities of their workforce. In a 2019 survey on behalf of CareerBuilder, the Harris Poll found that 50%
of human resource managers surveyed had jobs they could not fill because they could not find qualified talent.
Working adults also recognize the need to be lifelong learners. Udemy’s 2019/2020 Global Skills Gap Report found
that 83% of workers surveyed said that they believe there is a skills gap and 62% thought skills needed for their
20
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
21
jobs would change. The makeup of the labor market is also contributing to the need for more skilled workers.
High-skill occupations, defined as those where at least 80% of online job postings for that position request a
bachelor’s degree or higher, have 25% more openings than available workers, according to a 2018 Burning Glass
Technologies report. This report also noted a need for improved alignment between educators and employers, and
a rapidly changing labor market. We believe a growing number of employers and professional associations will seek
partnerships with academic institutions to advance the skills and productivity of their workforce through higher
education and training programs.
Opportunities for Hondros
On a national level, the expanding need for healthcare coupled with a nursing shortage is driving demand for nursing
education. Job opportunities for registered nurses and licensed practical nurses are expected to grow between
approximately 7% and 9% annually from 2019 to 2029, faster than the average growth for all other occupations
according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2020–21 Edition. The demand for
nurses in Ohio is similar to national demand: job opportunities for licensed practical nurses and registered nurses in
Ohio are expected to grow between approximately 9.5% and 14.2% annually from 2016 to 2026 according to the Ohio
Department of Job and Family Services’ 2026 Ohio Job Outlook report. However, despite the anticipated growth in
job opportunities, over 80,000 qualified applications nationwide were not accepted by entry-level baccalaureate and
graduate nursing programs in 2019, according to a 2020 report from the American Association of Colleges of Nursing.
These statistics suggest there may be unmet demand from qualified students for nursing educational programs.
Competition
Competition for APUS
Within the postsecondary education market, APUS competes primarily with not-for-profit, public and private
two-year and four-year colleges as well as other for-profit schools, particularly those that offer online learning
programs. We believe APUS’s primary competitors include Arizona State University, University of Arizona Global
Campus (formerly Ashford University), Capella University, Grand Canyon University, Liberty University, Penn State
University, Purdue Global, Southern New Hampshire University, Strayer University, University of Maryland Global
Campus (formerly University of Maryland University College), University of Phoenix, and flagship and mid-size state
universities offering degree programs online.
We believe the competitive factors in the U.S. postsecondary education market include:
• quality of the academic program, including alignment to high growth sectors of the job market;
• affordability;
• breadth of degree offerings;
• flexibility in delivery models;
• frequency of course or program starts;
• experience of faculty members engaged in the practice of their fields;
• level of support for student success;
• career counseling and placement services;
• reputation among prospective students, employers, and other stakeholders;
• effectiveness of marketing efforts in attracting college-ready students; and
• track record of strong compliance.
22
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
23
Due to the increase in online postsecondary offerings, which has accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic,
coupled with continued postsecondary enrollment declines in the United States, APUS could face increased
competition as fewer students pursue degree-based postsecondary education from a wider selection of online
offerings. Furthermore, we anticipate increased competition from campus-based postsecondary institutions as they
continue to increase the number of online degree programs and develop more non-traditional programs for working
adult students.
Increased competition for college-ready students has led to an increase in the cost of advertising in certain marketing
channels. Continued increases in the cost of advertising may adversely impact our ability to attract college-ready
students and/or increase our student acquisition costs. Moreover, institutions who charge higher tuition than APUS
are generally in a position to make larger investments in marketing, specifically in student acquisition.
In recent years, other providers have started providing non-traditional, credit-bearing, and non-credit-bearing
education programs without charge or at a low cost, including:
• institutions offering competency-based education, or CBE, programs, which permit students to control their own
pace and progress in a program by demonstrating that they have achieved certain skills or knowledge rather than
by earning credit hours;
• non-traditional competitors, such as entities providing coding bootcamps and micro-credentials; and
• non-traditional competitors that are partnering with universities to offer new alternative educational paths.
In addition, regulatory changes have increased the availability of federal student financial aid for CBE programs and
could create additional competition and drive additional students toward non-traditional education programs.
Most public institutions are aided by substantial government subsidies. Public and private not-for-profit institutions
benefit from government and foundation grants, tax-exempt status, tax-deductible contributions, and other
financial resources not widely available to for-profit institutions. Many public competitors also benefit from
longstanding name recognition and are able to directly recruit students in a more cost-effective manner, especially in
their local markets.
For more information on competition within the postsecondary education market, refer to “Risk Factors—Risks
Related to Attracting and Retaining Students.”
APUS has focused on serving the military community since its founding as AMU, and the military market continues to
be the primary market for APUS. Within the military market, there are more than 2,500 institutions that serve military
students and receive funds through the DoD TA program. The primary competitors for military students are other
institutions offering online instruction, and colleges and universities offering on-campus instruction located near
military installations. Over the last several years, a number of APUS’s competitors have expanded their outreach and
marketing efforts directed at active duty and reserve service members, as well as veterans.
We believe that APUS will continue to see increased competition in the military community from both not-for-profit
and for-profit schools as well as from the Armed Forces themselves. For example, in March 2020, the Navy announced
a new “Education Strategy for Seapower 2020” that is intended to be a new comprehensive education strategy. As
part of this strategy, the Navy, in cooperation with the U.S. Marine Corps and the U.S. Coast Guard, in January 2021
began piloting online courses for the new United States Naval Community College, a community college supporting
naval education for enlisted service members, with plans to enroll as many as 5,000 students into targeted
associate’s degree programs with partner colleges and universities in a second pilot phase beginning in 2022. The
Armed Forces may also begin offering distance learning through their own institutions.
22
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
23
As traditional not-for-profit public and private schools advance their online capabilities, they will present increasing
levels of competition for APUS. At the same time, we believe for-profit schools will continue to market to students
eligible for TA and VA education benefits, rather than ED’s Title IV programs, in an attempt to comply with an ED
regulatory requirement known as the 90/10 Rule (a rule that imposes sanctions on participating institutions that
derive more than 90% of their total revenue on a cash accounting basis from Title IV programs as calculated under
ED’s regulations). This regulatory requirement and certain proposed changes are described more fully below in
“Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—Department of
Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—The ‘90/10 Rule’.” In addition, the Armed Forces have
established, and may in the future establish, their own postsecondary education programs.
Competition for Hondros
Although HCN has shifted at times to online delivery of its courses and on-campus delivery of certain labs during
the COVID-19 pandemic, HCN’s programs are typically offered as campus-based programs to residents in the
geographic areas surrounding its campuses. In these geographic areas, HCN competes with other schools offering
similar programs, including for-profit and not-for-profit public and private colleges. Because of its relatively local
focus, HCN’s competitive environment is impacted by various factors that are specific not only to Ohio and Indiana
but also to the particular areas of Ohio and Indiana where HCN’s campuses are located, including local supply and
demand dynamics for nurses and nursing schools. HCN’s results are therefore more susceptible to the actions of
single competitors than the results of an institution that draws from a broader geographical area. For example, a
particularly effective or ineffective marketing approach by another school, or the opening or closing of another
school, could have unanticipated detriments or benefits to HCN’s competitive position.
Competitive Strengths
While many institutions are struggling to determine how to meet the needs of today’s students, both APUS and HCN
have focused on consistently delivering high returns on student educational investment, serving busy military and
non-military students who are often balancing work and other obligations with school and living expenses with the
cost of education.
The sources of our institutions’ competitive strengths include:
• Affordable Tuition. Affordable tuition has been a priority of APUS since its founding. APUS’s low tuition rates mean
that its students are not required to take on as much debt as they might at another institution. The combined
tuition and fees at APUS are generally less expensive for undergraduate and graduate students than the average
in-state cost at a public university. Today, tuition at APUS remains among the lowest in the four-year for-profit
sector. To support APUS’s active duty military students using TA, APUS set undergraduate tuition to align with
tuition assistance programs available to members of the military, and, effective with courses beginning January
2020, APUS increased its own tuition grant for those master’s students and their spouses and dependents using
military TA. As a result, undergraduate and master’s students who are eligible for TA benefits and their spouses
and dependents will pay a net tuition of $250 per credit hour, which when combined with the APUS funded book
grant means that active duty military utilizing TA may attain a degree at APUS for no out-of-pocket cost. APUS’s low
tuition and fees, in combination with APUS funded tuition grants and book grant provided to all undergraduate
students, and beginning in January 2020, active-duty military students and their spouses and dependents at the
master’s level, result in significant savings for students. Since 2001, APUS has provided approximately $144 million
in books and materials savings to students from its APUS-funded book grant. Tuition and fees at HCN are also
designed to be affordable and competitive with those of similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility,
accessibility, and student experience. We believe that, given broad concerns about rising tuition and student loan
debt in higher education, there are opportunities to create awareness and attract college-ready students with the
primary message of affordability, value, and higher education return on investment, or HEROI™.
24
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
25
• Relevant Offerings Aligned with Student and Employer Demands. Both APUS and HCN offer programs aligned
to areas of high growth in the job market as supported by data provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and
non-governmental organizations. The depth and breadth of APUS’s program offerings are designed to effectively
address the diverse needs of students who enter into education programs with vastly different educational
and career backgrounds and goals. Our institutions are committed to continually assessing and enhancing our
academic programs and our student services to offer a high-quality education and facilitate successful outcomes
for our students and graduates.
APUS offers healthcare, technology, business, cybersecurity, and health information management programs, offers
a liberal arts curriculum that supports the development of critical thinking and soft skills in demand by employers,
and utilizes Industry Advisory Councils to evaluate its current curriculum and inform the career relevance of
programs and degrees, which facilitates efforts to connect APUS’s curriculum to the industries and the students it
serves and to deliver a high-quality academic product.
Similarly, HCN focuses on educational relevance and excellence by hiring experienced nurses and other industry
professionals as faculty members while enhancing student services to assist students with courses, labs, and
clinical offerings. HCN’s faculty includes individuals with research experience and specialized nursing credentials.
HCN has invested in an innovative concept-based curriculum and simulation labs to enhance the student learning
experience and improve student success. As a pre-licensure educator, HCN creates new nurses to meet the
significant imbalance of supply and demand that exists for nurses.
• Military Market Leader. APUS traces its roots to AMU, which was founded in 1991 as a distance-learning,
graduate-level institution for military officers seeking an advanced degree in military studies. Since its founding,
APUS has broadened its focus to include other military communities, veterans, and public service and service-
minded communities, with a focus on a broad purpose of “educating those who serve.” Today, APUS is a market
leader among active duty military professionals and veterans. APUS is the top provider of education for the U.S.
military and veterans, based on the fiscal 2019 TA and VA recipient student enrollment data, as reported by Military
Times. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 61% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the
military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment.
• Flexible Delivery / Frequent Entry Points / Focused on Adult Learners. APUS offers online delivery with
monthly starts, giving students the opportunity to begin their studies at a time that works for them. Our academic
support offerings, from advising and mentoring to library services and career planning, are individualized to
students’ needs, designed to support them at each step of their education journey in a format that works best for
them. Because students are located worldwide, APUS provides asynchronous, interactive education to students
that fits their busy lives. HCN offers programs that accommodate working adults by offering blended online and
in-person courses for the PN and ADN Programs, as well as daytime and evening/weekend options at convenient
campus locations. In addition, in 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, HCN adjusted by shifting its typically
in-person courses to a blended model with online delivery of its courses and on-campus delivery of certain labs to
the extent required.
Strategy
APEI, through its subsidiary institutions, is focused on providing a Higher Education Return on Investment. We call
this HEROI™ to reflect not only the value proposition that we make to our prospective and enrolled students but
also to recognize the importance of the real “heroes” in the primary student segments that we serve—individuals
who serve the country and society at large. APEI’s heritage is one of “educating those who serve” including military
and veterans, public service communities like police, firefighters, first responders, nurses, and those who serve the
country in fields like homeland security, intelligence, cybersecurity, information technology, and related fields.
24
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
25
In September 2019, Angela Selden became our Chief Executive Officer. Since then, APEI began and has continued the
process of resetting and re-positioning the company for growth. This first phase of the reset and re-positioning was
focused on stabilizing and returning the core businesses to growth as well as identifying APEI’s path forward.
Results in 2020 reflected strong progress towards these goals, as APUS grew net student registrations by 11.5%,
made investments in technology to improve the student experience, and allocated additional marketing resources to
focus on students for whom our value proposition is highly attractive. At HCN, student enrollments grew 18%, which
we believe reflects not just the secular demand for nursing, but the improvements in processes, outcomes, and
offerings that HCN implemented.
As we transform the enterprise to focus on sustainable growth, we are also transforming how we think about
and define high quality outcomes. As an enterprise that predominantly serves working and/or adult learners, our
students are intensely focused on initial job attainment or progression and advancement in a current career path,
and we are focused on providing skills and training that can help facilitate that path to employment for our students.
As part of this phase of our transformation for growth, our strategy is organized around areas where we believe we
have “the right to win.” That means that we will draw on our heritage of “educating those who serve” to help define
our opportunities.
• At APUS, we will continue to focus on being the top educator to active-duty military and veterans. APUS, through
AMU, enjoys strong brand recognition with the veterans’ community, and we plan to make our unique value
proposition more widely known and accessible to the veterans and military-affiliated communities.
• At HCN, we believe we are well positioned to serve society’s growing need for nurses. We are focused on expanding
the nursing opportunities at Hondros through both geographic campus expansion as well as programmatic
expansion. In April 2020, HCN began offering classes at a new campus in Indianapolis, Indiana, and in April 2021,
HCN will begin offering classes at an additional campus in Akron, Ohio. HCN will continue exploring opportunities
to add campus locations, aligned with accreditor requirements, to meet the needs of students and marketplace
demands, as well as new nursing and healthcare education programs, such as the Direct Entry ADN option, which
was first offered in October 2019.
Consistent with the themes of HEROI™, “educating those who serve”, and being deliberate about where APEI can win
in the marketplace, during 2020 we focused on nursing education with an emphasis on pre-licensure programs. Pre-
licensure nursing education today is estimated to be approximately 50% of the total nursing education market and
is expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 25% over the next four years as reported
in Technavio Nursing Education Report 2020. This focus led to our agreement to acquire Rasmussen University.
Upon closing of the transaction, which is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of closing conditions, the acquisition
of Rasmussen will create what we believe is the largest pre-licensure national nursing platform in the United States.
Rasmussen has over 8,000 nursing students at its 24 campuses across six states and online with over 90% of those
students pursuing a pre-licensure nursing degree at the PN, ADN, or BSN (Bachelor of Science, Nursing) level.
On its own, Rasmussen enrolls the largest number of ADN students in the United States and together with HCN’s
nearly 2,100 nursing students, APEI will oversee what we believe is the largest population of PN and ADN students
in the country. Collectively, following the closing of the transaction and assuming the opening of a new campus at
Rasmussen in Dallas, Texas and HCN’s new campus in Akron, Ohio, APEI’s nursing footprint will cover 32 campuses
across nine states. We believe that the collective scale, programmatic and educational expertise, and regulatory
understanding, positions us well to serve society and the medical system needs for nurses.
Both HCN and Rasmussen are primarily focused on “creating new nurses” by preparing and training nursing
students to enter the nursing profession as licensed nurses as opposed to furthering the credentials of already-
licensed nurses. Given the state and regulatory approvals necessary, the investment in physical campus facilities,
26
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
27
the specialized programmatic knowledge and related accreditations, clinical placement requirements, the time to
receive approval to grow nursing enrollments and various standards that nursing schools must meet, we believe
nursing education—and in particular first or pre-licensure nursing education—provides us with opportunities to
distance ourselves from our competitors.
In addition to its concentration in pre-licensure programs, Rasmussen has developed what we believe to be a
comprehensive “ladder” of nursing programs and degrees. This ladder includes the PN, ADN and BSN pre-licensure
programs, as well as the post-licensure RN to BSN, MSN and Doctorate of Nurse Practice post-licensure programs,
with a Masters programs in Advanced Nurse Practitioner expected to be launched in 2021. We believe that these
post-licensure programs offer additional opportunities to serve the nursing profession especially as licensed nurses
move into nursing education and nursing administration, often later in their careers. We anticipate future growth
across the nursing platform to come from geographic campus expansion, both in existing states and new states,
programmatic offering expansion as well as potentially through additional acquisitions.
In our next phase of transforming APEI for growth, we intend to focus on expanding on the ways in which we deliver
on our goal of “Purpose Made Possible”. We expect to continue to focus on career training and degrees that provide
real skills and provide pathways to employment in identifiable jobs. To support growth in our existing businesses
and to diversify our business model, we plan to continue to assess and pursue strategic investments and acquisitions
in addition to the Rasmussen Acquisition. Our investment and acquisition strategy includes a focus on investing
in nursing and healthcare education as well as investing in companies that bridge postsecondary education to
employment, to improve economic mobility for adult learners, in particular those in the military, national security
and public service communities, through a combination of educational offerings and workforce-related solutions.
For additional information regarding our investments and acquisitions, please refer to the “Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in this Annual Report.
Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations
Our quarterly results fluctuate and, therefore, the results in any quarter may not represent the results we may
achieve in any subsequent quarter or full year. Our revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of
seasonal or other variations in our enrollments. Our student population also varies as a result of new enrollments,
graduations, student attrition, the success of our marketing programs, and other reasons that we cannot always
anticipate. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of these factors.
Available Information About Us
APEI was incorporated in Delaware in 2002 as the successor to a Virginia corporation incorporated in 1991. Our
website is www.apei.com. We make available, free of charge through our website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically
filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on or available through our website is not incorporated by reference
in this Annual Report.
OUR INSTITUTIONS
We provide postsecondary education through two educational institutions of higher learning, APUS and HCN. Our
institutions are licensed or otherwise authorized by state authorities, or are in the process of obtaining such licenses
or authorizations, to offer postsecondary education programs to the extent the institutions believe such licenses or
authorizations are required, and are certified by the U.S. Department of Education, or ED, to participate in student
financial aid programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or Title IV.
26
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
27
APEI performs certain business functions, including human resources, marketing, legal services, finance, facilities
services, information technology and strategic analytics and research on a shared basis for the benefit of APUS and
in some cases HCN, with the capability to expand those shared services to other entities in the future. We believe
that the shared services model promotes the efficient use of resources, allowing our institutions to continue to focus
on meeting applicable accreditation standards and maintaining control over the academic and core operational
functions necessary to the functioning of an institution of higher learning. We implemented this model for APUS
following a multi-year planning and investment process and HLC’s November 2018 approval of APUS’s application for
a change in structure related to adoption of the model. As required by HLC policy and ED regulation, HLC conducted
a focused site visit in May 2019. The site visit team found sufficient evidence of compliance with the commitments
APUS made in its application and with HLC’s Eligibility Requirements and Criteria for Accreditation and did not
recommend further follow-up. In August 2019, HLC notified APUS that HLC’s Institutional Actions Council, which
conducts reviews and takes action on accreditation recommendations, concurred with the site visit team’s findings.
American Public University System
APUS is based in Charles Town, West Virginia and has institutional accreditation from HLC, a regional accrediting
agency. As mentioned in “Competitive Strengths” above, APUS traces its roots to AMU, which was founded in 1991
as a distance-learning, graduate-level institution for military officers seeking an advanced degree in military studies.
APUS broadened its focus to include other military communities, veterans, and public service and public service-
minded communities with a focus on educating those who serve. In 2002, APUS was organized into a university
system with two components: AMU and APU. AMU is focused on educating students from the military, national
security, military-affiliated and service communities. APU is focused on educating career-focused working adults
with an emphasis on educating professionals working in service-related communities. APUS is an online institution
of higher learning, which we believe is well-suited to its students, especially its military, public service and working
adult students, many of whom serve in positions requiring extended and irregular work schedules, are on call for
rapid response missions, participate in extended deployments and exercises, travel or relocate frequently, must
balance family and work demands or are single parents with limited financial resources. Many APUS students have
significant prior education and career experiences; 88% are working adults and the average age of APUS students is
32. APUS is designed to serve those students with tailored offerings to support them in successfully reaching their
individual goals.
Although APUS’s focus has broadened, it continues to have an emphasis on its relationship with the military community.
Approximately 61% of APUS’s students as of December 31, 2020 self-reported that they served in the military on active
duty at the time of initial enrollment. The remainder of APUS’s students are military-affiliated professionals (such as
veterans, reservists, or National Guard members), public service professionals (such as law enforcement personnel or
other first responders), and other civilians (such as military spouses and working adult students).
28
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
29
Curriculum and Scheduling
APUS offers 241 degree and certificate programs, including one dual degree and four CBE programs. Over
1,700 distinct courses are available in either eight- or sixteen-week formats. Most academic terms begin on
the first Monday of each month. APUS’s programs are as follows:
Programs
Doctoral Degrees
Master’s Degrees
Bachelor’s Degrees
Associate Degrees
Total Degree Programs:
Certificates
Graduate
Undergraduate
Total Certificates:
TOTAL PROGRAMS AND CERTIFICATES
Number
2
45
53
29
129
Number
55
57
112
241
In addition to degree programs, APUS offers 112 certificate programs. APUS’s certificate programs generally require
a minimum of 18 credit hours and focus on a particular component of a broader degree program. Students may earn
either discrete certificates or certificates in combination with work toward a degree program. APUS currently offers
limited enrollment in our four MomentumTM CBE programs, which focus on the achievement of knowledge and skills,
providing a more flexible degree path to non-traditional students seeking an alternative to prevailing schedule and
tuition constraints. In addition, APUS offers several “Learning Tracks” that are comprised of three academic courses
in a related area of interest. Like a microcredential, a Learning Track allows students to pursue a course of study
without having to commit to a degree or certificate program. For a full list of our degree and certificate programs,
please see catalog.apus.edu. Information on or available through our website is not incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, 24% of APUS students were enrolled in business, 22% in security and global
studies programs, and 22% in arts and humanities, with the remainder of students in science, technology, education and
math, and health sciences. During that period, 59% of students were enrolled in a bachelor’s degree program, 17% in an
associate degree program, 15% in a master’s degree program, and 9% in certificate or other programs.
Student Recruitment and Marketing
APUS’s relationship-based marketing strategy focuses on building long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with
organizations and individuals in the military, military-affiliated, and public service communities. We rely on outreach
teams, which serve these communities and foster long-standing relationships, as the core of this strategy. We believe
APUS’s reputation as a trusted educator positions APUS as a respected institution among certain federal and private
sector employers. These relationships, as well as APUS’s student and alumni networks, also cultivate personal
referrals. We believe that this relationship-based marketing approach enables APUS to achieve lower student
acquisition costs than otherwise would be achieved if it focused more heavily on traditional media advertising.
APUS supplements relationship-based marketing with multichannel, data-driven marketing campaigns to create
greater brand awareness, particularly for academically prepared potential students outside the military, military-
affiliated, and service communities. In these campaigns, APUS utilizes, among other marketing channels, digital
marketing channels such as organic and paid search, APUS owned and external content and social marketing
28
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
29
communities, linear and digital TV advertising, radio advertising, and print advertising. Increased competition
in paid marketing channels has resulted in higher advertising costs in certain marketing channels and could
lead to increased student acquisition costs. To better manage costs and focus marketing efforts on prospective
student audiences most likely to matriculate and succeed, APUS utilizes tools to provide new insights connecting
individual student performance data with third-party audience insights and the marketing touch points that
attracted them. APUS is using these insights and other highly personalized approaches to improve future
decisions with respect to marketing mix allocation, audience targeting, new initiatives, relevant messaging,
and creative decisions, as well as to more effectively and deeply leverage platform tools that support scalable
advertising development, delivery, and testing.
APUS also provides more than 200 partner organizations with a range of services to maximize strategic workforce
development goals, including dedicated client services, admissions support, custom program webpages, direct
payment options for eligible institutions, and tuition grants.
APUS has a long-standing commitment to affordability. Comparably, APUS costs are about 30% less than the
average in-state full-time undergraduate tuition, fees, and books at public universities, according to the final 2018-19
institutional data reported to the U.S. Department of Education through The Integrated Postsecondary Education
Data System. Undergraduate full-time tuition, fees, and average book costs are based on a course load of 24 credit
hours per year. APUS’s tuition changed effective January 1, 2020, as discussed below.
Based on data obtained from digital research and direct audience insights, we believe that APUS’s affordability
and value proposition is highly attractive to purpose-driven adult learners who seek affordable, accessible
education offerings that are aligned with in-demand fields where they can make a difference. In 2020, we launched
a new marketing campaign focusing on affordability and higher education return on investment for learners. Our
commitment to affordability, particularly compared to that of other four-year public and private institutions, strongly
resonates given this audience’s deep concern for saving money and their reluctance to take on debt. Learners are
looking for a practical solution; one that provides a return for their educational investment and fits their lifestyle and
values. We believe APUS is recognized among education providers in this respect. In fact, APUS ranks in the top 2%
for return on investment compared to colleges and universities nationwide, according to the Georgetown University
Center on Education and the Workforce report, “A First Try at ROI: Ranking 4,500 Colleges,” based on the 40-year net
present value for completers who received federal financial aid.
APUS continues to work to enhance the student learning experience to attract students who are more likely to persist
and succeed in its programs and will continue to work to identify and implement changes and initiatives in an effort
to more effectively attract and enroll more college-ready students on average. These initiatives may include updates
to admissions standards, which may have an adverse effect on APUS’s enrollment and our financial condition. For
additional information on the risk factors associated with these initiatives and the APUS admissions process please
refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Student Body and Enrollment
The student body of APUS consists of approximately 90,400 enrolled students, most of whom hold full-time
employment. Student enrollment is defined as the number of unique active students, including those who take an
approved leave of absence, who are currently attending a course or have completed at least one course within the
last 12 months.
APUS is focused on executing initiatives that will more effectively support its students and help improve those
students’ educational outcomes, including through faculty engagement initiatives and co-curricular initiatives to
increase the level of engagement and collaboration in the classroom and strengthen the bond between APUS and its
students. Improved engagement is an important element in APUS’s goal of retaining qualified students.
30
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
31
Accreditation
APUS has institutional accreditation from HLC, a regional institutional accrediting agency recognized by ED. The
status and meaning of this accreditation is described more fully below in “Regulatory Environment—Accreditation.”
The next comprehensive evaluation for reaffirmation of accreditation is scheduled for the 2020-2021 academic year,
with a related site visit scheduled to occur in April 2021.
In addition to accreditation by HLC, certain programs offered by APUS have received specialized accreditations or
professional recognition. For example, the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs, or ACBSP,
generally accredits 21 different business-focused academic programs offered by APUS and accredits two APUS
accounting programs under a specialized accounting accreditation.
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, or CCNE, accredits the Bachelor and Master of Science in Nursing
programs. In addition, APUS has obtained professional recognition for its program concentrations in Human Resources
from the Society for Human Resource Management, for certain courses in the Sports and Health Sciences program
from the American Sport Education Program for Bronze Level Certification and the National Academy of Sports
Medicine Performance Enhancement Specialist, for the Information Systems Security program from the National
Security Agency—Information Assurance Courseware Evaluation, and for certain courses in the Human Development
and Family Studies program from the National Council on Family Relations for the Certified Family Life Educator.
APUS’s Master of Public Health program holds accreditation from the Council on Education for Public Health, or CEPH.
In addition, the International Fire Service Accreditation Congress, or IFSAC, has accredited five APUS programs.
Student Admissions
APUS welcomes prospective students to apply for admission at any time through an online application process. The
current qualification for most undergraduate programs is a high school diploma or General Education Development
certificate. Applicants for graduate programs must hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited U.S. institution or an
equivalent foreign institution. Certain programs may have additional admissions standards and restrictions.
Cost of Attendance and Financial Aid
We believe that APUS’s commitment to maximizing a student’s return on their educational investment is one of its
competitive strengths. We are focused on offering our students affordable programs, and many APUS students also
transfer a significant number of previously earned academic credit hours, which reduces the remaining credit hours
required to earn their degrees, and therefore reduces the cost of the degree.
Effective January 1, 2020, APUS implemented the following tuition changes for undergraduate and master’s
course registrations:
• The tuition for undergraduate level courses increased $15 per credit hour to $285 per credit hour.
• The tuition for master’s level courses increased $20 per credit hour to $370 per credit hour.
• The technology fee increased from $50 to $65 per class.
The January 2020 tuition increase was APUS’s first increase since July 2015 and was intended to help support
increased investments in academic learning and student operations. Prior to the 2015 increase, APUS had not
raised undergraduate tuition for 15 years or graduate tuition for four years. In general, a bachelor’s degree may be
earned for $34,485 in tuition costs at current tuition rates, and APUS master’s degrees may be earned for $13,320 in
tuition at current tuition rates. The combined tuition, fees, and books at APUS are designed to be less expensive for
undergraduate and graduate students than the average in-state cost at a public university.
30
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
31
Undergraduate students and, effective January 1, 2020, all active duty military students and their spouses and
dependents, enrolled in courses for academic credit receive their textbooks and certain course materials at no
additional cost to them through an APUS-funded institutional book-grant program. This book grant represents an
approximate savings over the course of a student’s undergraduate degree program of $1,240 annually as compared
to public four-year colleges and universities, according to comparative information from The College Board’s Trends
in College Pricing 2020 report. APUS also utilizes open access and online library materials where appropriate and
works with various publishers to reduce the cost of textbooks and course materials for both graduate students who
pay for textbooks and course materials and for APUS who funds the book grant.
To support APUS’s active duty military students using TA, effective January 1, 2020, APUS increased its APUS funded
tuition grant for those undergraduate students and their spouses and dependents from $20 to $35 per credit hour
to keep the cost at $250 per credit hour, and increased its APUS funded tuition grant for those master’s students
and their spouses and dependents from $25 to $120 per credit hour to reduce the cost from $325 per credit hour
to $250 per credit hour for active duty military students. As a result, undergraduate and master’s students who
are eligible for TA benefits and their spouses and dependents will pay a net tuition of $250 per credit hour. APUS
also extended its APUS funded book grant, previously available only to all undergraduate students, to active-duty
military students and their spouses and dependents at the master’s level. The net effect of these price and APUS
funded grant adjustments is that for active duty military students using TA, an undergraduate or graduate degree
at APUS may be attained for no out-of-pocket cost.
APUS’s tuition grant applied to approximately 78% and 68% of its total net course registrations in 2019 and
2020, respectively.
APUS’s tuition grant for veterans expired at the end of 2019. However, veterans who qualify for 100% of their Post-
9/11 GI Bill benefits are expected to continue to have no out-of-pocket expenses. Those veterans who do not qualify
for 100% may experience a small increase in out-of-pocket costs, but because APUS is a “Yellow Ribbon” university,
many are expected to have access to additional funding resources.
APUS has two applied doctoral programs, Strategic Intelligence and Global Security, that began instruction in
January 2018. The programs meet a need for higher-level education and research combined with professional
practice in these fields. The doctoral degrees tuition and residency costs are currently $5,600 per term and include
an APUS funded book grant for course materials. APUS doctoral degrees may be earned for approximately $50,000 in
tuition at current tuition rates.
APUS does not charge an admission fee or fees for services such as registration, course drops, or similar events
that trigger fees at many other institutions. Because APUS is an exclusively online institution, there are no required
resident fees, such as for parking, food service, student union, and recreation. APUS charges students a technology
fee but provides a grant to cover the technology fee for students using TA. When applicable, APUS students are
charged certain additional fees, such as graduation, late registration, transcript request, and comprehensive
examination fees.
TA covers $250 per credit hour for military students, and these students may also be able to use VA education
benefits or aid from ED’s Title IV programs to cover any remaining cost, as described more fully below in “Sources
of Student Financing” and “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/
Requirements.” APUS has set its tuition grant so that the TA covers the full tuition cost of undergraduate and
graduate courses for members of the military up to the annual maximum allowable benefit.
32
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
33
Sources of Student Financing
APUS’s students finance their education through a combination of individual resources, TA, VA education benefits,
ED’s Title IV programs, private loans, state and federal grants, and corporate reimbursement programs. Most
students rely on some form of financial aid in addition to their individual resources. Students utilizing DoD’s tuition
assistance programs accounted for 43%, those using VA education benefits 22%, and those utilizing ED’s Title IV
programs 21% of APUS’s net course registrations in 2020. We believe that the ability of our students to participate in
these programs is essential to APUS’s success. Participation in TA, VA education benefits and ED’s Title IV programs
add to APUS’s regulatory burden, as described more fully below in “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing
Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements.”
Federal legislative activity, including government shutdowns and other budgetary actions, as well as actions by
ED and DoD, may adversely impact the ability of our students to obtain loans, grants, and other forms of tuition
financing. Such actions could include eliminating various education and loan programs, reducing the funds or
benefits (or both) available under those programs, or enacting new restrictions on participation in those programs.
Any such changes, or any other reductions in or restrictions on funding for such programs, could have a material
adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments and our financial condition. The potential risks associated with these and
similar events are described more fully below in “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Intellectual Property
APUS owns and exercises rights associated with patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, domain names,
agreements, and registrations to protect its intellectual property. APUS owns all course syllabi and course and
instructional materials developed by APUS faculty and employees and, as such, these course materials may be used
by APUS in current and future courses as needed to facilitate instruction and may be modified by APUS to meet
evolving course or curriculum requirements. In general, APUS does not assert ownership claims to scholarly works
of its faculty, such as articles and books, which were not developed as APUS course materials. Such intellectual
property of APUS’s individual faculty members remains the property of each such faculty member and is reserved
specifically for use only by the faculty member who owns it unless the faculty member grants permission for use
by others. APUS relies on agreements under which it obtains rights to use course content developed by faculty
members and other third-party content providers. APUS owns the copyright for a work by a faculty member if APUS
compensated the faculty member for the particular product or if APUS funded the research in whole or in part.
APUS has secured rights to trademarks for various names and terms used in its business, including “American
Public University System,” “American Military University,” “American Public University” and logos incorporating
the foregoing terms and acronyms of those terms, as well as “Ready When You Are,” “Educating Those Who Serve,”
“RESPECTED. AFFORDABLE. ONLINE.,” “COMMITTED TO YOUR FUTURE,” “MASTERS OF DISASTER,” “MOMENTUM,”
“HEROI”, “MyMomentum”, and the term “Partnership At a Distance.” These trademarks and brand names are central
to a number of APUS’s marketing efforts and we believe they are important to how prospective students identify
APUS. APUS also owns rights to more than 200 internet domain names pertaining to APEI, APUS, AMU, APU, and other
unique descriptors.
Hondros College of Nursing
HCN’s programs are designed to prepare individuals for productive careers in the field of nursing. HCN provides
nursing education to students enrolled at five campuses in Ohio, which are located in the suburban areas of
Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, and Toledo, and, in April 2020, HCN began offering courses at a new
campus in Indianapolis, Indiana. The initial enrollment at the Indianapolis campus was limited to 30 students per
year by the Indiana State Board of Nursing. Growth beyond an initial 30 student limit is subject to HCN’s ability to
petition to increase the number of admissions after a site visit that will occur upon graduation of the first cohort.
32
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
33
In addition, in April 2021, HCN will begin offering classes at a new campus in Akron, Ohio. HCN is institutionally
accredited by ABHES, a national accreditor.
Curriculum and Scheduling
HCN offers on-campus instruction leading to a Diploma in PN and an ADN. Portions of the PN and ADN Programs are
taught online. Graduates of the PN Program are eligible to seek licensure as a Licensed Practical Nurse, or LPN, after
passing the NCLEX-PN exam. Graduates of the ADN Program are eligible to seek licensure as a Registered Nurse, or
RN, after passing the NCLEX-RN exam.
Academic terms for the PN and ADN Programs begin four times each year, with courses starting in January, April,
July, and October. Approximately 63% of enrollments for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 were in the PN
Program, while 37% were in the ADN Program. HCN’s students principally receive on-campus instruction at one of
HCN’s campuses; however, in March 2020, in response to the novel coronavirus COVID-19 global pandemic, HCN,
leveraging the expertise of APUS, shifted to a blended model with online delivery of its courses and on campus
delivery of certain labs. HCN thereafter fully reopened its campuses, using smaller in person classes with screening,
social distancing and masking requirements while continuing to offer courses in a virtual setting for those that prefer
remote course learning, and then reverted to online courses and limited on-campus labs in November 2020 following
spikes in COVID-19 cases. There can be no assurance when on-campus courses will resume more broadly or to what
degree, or that thereafter HCN will not need to again further limit campus interactions or close its campuses in
response to the COVID-19 pandemic or as a result of location regulations.
Student Body and Enrollment
HCN provides nursing education to approximately 2,100 students at five campuses in Ohio and one campus in
Indiana. The average HCN student is 30 years old and 93% of HCN students are female.
Accreditation
HCN is institutionally accredited by ABHES, a national accrediting agency that is recognized by ED. ABHES informed
HCN in February 2020 that based on review of the visit report from its recently completed unannounced visit to HCN’s
Columbus campus, the response to the report, and ABHES program approval information, it had acted to affirm the
institution’s accreditation, which continues through February 28, 2021. HCN’s next comprehensive evaluation for
renewal of accreditation by ABHES had been scheduled for April 2020 but was postponed due to the pandemic and
related disruptions. ABHES held virtual site visits in lieu of the regular process. In August and September 2020, ABHES
conducted virtual site visits to HCN’s campuses to assess compliance with ABHES accreditation standards. The visits
resulted in findings that student satisfaction with the ADN and PN Programs at HCN’s Toledo campus and the PN
program at HCN’s Cincinnati, Columbus, and Dayton campuses was below expected levels, which ABHES associated
with the transition to online courses as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and a finding at the Indianapolis and
Columbus campuses related to the composition of an advisory board. HCN has formally responded to each of the
findings, and ABHES has taken no further action. In February 2021, ABHES granted HCN continued accreditation
through February 2027 for all programs at all campuses. For additional information related to HCN’s accreditation,
including a discussion of recent correspondence from ABHES related to retention and placement rates at HCN, refer
to “Regulatory Environment—Accreditation.”
HCN’s PN Program received its initial programmatic accreditation through NLN CNEA, with quality improvement
conditions, from October 18, 2018 through October 31, 2024. On January 29, 2019, HCN submitted a required
progress report to NLN CNEA addressing certain quality indicators. NLN CNEA may accept the report or take certain
follow-up actions, such as requesting additional information or conducting a site visit. In December 2020, HCN
submitted a response to an NLN CNEA request for additional information regarding a program quality indicator,
which was accepted.
34
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
35
In January 2021, NLN CNEA completed a virtual focused site visit at HCN’s Indianapolis campus. Based upon the
outcome of this focused site visit, NLN CNEA notified HCN that accreditation was granted to HCN’s PN program
effective January 13, 2021.
Student Recruitment and Marketing
HCN’s marketing strategy is focused on building long-term relationships with businesses, organizations, and
individuals in the healthcare community, primarily in Ohio and Indiana. We believe this strategy will continue to
generate a significant number of referrals. In addition, HCN utilizes traditional media as well as digital marketing
channels, including organic and paid search marketing.
Student Admissions
HCN welcomes prospective students to apply for admission at any time by submitting an application along with an
application fee. To be accepted into any HCN program, an applicant must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident,
be at least 18 years old at the time of starting the program and hold a high school diploma or General Education
Development certificate. HCN’s programs also have program-specific admissions requirements.
Applicants for the PN Program and the ADN Program are required to complete an interview with an admissions
representative and pass a criminal background check. PN Program applicants are also generally required to pass the
Health Education Systems Admissions Assessment.
Under enhanced ADN Program admissions requirements implemented in 2019, HCN requires external ADN applicants
to have an active unencumbered PN license and to have graduated from an approved PN program. ADN Program
applicants who apply to start in the quarter immediately following their graduation from HCN’s PN Program may
be admitted prior to possessing an active unencumbered PN license but must obtain an active unencumbered
PN license prior to the start of their second term. HCN offers a Direct Entry ADN option that offers an accelerated
graduation pathway for students who transfer at least 32 college credits to HCN and meet certain academic and
entrance exam requirements. Direct Entry ADN applicants are not required to hold an active PN license.
HCN has also made multiple changes to the admissions assessment process since its original implementation
and may further modify it in the future in order to better identify college-ready students. These initiatives require
significant time, energy, and resources, and if our efforts are not successful, they may adversely impact our results of
operations, cash flows, and financial condition. While we believe changes in admissions and academic achievement
requirements are beneficial for our students and will result in a better and more positive educational experience and
improved testing pass rates in the long term, we believe some of the changes contributed to a decline in enrollment
in previous years and have had a negative impact on our results of operations. We continue to work on identifying an
appropriate balance of admissions requirements, academic achievement requirements and attracting appropriate
students. However, even if these initiatives lead to the identification and enrollment of students who are likely to
succeed and improve the student experience, they could result in adverse impacts on HCN enrollments.
Cost of Attendance and Financial Aid
HCN’s tuition costs vary among its programs. HCN’s PN Programs may be completed for approximately $20,000 in
tuition and fees and the ADN Program may be completed for approximately $28,500 in tuition and fees, depending
on the campus location. Fees include the cost of examination review materials, lab fees, test review fees, and fees for
applications with OBN, among others. Some of these costs are payable to HCN and others are payable to third parties.
HCN’s students also incur costs for textbooks, supplies, uniforms, and its technology package. These costs vary
among HCN’s programs and are paid for by HCN’s students as the textbooks or supplies are needed. HCN estimates
that over the life of its programs a student’s costs related to textbooks and supplies will be approximately $2,100 for
the PN Program and $3,400 for the ADN Program.
34
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
35
Sources of Student Financing
HCN’s students finance their education through a combination of individual resources, VA education benefits, ED’s
Title IV programs, private loans, state and federal grants, corporate reimbursement programs, and beginning in
July 2018, HCN’s extended payment plan option. Most HCN students rely on some form of financial aid in addition
to their individual resources. The substantial majority of HCN’s revenue is derived from students utilizing ED’s
Title IV programs, which results in increased regulatory scrutiny, as discussed more fully below in “Regulatory
Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—Department of Education—
Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—The ‘90/10 Rule.’” As a result, HCN’s management may find it necessary
to decrease HCN’s enrollment of students utilizing the Title IV programs or pursue other approaches, any of which
could have a negative impact on its operating results and financial condition.
HCN offers an extended payment plan option to its students. The extended payment plan option is designed to
assist students with educational costs consisting of tuition, textbooks, and fees, and are only available after all
other student financial assistance has been applied to those costs. Payment plans require monthly payments while
the student is enrolled in a program and extend for a period up to six months after the last day of attendance or
graduation. To the extent interest is applied, it is generally fixed and does not accrue until the student departs the
program or graduates. The extended payment plan option does not impose any origination fees. Participants are
advised about the terms of the extended payment plan option and counseled to use all federal funding options first.
Beginning January 1, 2020, HCN began offering an institutional affordability grant to students demonstrating
financial need to cover the difference between the total cost of tuition and fees less the amount of all eligible
financial aid resources. The grant is designed to limit a student’s monthly payment to $200 through an award of up
to $200 per month, or $600 per term after consideration of financial aid, employer tuition reimbursement, and other
financial resources.
Intellectual Property
In connection with our acquisition of HCN, we received a royalty-free, irrevocable, exclusive, transferable,
sublicensable license to use the name “Hondros College of Nursing” and, instead of “Nursing,” any other qualifier
directly related to nursing, medicine, or healthcare in connection with the business and operations of HCN.
HCN exercises rights associated with copyrights, trademarks, service marks, domain names, agreements, and
registrations to protect its intellectual property.
Information Technology
Information technology systems are an essential part of our student experience and our business operations. APEI
provides information technology services to APUS and HCN through the shared services model that we implemented
following HLC’s November 2018 approval of APUS’s application for a change in structure related to adoption of the
model. Previously, APUS had managed its own information technology infrastructure and services and provided
information technology services to HCN through an intercompany arrangement. We believe we will need to continue,
and potentially increase, our investment of time and money in technology operations and enhancements to support
our systems and mission.
We continue to make investments in information technology. We recently embarked on a multi-year technology
transformation program in an effort to enable APUS to better accommodate new flexible learning modalities,
improve the operational effectiveness of our enterprise, and enhance the learning experience for students and
faculty. Importantly:
• The first cohort of students began studies on APUS’ new learning management system in March 2020, and we have
largely completed migration to the new system.
36
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
37
• In January 2020, APUS signed a contract to consolidate its customer relationship management systems onto a
single platform.
• We are actively evaluating migration of key applications, systems, and data to the cloud rather than in our own
co-located data centers.
Our legacy systems include a customized student information and services system that we refer to as Partnership
At a Distance™, or PAD, and proprietary information systems and processes to support PAD, into which we have
invested significant time and money. PAD is APUS’s platform for interacting with our students. PAD is an information
system designed to enable APUS to provide each student with individualized support at appropriate times from
pre-enrollment through and beyond graduation, including student advising, administrative support, and community
networking. PAD is used by APUS to manage admissions, online orientation, course registrations, tuition payments,
grade reporting, progress toward degrees, and various other functions. We continually evaluate PAD for possible
changes and upgrades and anticipate that we will eventually make significant changes to this system, as well.
APUS and HCN historically used Sakai Collaboration and Learning Environment, or Sakai CLE, an open-source
learning management system, for their online classroom to support teaching, learning, research, and collaboration.
We began replacing Sakai with a cloud-based commercial system as our learning management system in 2020 and
have largely completed the APUS migration to the new system. HCN anticipates completing its migration in 2021.
PAD and our learning management system are our two core enterprise systems. We also have several other systems
that are used in the online campus, and to support the student experience, financial aid processing, financial
management, human resources processes, marketing, and decision support.
The backbone of our information technology infrastructure currently consists of two co-location data centers. Our
technology environment is managed internally. Student access to our systems is provided through redundant data
carriers in both data centers. We have begun migrating and intend to migrate much of our infrastructure and core
applications, in addition to our learning management system, to a cloud computing model with the goal of improving
the reliability, scalability, agility, and security of our core infrastructure and applications.
Our continued investments of time and money on our institutions’ information technology may place a strain on our
organization that could adversely affect our systems, controls, and operating efficiency, and those of our institutions,
and as a result of unsuccessful development efforts, or a result of replacing outdated technology, software, or other
technology related assets, we may have assets that become impaired. In addition, as a result of our reliance on
information technology, system disruptions and security breaches could adversely affect our reputation and our
operations. For additional information regarding risks related to our information technology, refer to “Risk Factors—
Risks Related to Our Technology Infrastructure.”
For more information on these investments and their effects on our results of operations, refer to “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”
Human Capital
“Purpose Made Possible.” Our ability to deliver on our corporate mission and our enterprise transformation is tightly
aligned with our human capital strategy. Our performance largely depends on the talents, experience, and efforts
of our employees, and by our ability to foster a culture and practice of high performance, innovation, cooperation,
integrity, and respect. During 2020, our key human capital efforts were focused on building our leadership strength
by hiring new executives and working to create a culture of high performance by launching actions to attract, retain
and develop high quality talent. We employ various human resource programs in support of these objectives.
We hired a new Chief Human Resources Officer, which reflects the importance we place on our people and our
commitment to supporting them in their efforts to help us achieve our mission. We launched processes to evaluate
36
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
37
our reward and recognition systems and are evaluating market competitive compensation and benefit practices to
attract new employees and reward current ones. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we worked to ensure a safe
and seamless transition to remote working for APUS and APEI and blended working for HCN in March 2020.
We believe diversity and inclusion are at the core of our values and reflect the expectations of the students we serve.
We champion equality and work to create ethical, safe, and supportive workplaces where our employees thrive. We
believe a diverse and inclusive workplace results in business growth and encourages increased innovation, retention
of talent and a more engaged workforce.
We measure employee engagement on an ongoing basis to solicit feedback and understand views of our employees,
faculty and culture. The results from engagement surveys are used to implement programs and processes designed
to enhance employee and faculty engagement and improve the experience.
Workforce Demographics
We have approximately 2,940 employees, including 1,930 full- and part-time faculty members, 450 of which are
full-time, and 1,010 other professional staff to administer academic, technology, service, and business operations.
APUS employs approximately 1,790 full- and part-time faculty members and APEI and APUS employ approximately
890 other professional staff. HCN employs approximately 140 full- and part-time faculty members and approximately
120 other professional staff. At APUS, approximately 67% of our full-time faculty have a terminal degree in their field
of study. At HCN, all nursing faculty have earned a Bachelor of Science in Nursing or higher. None of our employees
are parties to a collective bargaining agreement, and management considers employee relations to be good.
Our employees have diverse backgrounds, influenced in part by the geography in which our headquarters,
administrative facilities, and campuses are located, and by the communities we serve, in particular nursing, military,
military-affiliated, and veteran communities. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 65% of our faculty and staff at
APEI and APUS were female and 19% of these positions were held by persons self-identifying as ethnically diverse.
At HCN, approximately 76% of our faculty and staff are female and 27% of these positions are held by persons self-
identifying as ethnically diverse.
Talent Development
Our strategic initiatives require our management, faculty, staff, and skilled personnel to perform at a high level and
to adapt and learn new skills and capabilities. APUS requires each new faculty member to complete an orientation
and training program that leads to their certification to teach at APUS and assignment to courses. All faculty
members participate in annual faculty-development opportunities and requirements. Faculty retention at APUS is
high, which we believe is primarily due to the online, asynchronous nature of APUS instruction.
HCN trains and develops new faculty through a formal, structured on-boarding, training, and mentoring program.
All new HCN faculty members receive a 90-day on-boarding experience, which includes a formal orientation to the
organization, policies and procedures, teaching strategies, performance expectations, and role responsibilities. HCN
competes with both nursing schools and traditional employers of healthcare professionals for open faculty positions.
Due to COVID-19, there has been an increase in demand for nursing professionals, impacting our ability to recruit and
retain faculty at HCN.
APUS and HCN regularly review the performance of faculty by, among other things, monitoring the contact that
faculty have with students, reviewing student feedback, and evaluating the learning outcomes achieved by students.
Impact of COVID-19
We are committed to the health and well-being of our employees. In March 2020, in response to the COVID-19
pandemic, we implemented our business continuity plan and substantially all of our APEI and APUS employees
38
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
39
transitioned to a remote workforce, using digital platforms and virtual collaboration tools to communicate with one
another and our institutions’ students. Since then, we have cautiously allowed certain employees to return to an
office work setting, following all Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and local guidelines and regulations.
Employees are continuing to follow a blended model of working onsite and remotely, and we have committed to
determining the optimal mix of site-based, flexible, and fully remote models on a department and role basis for a
post-pandemic environment.
Faculty and Staff for APEI and APUS
APUS’s faculty consists of approximately 1,790 full and part-time faculty members with relevant teaching and
practitioner experience. APEI and APUS also employ approximately 890 professional non-faculty staff to administer
APUS’s academic, technology, service, and business operations. Most of APEI’s and APUS’s non-faculty employees
are based at its headquarters in Charles Town, West Virginia.
APUS has approximately 350 full-time faculty members with the remainder designated as part-time. APUS
establishes full-time and part-time positions based on program and course enrollment. Many of APUS’s full-time
faculty began their careers with APUS as part-time faculty. We expect that APUS’s faculty headcount and the
composition of full-time and part-time faculty will vary with fluctuations in enrollment.
We believe that APUS’s well-regarded faculty, which includes many former and current practitioners in their fields,
attracts new students to APUS. A significant majority of APUS’s graduate faculty members hold terminal degrees
or doctorates in their relevant fields, and virtually all undergraduate faculty members hold graduate degrees.
Exceptions have been granted for a limited number of APUS’s faculty members who do not meet degree standards,
but who provide evidence of significant experience and achievement in the field of study that they teach, in
accordance with APUS’s faculty quality guidelines. Many APUS faculty members have relevant experience at other
universities and within military, corporate, and government institutions.
We believe that the quality of APUS’s faculty is critical to the student experience and student outcomes and is
therefore vital to APUS’s success. APUS regularly reviews the performance of its faculty by, among other things,
monitoring the online contact that faculty have with students, reviewing student feedback, and evaluating the
learning outcomes achieved by students. If APUS determines that a faculty member is not performing at an
acceptable level, it works with the faculty member to improve performance by assigning the faculty member a
mentor, providing additional training and/or coaching the faculty member for success. If the faculty member’s
performance does not improve, APUS will no longer employ that faculty member to teach. APUS does not offer
tenure to faculty members.
We believe that the composition of APUS’s student body and curriculum are particularly attractive to potential
faculty members because of the opportunity to teach relevant material to students who can implement higher
education learning at their workplaces. APUS recruits faculty members through referrals by current faculty members,
advertisements in higher education and trade association journals and its internet presence. Upon selection for a
position, APUS requires each new faculty member to complete an orientation and training program that leads to
their certification to teach at APUS and assignment to courses. All faculty members participate in annual faculty-
development opportunities and requirements.
Faculty and Staff for Hondros
HCN’s faculty consists of approximately 140 faculty members with relevant teaching and nursing or healthcare
practitioner experience. HCN also employs approximately 120 professional staff members who administer HCN’s
academic, technology, service, and business operations.
38
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
39
HCN has approximately 104 full-time faculty members with the remainder designated as part-time. All faculty whose
instruction is focused within the PN Program must have earned the minimum of a bachelor’s degree in nursing. All
faculty whose instruction is focused within the ADN Program must have earned the minimum of a master’s degree.
All HCN faculty whose instruction is nursing theory-based must have an active license to practice as a Registered
Nurse. In addition to the formal education of HCN’s faculty members, many have also obtained specialized
certifications in the field of nursing.
We believe that selecting well-educated and qualified faculty members is important to HCN’s opportunity for
success. In addition to having the necessary educational requirements, HCN seeks faculty members who have
demonstrated experience in the field of nursing. Almost all faculty who teach HCN’s nursing courses have nursing
experience in a clinical setting, which we believe helps teach HCN’s students the skills needed to be effective and
safe caregivers.
HCN trains and develops new faculty through a formal, structured on-boarding, training, and mentoring program.
All new HCN faculty members receive a 90-day on-boarding experience, which includes a formal orientation to the
organization, policies and procedures, teaching strategies, performance expectations, and role responsibilities.
Information About our Executive Officers
Set forth below is certain information concerning our executive officers serving as of the date of this Annual Report.
Name
Angela Selden
Richard W. Sunderland, Jr., CPA
Patrik U. Dyberg
Thomas A. Beckett
Elizabeth LaGuardia Cooper
Amy B. Manning
Dr. Wade T. Dyke
Robert E. Gay
Dr. Vernon C. Smith
Age
Position
55
60
57
53
48
53
63
60
56
President and Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer
Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
President of APUS
Senior Vice President, Chief Operations Officer, APUS
Senior Vice President, Provost, APUS
Angela Selden joined us in September 2019 as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of
Directors. Prior to joining us, Ms. Selden served as Chief Executive Officer of DIGARC, LLC, an education technology
provider to higher education institutions, since October 2016. From July 2015 until April 2016, Ms. Selden was Interim
Chief Executive Officer of Skybridge Americas, a global contact center and provider of fulfillment solutions, and
served as a member of its board of directors from July 2015 through December 2018. Prior to Skybridge Americas,
Ms. Selden served as Chief Executive Officer of Workforce Insight, LLC, a global provider of strategic workforce
management, from April 2014 to April 2015, after Workforce Insight’s acquisition by Baird Capital Partners, where Ms.
Selden served as Executive in Residence from 2013 to 2014 and participated in the acquisition of Workforce Insight.
Prior to her role at Baird, Ms. Selden served as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Co-Chairman of Arise Virtual
Solutions, Inc., a virtual workforce solutions outsourcer. Earlier in her career, Ms. Selden spent 18 years at Accenture,
including serving as the Managing Partner, leading Accenture’s North American West Consumer and Industrial
Products group to significant growth.
Richard W. Sunderland, Jr., CPA joined us in February 2011 as a consultant and became Senior Vice President of
Finance of APUS in December 2012. Effective January 1, 2014, Mr. Sunderland was appointed Executive Vice President
40
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
41
and Chief Financial Officer of APEI. Prior to joining APUS, Mr. Sunderland served as the Chief Financial Officer of
NovaSom, Inc. from 2008 to 2010. In addition, Mr. Sunderland served as Chief Financial Officer of Active Day, Inc.
between 2005 and 2008, and in various roles, including as Controller, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, of NeighborCare, Inc. from 1993 to 2004.
Patrik U. Dyberg joined us in May 2018 as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, having previously
served as interim Chief Information Officer in a consulting capacity from mid-December 2017. Mr. Dyberg was
previously a Principal with The WGroup, an information technology management consulting firm, from August 2017
to April 2018 and Managing Director for custom software development company Luxoft Holding, Inc. from December
2015 to February 2017. Mr. Dyberg also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of publishing
company John Wiley & Sons, Inc. from February 2012 to August 2015, Senior Vice President of Global Solutions
Development at LexisNexis Group Inc. from 2009 through 2011, and Chief Information Officer in the Business
Information Group of The McGraw-Hill Companies from 2005 through 2009.
Thomas A. Beckett joined us in April 2011 as Director, Legal Affairs for APUS, in January 2012 became Vice President,
Legal Affairs, and since January 2016, has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel for APEI and APUS,
and Secretary since June 2016 for APEI. Prior to joining APUS, Mr. Beckett was the General Counsel and Chief
Operating Officer of HealthSport, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, InnoZen, Inc. (now CURE Pharmaceutical)
from 2007 to 2010. In addition, from 2004 to 2010, Mr. Beckett held various leadership positions at HealthSport and
InnoZen. Prior to this, Mr. Beckett was an associate at King & Spalding LLP and Holland & Knight LLP. Mr. Beckett
began his career as a banking officer with First Union National Bank. Mr. Beckett is on the board of directors of
Shenandoah Telecommunications Company, a wireless telephone and cable services company.
Elizabeth LaGuardia Cooper joined us in November 2003 as Vice President, Marketing of APUS, and became Senior
Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of APUS in December 2017. Since January 2019, Ms. Cooper has served as
Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of APEI. Prior to joining APUS, Ms. Cooper was a Product Manager
for NICE Systems, Inc., an enterprise software solutions company, from 2001 to 2003. Prior to this, Ms. Cooper held
various leadership positions at KeyBridge Corporation, LifeMinders, Inc. and Locus Direct Marketing Group from 1999
to 2001. Ms. Cooper also served as an Associate Promotion Manager from 1995 to 1999 at the United States Chamber
of Commerce.
Amy B. Manning joined us in June 2020 as Chief Human Resources Officer. Prior to joining us, Ms. Manning spent
more than 16 years with Cisco Systems serving various roles, including most recently, Vice President of Human
Resources. Ms. Manning was an executive sponsor for Cisco’s Conscious Culture Initiative, designed to ensure an
inclusive and collaborative working environment. Ms. Manning also held various positions at PerkinElmer, GE Capital,
and ABB Inc.
Dr. Wade T. Dyke joined us in August 2020 as President of APUS. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dyke served as Chief Executive
Officer since January 2017 of Great Hearts Academies, a charter school network with nearly 19,000 students.
Previously, Mr. Dyke was with Kaplan University (now known as Purdue Global University) from January 2008 until
October 2016, serving as the Vice President until 2010 and the President until 2016. Prior to Kaplan University,
Mr. Dyke served as the Chief Executive Officer of Milestone Education, an education consulting firm that specializes
in curriculum design, professional development, and college readiness strategies, from 2005 through 2007.
Robert E. Gay joined us in December 2016 as Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of APUS. Prior to
joining APUS, Mr. Gay was a Senior Vice President at Maguire Associates, a research-based consulting firm serving
educational institutions, from 2011 to November 2016. Mr. Gay previously served as Vice President of Enrollment at
The New School from 2008 to 2012, Executive Vice President of Operations and Enrollment Management at Cardean
Learning Group from 2005 to 2007, and as the first Vice President of Enrollment Management at the University of
40
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
41
Maryland University College from 2003 to 2005. Prior to entering higher education, Mr. Gay spent 17 years in the
communications industry, serving in various senior management positions with MCI Communications Corp., LCC
International, Inc. and Solectron Global Services.
Dr. Vernon C. Smith joined us in November 2016 as Senior Vice President and Provost of APUS. Prior to joining APUS,
Dr. Smith was Vice Provost of distributed learning and Associate Professor of Practice at the Gladys L. Benerd School
of Education for the University of the Pacific from June 2014 to October 2016. Dr. Smith served as founding Chief
Academic Officer and Provost at MyCollege Foundation, where he oversaw the successful launch of Portmont College
at Mount St. Mary’s, Los Angeles (now MSMU Online), from 2012 to 2014 and previously served as Vice President of
Academic Affairs at Rio Salado College from 2009 through 2012. Dr. Smith previously also held various positions at
Northern Arizona University and Rio Salado College.
REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
In the United States, postsecondary education institutions are regulated by (i) accrediting agencies, (ii) state
regulatory bodies, and (iii) the federal government through ED. APUS and HCN are approved to participate in military
tuition assistance programs administered by the U.S. Department of Defense, or DoD, and veterans’ education
benefits programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA, and our institutions are therefore
also subject to oversight by those agencies. Regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies address the vast
majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, and financial operations and condition.
The postsecondary education regulatory environment is complex and continues to evolve. Changes in or new
interpretations of law, regulations, standards, and policies could have material consequences for our institutions’
accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under student
financial assistance programs, and costs of doing business. The postsecondary education regulatory environment
has changed and may change in the future as a result of U.S. federal elections, including as a result of the U.S. federal
elections that took place in November 2020. As a result of this election, Democrats, who tend to support more
regulation of and restrictions on for-profit institutions, gained control of the executive branch and both houses
of Congress. The new Presidential administration and new Congress may act to change or eliminate currently
effective legislation and ED regulations, or to enact new legislation, and ED, under new leadership, could initiate new
rulemaking processes to alter existing regulations and could act to change existing ED policies and practices with
respect to matters related to postsecondary education institutions. For example, the Trump Administration delayed
the implementation of, repealed, and amended certain regulations promulgated during the prior administration.
We cannot predict the extent to which the new Presidential Administration and new Congress will act to change
or eliminate or to implement new ED regulations, policies, and practices, nor can we predict the form that new
regulations, policies, or practices may take.
The relevant committees in the previous Congress held hearings and considered various policy and legislative
proposals related to reauthorization of the Higher Education Act of 1964, as amended, or the HEA. We cannot predict
the extent to which the Executive Branch and new Congress will act to reauthorize the HEA or change or eliminate
ED regulations, policies, and practices, nor can we predict the form that new legislation, regulations, policies, or
practices may take.
We cannot predict the extent to which any potential regulatory or legislative activity may impact us or our
institutions, nor can we predict the possible associated burdens and costs. Additional information regarding the
regulatory and legislative environment and potential risks associated with it is available below and in the section
entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.
42
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
43
Accreditation
Accreditation is a voluntary, non-governmental process through which an institution or a program submits to review
based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of the institution or program.
Accrediting agencies establish criteria for accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations, and publicly recognize
those institutions or programs that meet the stated criteria. Accredited institutions and programs are subject
to periodic review to ensure institutional and program integrity, to encourage continued high performance and
improvement, and to confirm that accreditation criteria continue to be satisfied. An institution or program that does
not meet the criteria may have its accreditation limited, revoked, or not renewed.
Accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by ED is necessary to participate in Title IV and TA programs. To
be recognized by ED, accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards and procedures. The National Advisory
Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity, or NACIQI, is charged with advising ED on whether to recognize
accrediting agencies. In 2016, NACIQI voted to recommend that ED renew ABHES’s recognition for five years and in
February 2018, NACIQI voted to recommend that ED renew HLC’s recognition for five years. If one of our institutions’
institutional accreditors was to lose its recognition as an accrediting agency and the institution was unable to obtain
recognition from another recognized accrediting agency, the institution could lose its eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs and TA.
In October 2018, ED announced that it would establish a negotiated rulemaking committee broadly focused on
accreditation and innovation, or the Accreditation and Innovation Committee, to prepare proposed regulations
related to, among other things, ED’s recognition of accrediting agencies and related institutional eligibility issues.
On November 1, 2019, ED published final regulations, portions of which relating to accreditation generally went into
effect on July 1, 2020. The final regulations revise ED’s process for recognition and review of accrediting agencies
and the criteria used by ED to recognize accrediting agencies. The regulations also revise ED’s requirements for
oversight of accredited institutions and programs by generally providing accrediting agencies with greater
autonomy and flexibility.
Additional information about each of our institutions’ accreditation is provided above in each reporting segment’s
“Our Institutions—Accreditation” section and as follows:
• APUS is institutionally accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, or HLC, a regional accrediting agency
recognized by ED. HLC accredits degree-granting institutions in a 19-state region, including West Virginia. HLC
most recently reaffirmed the accreditation status of APUS in July 2011. The next comprehensive evaluation for
reaffirmation of accreditation is scheduled for the 2020-2021 academic year, with a related site visit scheduled to
occur in April 2021.
• Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education
Schools, or ABHES, a national accrediting agency recognized by ED. In June 2018, ABHES granted HCN initial
institutional accreditation through February 28, 2021. (Prior to June 2018, HCN was accredited by the Accrediting
Council of Independent Colleges and Schools, or ACICS.) The comprehensive evaluation for renewal of ABHES
accreditation, which would include HCN’s submission of evidence related to its compliance with ABHES standards
and a series of site visits, was scheduled for April 2020 but was postponed due to the pandemic and related
disruptions. In August and September 2020, ABHES conducted virtual site visits to HCN’s campuses to assess
compliance with ABHES accreditation standards. The visits resulted in findings that student satisfaction with the ADN
and PN Programs at HCN’s Toledo campus and the PN program at HCN’s Cincinnati, Columbus, and Dayton campuses
was below expected levels, which ABHES associated with the transition to online courses as a result of the COVID-
19 pandemic, and a finding at the Indianapolis and Columbus campuses related to the composition of an advisory
board. HCN has formally responded to each of the findings, and ABHES has taken no further action. In February 2021,
ABHES granted HCN continued accreditation through February 2027 for all programs at all campuses.
42
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
43
ABHES annually reviews student achievement indicators, including retention rate, placement rate, and licensing
and credentialing examination pass rate. Under ABHES policy, ABHES may withdraw accreditation at any time
if it determines that an institution fails to demonstrate at least a 70% retention rate for each program, a 70%
placement rate for each program, and a 70% pass rate on mandatory licensing and credentialing examinations or
fails to meet the state-mandated results for credentialing or licensure. Alternatively, ABHES may in its discretion
provide an opportunity for a program to come into compliance within a period of time specified by ABHES, and
ABHES may extend the period for achieving compliance if a program demonstrates improvement over time or
other good cause. For the reporting year ended June 30, 2018, several HCN programs did not satisfy ABHES’s
threshold requirements for retention rates or placement rates. For the reporting year ended June 30, 2019, each
of HCN’s programs at each of HCN’s campuses satisfied ABHES’s placement rate requirements but failed to satisfy
ABHES’s threshold requirements for retention rates.
In August 2019, ABHES notified HCN that ABHES had placed HCN’s Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, and Toledo
locations on outcomes reporting status, which requires submission of additional documentation regarding student
outcomes and action plans for improving these outcomes. Based on the data submitted in response to ABHES’
request, ABHES determined that the PN Program at each of the Columbus, Dayton, and Toledo campuses did not
satisfy ABHES’s retention rate requirement and that it was unable to verify that the ADN Program at each of the
Cleveland and Toledo campuses had met ABHES’s placement rate requirement. ABHES directed HCN to submit
certain documentation concerning the updated retention or placement rate, as applicable, for the reporting year
ended June 30, 2019, and information about HCN’s action plan to achieve compliance if the updated rate was
below 70%. HCN timely submitted the required documentation and action plans. ABHES notified HCN that the
relevant programs at the Cleveland, Dayton, and Toledo campuses must come into compliance by May 1, 2020 and
that the PN Program at the Columbus campus must come into compliance by May 1, 2021.
In February 2020, ABHES notified HCN that it had taken additional actions with respect to certain HCN programs
at certain locations related to those programs’ performance in relation to ABHES student achievement indicators.
Specifically, ABHES: (i) placed the PN programs at the Dayton and Toledo campuses on program specific warning
status because the programs have failed to meet the 70% retention rate threshold since HCN’s 2017–2018 annual
report and informed HCN that those programs must meet the retention rate threshold by May 1, 2020; (ii) removed
the ADN programs at the Cleveland and Toledo campuses from outcomes reporting status after placement rates for
those programs at those locations met the 70% compliance threshold; (iii) continued outcomes reporting status
for the PN program at the Columbus campus because it has not met the retention rate compliance threshold and
confirmed that it has until May 1, 2021 to do so; and (iv) directed HCN to provide evidence to ABHES that the ADN
programs at each of the Columbus, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Dayton, and Toledo campuses and the PN programs at
the Cleveland and Cincinnati campuses met the retention rate compliance threshold for the period from July 1,
2019 through March 31, 2020, and informed HCN that those programs must meet the compliance threshold by
May 1, 2021. On April 22, 2020, HCN notified ABHES that, as of March 31, 2020, HCN met the 70% retention rate
threshold at each campus location. For the reporting year July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, HCN’s programs
satisfied ABHES’s threshold requirements for retention rate, placement rate, and mandatory licensure and
credentialing examination pass rates. There can be no assurance that HCN will be able to continue to demonstrate
compliance in all cases. If HCN fails to meet the student achievement indicators and is unable to maintain
compliance during any timeframe established by ABHES, unless such timeframe is extended for good cause,
ABHES may take other action, up to and including withdrawing accreditation for those programs.
On August 12, 2020, ABHES requested that HCN provide ABHES with a financial improvement plan that details
HCN’s financial objectives, outlines HCN’s financial improvement plans, including a specific timeline, and
addresses the net loss for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. The plan was timely submitted to ABHES.
ABHES has taken no additional action regarding this matter since the plan was submitted.
44
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
45
Adverse actions taken by ABHES may trigger reporting requirements and ED action under ED’s Borrower Defense
Regulations. See “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—
Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—Borrower Defenses.”
Institutional accreditation is an important attribute of our institutions. Colleges and universities depend in part
on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Students and sponsors of
tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for quality assurance, and employers rely on institutions’
accreditation status when evaluating a candidate’s credentials. In addition, the loss of institutional accreditation
would result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA.
In addition to institutional accreditation, our institutions have obtained specialized accreditation or professional
recognition for certain programs, as described more fully above in each reporting segment’s section under “Our
Institutions” entitled “Accreditation.” If one of our institutions fails to satisfy the standards of these specialized
accrediting agencies or professional organizations, the relevant programs could lose the specialized accreditation or
professional recognition, which could result in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs, prevent
the institution from offering the programs in certain states where programmatic accreditation is required, or prevent
our students from seeking and obtaining licensure or employment.
State Licensure/Authorization
Our institutions are subject to regulation by the states in which they operate. The level of oversight varies from
state to state, and such regulations change frequently. State laws typically establish standards for instruction,
faculty qualifications, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational
matters. Some states prescribe regulations related to an institution’s financial condition, and some states require
the posting of surety bonds. State laws and regulations may affect our institutions’ ability to offer educational
programs, open locations, and award degrees. If one of our institutions fails to comply with a state’s requirements,
it may lose its state licensure or authorization, which would result in the institution’s inability to enroll students in
that state and could result in the institution’s inability to receive Title IV program funds and TA funds, at least for
students in that state.
Some states assert authority to regulate an institution if its educational programs are offered to residents of
those states, regardless of whether the institution maintains a physical presence in the state. The growth of online
education has led and may further lead to new laws and regulations and new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. New laws, regulations, or interpretations could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability
to recruit students in particular states, which could negatively affect enrollments and revenue and have a material
adverse effect on our business. Changes in our business activities could lead states that do not currently require
our institutions to be authorized to require such authorization. The extent of this increase in regulatory obligations,
and the associated costs and significance, are not known at this time. Furthermore, in some states it may take a
significant amount of time to meet the applicable regulatory requirements with respect to a new program initiative,
or we may not be able to do so at all.
The State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement, or SARA, is a voluntary agreement among member states, districts,
and territories that establishes national standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education and
is intended to make it easier for students to take online courses offered by institutions based in another jurisdiction.
SARA requires member jurisdictions to approve institutions in their jurisdiction to participate in SARA, based upon
institutional accreditation and financial stability, and to resolve student complaints. Applications must be renewed
annually. SARA does not cover, or limits its coverage related to, certain activities. As a result, an institution may
still be required to obtain state authorization from, for example, agencies, or boards responsible for professional
licensure. We cannot predict the extent to which states will retain membership in SARA, the manner in which SARA’s
rules may be modified, interpreted and enforced, our institutions’ ability to comply with SARA’s requirements and
44
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
45
retain eligibility, or the impact that failure to meet the SARA requirements may have on our business. For information
on our institutions’ status under SARA, see “—State Authorization/Licensure of Our Institutions” below.
Many states also have specific requirements that an individual must satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in
a specified field. Students’ success in obtaining licensure typically depends on several factors, including: individual
merits of the graduate; whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in which the graduate
seeks licensure or by a professional association; whether the program meets all state requirements for professional
licensure; and the accreditation of the institution and the specific program.
Federal Requirements for State Licensure/Authorization
“Home” State Authorization
ED regulations specify how an institution may demonstrate, as required by ED, that it is authorized to offer
postsecondary educational programs by the state(s) where it is located, which we refer to as its “home” state,
and that the home state otherwise satisfies ED requirements. If ED determines that an institution does not have
the required state approval, the institution will be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs. If one of our
institutions were to lose its ability to participate in Title IV programs in connection with “home” state authorization
requirements, it would also lose its ability to participate in TA.
The loss of ability of one of our institutions to participate in either Title IV programs or TA could have a material
adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
State Authorization of Online Education
In December 2016, ED published final regulations addressing, among other issues, state authorization of programs
offered through distance education, which were scheduled to go into effect in July 2018. In June 2018, ED announced
that it would delay the effective date of the distance education portion of the state authorization final regulations,
or the Distance Education Rule, until July 1, 2020. In April 2019, a U.S. District Court judge found that the delayed
implementation was improper, and as a result of the court’s related order, the Distance Education Rule took effect in
May 2019. The Distance Education Rule requires an institution offering distance education programs to be authorized
by each state in which the institution enrolls students, if such authorization is required by the state, in order to award
Title IV aid to such students. An institution may obtain such authorization directly from the state or through a state
authorization reciprocity agreement that satisfies ED’s definition of such an agreement. In addition, the Distance
Education Rule requires an institution to document the state process for resolving complaints from students enrolled
in programs offered through distance education and to provide certain public and individualized disclosures to
enrolled and prospective students regarding its programs that are provided or can be completed solely through
distance education or correspondence courses, excluding internships and practicums.
In October 2018, ED announced the Accreditation and Innovation Committee would prepare proposed regulations
related to, among other things, institutional and programmatic eligibility issues, including state authorization
and courses offered through distance education. In June 2019, ED published certain portions of the agreed-upon
regulatory language, including those provisions related to state authorization, in a notice of proposed rulemaking.
On November 1, 2019, ED published final regulations concerning state authorization, which went into effect on July 1,
2020, except that institutions may in their discretion implement early regulations relating to state authorization
and institutional information disclosures. APUS implemented early those regulations effective November 1,
2019. The final regulations related to state authorization effectively replace the Distance Education Rule. The
final regulations also clarify the required methodology for determining the state in which a student is located for
purposes of satisfying state authorization requirements for distance education courses and require an institution
to disclose certain information related to whether programs leading to professional licensure meet applicable state
requirements, regardless of program modality.
46
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
47
State Authorization/Licensure of Our Institutions
APUS is authorized to enroll students from each of the 50 states and the District of Columbia. APUS is headquartered
in Charles Town, West Virginia, with administrative offices in Virginia that will be vacated at the end of June 2021.
APUS is authorized to offer its programs by the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission, or WVHEPC.
Under current law, if APUS were to lose its accreditation by HLC, WVHEPC may suspend, withdraw, or revoke
APUS’s authorization. Failure to comply with WVHEPC requirements could result in APUS losing its authorization
from WVHEPC, its accreditation by HLC, its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA, or its ability to offer
certain programs, any of which could force APUS to cease operations. Under Virginia law, because it currently has
administrative offices in Virginia, APUS is required to be authorized by the State Council of Higher Education for
Virginia, or SCHEV. Accordingly, APUS has obtained SCHEV’s authorization to operate as an out-of-state institution.
APUS has participated in SARA since its application was approved in December 2014. APUS also has obtained
authorization to operate in California, which is the only state that is a non-SARA jurisdiction.
HCN is headquartered in Westerville, Ohio, and has five campuses in Ohio. In April 2020, HCN began classes for
the first cohort of students enrolled in the PN Program at HCN’s new campus in Indianapolis, Indiana, and in April
2021, HCN will begin offering classes at a new campus in Akron, Ohio. HCN is authorized to offer instruction in Ohio
by the Ohio State Board. HCN’s PN and ADN programs are approved by the Ohio Board of Nursing, or OBN. HCN
has been authorized by the Indiana Board for Proprietary Education/Indiana Commission for Higher Education to
offer instruction at the campus in Indiana. The Indiana State Board of Nursing has granted initial accreditation and
authorized the admission of the first cohort of students. HCN first began to participate in SARA in April 2016. Its SARA
approval lapsed in April 2020 and was renewed in August 2020.
To apply for licensure to practice nursing in Ohio, an applicant must have successfully completed a nursing education
program approved by the OBN. The OBN requires that nursing education programs such as HCN’s PN and ADN
Programs have a pass rate on the relevant National Council Licensure Examination, or NCLEX, that is at least 95%
of the national average for first-time candidates in a calendar year. If a program does not attain this pass rate, the
program may face various consequences, including placement of a program on provisional status or withdrawal of
approval pursuant to an adjudication proceeding. In March 2017, the OBN placed HCN’s ADN Program on provisional
approval because the ADN Program had not met the pass rate standard for four consecutive years. In March 2020,
the OBN found that HCN’s ADN Program did not meet the OBN pass rate standard in 2019 for a seventh consecutive
year, and we do not expect to meet the pass rate standard in 2020. The OBN will consider restoring a program to
Full Approval status if the program meets the pass rate standard for at least two consecutive years. If a program
on provisional approval fails to meet OBN requirements at the end of the time period established for provisional
approval, the OBN may propose to continue provisional approval for a set time period or may propose to withdraw
approval. HCN has been implementing changes, including curriculum, admissions, and academic achievement and
course retake policy changes, that are designed to improve NCLEX scores over time, but there is no assurance that
these changes will be successful or will not have negative effects on HCN’s enrollment. For example, enrollments in
HCN’s ADN Program in 2019 were significantly lower than HCN planned, which we believe was likely partly associated
with the implementation of new academic achievement and admissions requirements that had the effect of reducing
enrollments from qualified students. If HCN is unable to improve NCLEX scores over time, this situation could have
an adverse impact on our ability to enroll students and eventually our ability to continue HCN’s ADN Program, any of
which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. The Indiana State
Board of Nursing also requires that nursing education programs have a pass rate on the relevant NCLEX exam that
satisfies certain requirements. A program that is under initial accreditation may not be granted full accreditation if
the program’s pass rate is lower than one standard deviation below the average national pass rate. In addition, if the
program’s pass rate is lower than one standard deviation below the average national pass rate for three consecutive
years, the program may be subject to additional oversight or a change in accreditation status.
46
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
47
Failure to comply with state authorization or licensure requirements could restrict our institutions’ ability to recruit
or enroll students or result in other sanctions, including fines and penalties. We review state requirements to
determine whether our institutions’ activities in those states may constitute a physical presence or otherwise may
require authorization or licensure. New laws, regulations, interpretations, or changed circumstances related to our
institutions’ educational programs could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students
and offer programs in particular states, which could, in turn, adversely affect our institutions’ enrollments and
revenue and have a material effect on our business.
Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements
Our students finance their education through a combination of Title IV programs, TA, education benefits
administered by the VA, private loans, corporate reimbursement programs, individual resources and, in the case
of HCN, institutional grants and an extended payment plan option. Participation in federal student aid programs,
including those administered by DoD and VA, and the extended payment plan option at HCN, adds to the regulation
of our operations. In particular, the HEA and related ED regulations subject us to significant scrutiny in the form of
numerous standards we must satisfy in order to participate in and administer Title IV programs.
Department of Education
The federal government provides support for postsecondary education through the Title IV programs in the form
of grants and loans to eligible students who can use those funds to enroll in an eligible educational program at any
institution that has been certified by ED. An institution will be certified to participate in the Title IV programs only
if, among other things, it enters into a written program participation agreement, or PPA, with ED, which conditions
participation in Title IV programs upon compliance with ED regulations and any additional conditions specified
in the PPA.
Types of Title IV Financial Aid Programs
Title IV program aid is primarily awarded to students on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending an institution and the amount a student can reasonably contribute. Our
students receive grants and loans to fund their education under several Title IV programs, of which the two largest
are Direct Loans and Pell Grants. Direct Loan Program loans, including Federal Stafford Loans, Federal Parent PLUS
Loans, Federal Grad PLUS Loans, and Federal Consolidation Loans, are made directly by the federal government to
students or their parents. Pell Grants are awarded to undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. In
accordance with applicable appropriations legislation, the maximum Pell Grant is $6,345 for the 2020-2021 award
year and $6,495 for the 2021-2022 award year. A student’s lifetime eligibility to receive a Pell Grant is 12 semesters
(or its equivalent). Students may not be able to use all of this eligibility at our institutions based on their prior
receipt of Pell Grants at other institutions. Institutions may award Pell Grant funds for up to 150% of a student’s
standard scheduled Pell Grant in one award year. This provision, which commonly is referred to as “year-round
Pell,” is intended to allow students to graduate more quickly and with less debt. Some of our students may also be
eligible for other Title IV grant programs, such as the Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant. The Title
IV programs are subject to Congressional action in terms of appropriations and other legislation that may affect
funding levels, student eligibility, and other requirements. For example, the Pell Grant program could be subject
to cuts or changes in the future, and cuts in ED’s administrative budget could lead to delays in student eligibility
determinations and delays in origination and processing of federal student loans.
Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible and certified to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting
body recognized by ED, must be authorized to operate by the appropriate regulatory authority in each state where
the institution maintains a physical presence, and must comply with specific standards and procedures set forth in
the HEA and the regulations issued thereunder by ED.
48
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
49
ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations. Accrediting
agencies and state education agencies also have responsibilities for overseeing institutional compliance with
certain Title IV program requirements. For these reasons, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV program
requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Key provisions relating to institutional participation in Title IV and
the processing of Title IV aid that could adversely affect us include the following:
Eligibility and Certification Procedures. An institution must apply periodically to ED for continued certification
to participate in Title IV programs. Recertification generally is required every six years, but may be required earlier,
including when an institution undergoes a change of control. An institution may come under review when it expands
its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a new program, or, in certain cases,
when it modifies academic credentials that it offers.
ED may place an institution on provisional certification status if ED finds that the institution does not fully satisfy
all Title IV requirements and in certain other circumstances, such as when an institution undergoes a change in
ownership resulting in a change of control. During a period of provisional certification, the institution must comply
with any additional conditions imposed by ED. In addition, ED may more closely review a provisionally-certified
institution if it applies for approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another school, or
make any other significant change. If ED determines that a provisionally-certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities, it may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due
process protections than if it were fully-certified.
In June 2020, APUS timely applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs. On September 9, 2020, ED
notified APUS that it had completed its review of APUS’s application and had granted APUS provisional certification
until June 30, 2023. ED issued APUS a provisional program participation agreement, or PPPA, outlining the terms of
provisional certification. As described in the PPPA, the reason ED granted approval on a provisional basis is because
APUS was subject to an open program review at the time of renewal. As discussed more fully in “Compliance with
Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations—Compliance Reviews,” in September 2016 ED began a
program review of APUS’s administration of the Title IV programs during the 2014-2015 and 2015-2016 award years,
and that program review was closed on January 27, 2021 with no findings and no further action required. HCN was
provisionally certified to participate in the Title IV programs from November 2013 until September 2018. Since
September 2018, HCN has been certified to participate in Title IV programs, without the restrictions of provisional
certification. HCN will be required to apply timely for recertification in order to continue to participate in the Title IV
programs after September 30, 2021.
State Authorization. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization by the
appropriate state education agencies. As described more fully above in “State Licensure/Authorization,” ED has
specified the types of state approvals that are acceptable to demonstrate that an institution is authorized to offer
postsecondary educational programs, and ED has promulgated rules that address authorization by states in which
students enrolled in distance education programs reside or are located.
Administrative Capability. ED regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it
has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV programs, including that the institution must:
• comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations;
• have capable and sufficient personnel to administer Title IV programs;
• have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;
• not have cohort default rates above specified levels;
48
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
49
• have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds;
• not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging
in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;
• provide financial aid counseling to its students;
• refer to ED’s Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee
or agent of the institution has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs;
• submit in a timely manner all required reports and financial statements;
• develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepant information with respect to a student’s
application for Title IV aid; and
• not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, ED may require the repayment of Title IV program funds, transfer
the institution from the “advance” system of payment to cash monitoring status or to the “reimbursement” system
of payment, place the institution on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to
limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV programs.
Financial Responsibility. The HEA and ED regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility
that institutions must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV programs. These standards generally require that an
institution provide the services described in its official publications and statements, properly administer Title IV
programs in which it participates, and meet all of its financial obligations, including making required refunds and any
repayments to ED.
ED evaluates institutions on an annual basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility standards,
including a complex formula based on line items from the institution’s audited financial statements. The formula
focuses on three financial ratios: (1) equity ratio (which measures the institution’s capital resources, financial
viability, and ability to borrow); (2) primary reserve ratio (which measures the institution’s viability and liquidity); and
(3) net income ratio (which measures the institution’s profitability or ability to operate within its means). Generally,
an institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially
responsible. Under certain circumstances, an institution may be able to establish financial responsibility on an
alternative basis by complying with various conditions.
ED may also apply the financial responsibility standards to other entities under common ownership with an eligible
institution. At the request of ED, for purposes of evaluating the financial responsibility of our institutions, including
the composite score calculation, we supply consolidated financial statements to ED.
In September 2019, ED published new final regulations, which we refer to as the 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations,
which among other things amend ED’s financial responsibility provisions in several respects. ED previously modified
financial responsibility standards in regulations published in November 2016, which we refer to as the 2016 Borrower
Defense Regulations, to provide that an institution (other than a public institution) may not be able to meet its
financial or administrative obligations, and is therefore not financially responsible, if it is subject to one or more
triggering events. The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations identify certain conditions or other triggering events that
have or may have an adverse material effect on the institution’s financial condition, in response to which ED would
or could require that the institution submit some form of financial protection, such as a letter of credit, to ED. Under
the 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations, ED will consider an institution unable to meet its financial or administrative
obligations under ED’s financial responsibility regulations if the institution is subject to one of certain mandatory
50
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
51
triggering events that ED believes have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of
the institution. ED may consider an institution not to be financially responsible if ED determines that one of certain
discretionary triggering events is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution.
If the institution is subject to two or more of these discretionary triggering events, ED will consider the institution to
be subject to a mandatory triggering event and therefore unable to meet its financial or administrative obligations.
For each triggering event, to demonstrate that the institution remains financially responsible, the institution may
submit evidence that the triggering event has been resolved, that the institution has insurance that will cover
part or all of the debt or liabilities, or that the triggering event has not or will not have a material adverse effect on
the institution. If ED determines that one of our institutions is not financially responsible because of one or more
triggering events, the institution would be required to provide an irrevocable letter of credit equal to at least 10% of
the amount of federal student financial aid funds received by the institution for the past year.
The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations also implement updates to ED’s calculations of an institution’s composite
score to reflect certain changes in Financial Accounting Standards Board accounting standards and to update the
definitions and terms used to describe the calculation of the composite score, including leases and long-term debt.
The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations took effect on July 1, 2020.
Failure of one of our institutions to meet the “financial responsibility” requirements, because it does not satisfy the
minimum composite score or is unable to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis, or because it fails to
meet other financial responsibility requirements, could cause the institution to lose access to Title IV program funding,
or result in other penalties or conditions on continued participation. ED’s determination that our consolidated
financial statements do not satisfy the “financial responsibility” requirements could cause both APUS and HCN to lose
access to Title IV program funding or result in other penalties or conditions on continued participation.
The “90/10 Rule.” Under the so-called “90/10 Rule”, a for-profit institution is prohibited from deriving more than
90% of its revenue (as computed by ED) on a cash accounting basis (except for certain institutional loans) from Title
IV programs for any fiscal year. If an institution violates the 90/10 Rule for any fiscal year, the institution is placed on
provisional status for two fiscal years. An institution that violates the rule for two consecutive fiscal years becomes
ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years and is required to demonstrate compliance
with Title IV eligibility and certification requirements for at least two additional fiscal years prior to resuming Title IV
program participation.
Using the applicable 90/10 formula, the following table contains the percentage of cash-basis revenue earned from
Title IV program funds:
APUS
HCN
2018
41%
82%
2019
38%
80%
2020
35%
82%
In recent years, Congress has considered various proposals that would modify the 90/10 Rule. In February and March
2021, the House and Senate each passed versions of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, which each include a
provision that amends the 90/10 Rule to count all federal education assistance towards the “90%” portion of the
calculation. The bill requires additional Congressional approval and Presidential signature prior to enactment. If the
bill is enacted in the form passed by the Senate, the revised 90/10 Rule would be subject to negotiated rulemaking,
and we expect the Department of Education to seek in that process to define federal education assistance to include
TA and VA education benefits. Under the bill, the revised 90/10 Rule would go into effect no earlier than July 1, 2023.
At this time we cannot predict whether Congress will pass additional legislation to modify the 90/10 Rule, and what
sources of funds could be counted toward the limit. For example, some recent proposals have focused on decreasing
50
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
51
the limit on Title IV funds from 90% to 85% but not changing the funds that count toward that limit, others have
proposed maintaining the 90% limit but counting TA and VA education benefits toward that limit, and others would
both decrease the limit on Title IV funds to 85% and count all federal education assistance funds toward that limit.
Such proposals, or other similar legislation, should they become law, could have a material adverse impact on the
operations of our institutions.
Incentive Payment Rule. An institution participating in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus
or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid
awarding activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or federal student financial aid. In
June 2015, ED announced that it will calculate institutional liability for noncompliance with the incentive payment
rule by calculating the cost to ED of the Title IV funds improperly received by the institution, including the cost to
ED of all of the Title IV funds received by the institution over a particular period of time if those funds were obtained
through implementation of a policy or practice in which students were recruited in violation of the incentive payment
rule. ED may also fine an institution, or take administrative action to limit, suspend, revoke, deny, or terminate an
institution’s eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, if the institution violates the prohibition.
We have designed our employee compensation and third-party contractual arrangements to comply with the
incentive payment rule currently in effect. However, because there are ambiguities as to how the rule is interpreted
and enforced by ED and because we could make errors in implementation, we can make no assurances that ED
would not find deficiencies in our past, current, or future employee compensation plans and relevant third-party
contractual arrangements. In addition, in recent years, other postsecondary educational institutions have been
named as defendants in whistleblower lawsuits, known as “qui tam” cases, brought pursuant to the Federal False
Claims Act, alleging that an institution’s compensation practices did not comply with the incentive payment rule. Any
such litigation could be costly and could divert management’s time and attention away from the business, regardless
of whether a claim has merit.
Gainful Employment. Under the HEA, for-profit schools are eligible to participate in Title IV programs in connection
with educational programs that lead to “gainful employment in a recognized occupation,” except for certain
programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in liberal arts. Historically, this concept had not been defined in detail.
Regulations relating to gainful employment, which we refer to as the GE Regulations, went into effect in July 2015,
with the exception of certain disclosure requirements, which generally went into effect in January 2017. The GE
Regulations, among other things, established debt-related measures for determining whether certain postsecondary
education programs prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation, required institutions to
make certain disclosures in connection with gainful employment programs, and required institutions to make certain
certifications to ED concerning gainful employment programs. On July 1, 2019, ED rescinded the GE Regulations,
effective July 1, 2020, but elective early implementation of the rescission was permitted. Institutions that
implemented the rescission early were not required to report data related to gainful employment programs to ED,
comply with gainful employment disclosure requirements, or comply with related certification requirements, among
other requirements. APUS and HCN elected to implement early the rescission of the GE Regulations. APUS continues
to voluntarily make certain disclosures related to gainful employment programs.
Student Loan Defaults. Under the HEA, an educational institution may lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs if defaults on the repayment of federal loans by its students exceed 40% in any one year or 30% for each of
three consecutive years. An institution’s cohort default rate is calculated as the percentage of borrowers who entered
repayment in the relevant fiscal year who default before the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in
which the borrowers entered repayment. If an institution’s cohort default rate is equal to or greater than 30%, it must
establish a default prevention task force.
52
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
53
In September 2020, ED released official three-year cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2017. The final official ED
cohort default rates for APUS and HCN for the federal fiscal years 2015, 2016, and 2017 are as follows:
APUS
HCN
2015
23.8%
11.4%
2016
18.5%
11.3%
2017
15.2%
12.1%
If one or both of our institutions has a default rate in excess of allowable levels, it could result in that institution’s or
those institutions’ loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or incurring additional costs related to default
prevention, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. As a result of the CARES Act and subsequent
administrative actions, ED implemented a temporary freeze on payments and interest accruals for federal student
loans. This administrative forbearance period began on March 20, 2020 and will run until at least September 30, 2021.
During this period of temporary relief, we would expect borrowers to be substantially less likely to default on federal
student loans, which may artificially lower our institutions’ cohort default rates for federal fiscal years 2018 and
2019. Upon expiration of the temporary freeze, borrowers will again need to make repayments on loans and loans
will again accrue interest, which may lead to higher cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2020 compared to
federal fiscal years that reflect the effects of the temporary freeze on payments and interest accruals. See “Company
Overview—COVID-19 Pandemic.”
Privacy of Student Personal Information and Records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or
FERPA, and ED’s regulations implementing FERPA require educational institutions to protect the privacy of students’
educational records by, among other things, limiting disclosure of a student’s personally identifiable information
without prior written consent. If an institution fails to comply with FERPA, ED may require corrective actions by the
institution or may terminate an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. In addition, educational
institutions engaged in financial activities such as the granting of student loans are obligated to safeguard student
information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, and applicable GLBA regulations, which among other
things, require a comprehensive, written information security program to protect personally identifiable financial
information of students, parents, or other individuals in a customer relationship with the institution. Failure to
comply with the applicable GLBA requirements may result in Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, enforcement, which
could include the imposition of conditions, penalties, monitoring, and oversight. Institutions are also subject to
the general deceptive and unfair practices jurisdiction of Section 5 of the FTC Act with respect to their collection,
use, protection, and disclosure of student information. The FTC has brought numerous enforcement actions under
Section 5 of the FTC Act against companies that among other things: (1) may have collected, used, shared, or retained
personal information inconsistent with the representations, commitments, and promises they make in their privacy
policies and other public statements; (2) may have had privacy policies that did not adequately inform consumers
about actual practices; and (3) may have failed to reasonably protect the security, privacy, and confidentiality of
personal information. Institutions must also comply with the FTC Red Flags Rule, a requirement designed to identify
and mitigate identity theft for certain student accounts. States also have so called “mini-FTC Acts” under which they
may bring enforcement actions similar to those of the FTC as well as other applicable privacy and security laws. For
example, a new law in California, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, which took effect in January 2020
and for which regulations were issued later in 2020, imposes new disclosure obligations and contains a broad array
of consumer rights relating to their personal information, including among others, the right to obtain copies of their
personal information collected in the past 12 months, the ability to opt out from the sale of personal information,
and the right to demand the deletion of personal information. The CCPA also creates new consumer notice
obligations. The CCPA has the potential for significant civil penalties for failing to comply as well as a private right
of action and statutory damages for data breaches that are the result of unreasonable security, which may increase
data breach litigation, including class action litigation. In November 2020, California voters passed the California
52
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
53
Privacy Rights Act, which will expand the CCPA’s requirements when it becomes effective in 2023. In addition, our
collection of personal information relating to students or other individuals who are in the European Union, or EU,
may implicate the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which took effect in May 2018. The GDPR
contains numerous requirements relating to the collection, possession, use, and disclosure of personal information,
but enforcement priorities and interpretation of certain provisions remain unclear. The GDPR requirements are
generally stricter and more comprehensive than those of the U.S. Non-compliance with the GDPR could result in
a fine for certain activities of up to 20 million Euros or 4% of an organization’s global annual revenue, whichever is
higher, per violation.
Accessibility for Students with Disabilities. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or Section 504, prohibits
discrimination against a person with a disability by any organization that receives federal financial assistance, which
includes us. In 2010, ED’s Office for Civil Rights, which enforces Section 504, together with the Department of Justice,
asserted that requiring the use of technology in a classroom environment when such technology is inaccessible
to individuals with disabilities violates Section 504, unless those individuals are provided accommodations or
modifications that permit them to receive all the educational benefits provided by the technology in an equally
effective and integrated manner. In recent years, ED’s Office for Civil Rights has taken enforcement action against
several institutions of higher education, including primarily online institutions, after determining that their websites
and online learning management platforms were not accessible to persons with a disability. If one of our institutions
is found to have violated Section 504, it may be required to modify existing content and functionality of its online
classroom or other uses of technology, including through adoption of specific technical standards. An institution
that does not come into compliance with Section 504 could lose access to federal funding, including the ability to
participate in the Title IV programs and TA.
College Affordability and Transparency Lists. ED publishes on its website lists of the top 5% of institutions, in
each of nine categories, with (i) the highest tuition and fees for the most recent academic year, (ii) the highest “net
price” for the most recent academic year, (iii) the largest percentage increase in tuition and fees for the most recent
three academic years, and (iv) the largest percentage increase in net price for the most recent three academic years.
An institution placed on a list for high percentage increases in either tuition and fees or in net price must submit
a report to ED explaining the increases and the steps that it intends to take to reduce costs. ED reports annually
to Congress on these institutions and publishes its reports on its website. ED also posts lists of the top 10% of
institutions in each of the nine categories with lowest tuition and fees or the lowest net price for the most recent
academic year. APUS was listed as the private for-profit, four-year or more undergraduate institution with the 13th
lowest tuition for 2018-2019, and 14th lowest tuition for 2017-2018, in each case the most recent years for which
data is available. We cannot determine the extent to which such lists have impacted or may impact our enrollments,
reputation, or operating results.
College Scorecard. In September 2015, ED publicly released its “College Scorecard” website, which among other
characteristics, allows users to search for schools based upon programs offered, location, size, tax status, mission,
and religious affiliation. Certain College Scorecard measures are based on data collected only about students who
receive Title IV program aid. While a significant portion of APUS students receive Title IV program aid, they are a
minority of APUS’s students. In August 2018, ED announced a plan to update the College Scorecard or a similar web-
based tool to provide program-level outcomes for all higher education programs at all institutions that participate
in the Title IV Programs. In 2019, ED updated the College Scorecard to include additional information, including
more comprehensive graduation rates and program-level outcomes data such as median earnings and median
loan debt. In December 2020, ED further updated the College Scorecard to include data on average earnings two
years out from graduation based on field of study and data on student loan repayment. We cannot determine the
extent to which the data collected and published by ED has impacted or may impact our enrollments, reputation, or
operating results.
54
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
55
Third-Party Servicers. ED regulations permit an institution to enter into a contract with a third-party servicer
for the administration of any aspect of the Title IV programs. Our institutions utilize third-party servicers for some
services and in the future may consider using third-party servicers for other functions that are currently managed
directly by our institutions. Third-party servicers must, among other obligations, comply with Title IV requirements
and be jointly and severally liable with the institution to ED for any violation by the servicer of any Title IV provision.
An institution must report to ED new contracts with or any significant modifications to contracts with third-party
servicers and other matters related to third-party servicers. If any third-party servicer engaged by one of our
institutions does not comply with applicable statute and regulations, our institution may be liable for its actions, and
our institution could lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
Title IV Return of Funds. When a student withdraws, an institution must return unearned Title IV program funds
to ED in a timely manner. An institution must first determine the amount of funds that a student “earned” before
withdrawal. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the amount
of Title IV program funds that the student earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds for which the student
would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student has earned 100% of
the Title IV program funds. The institution must return to the appropriate Title IV programs, in a specified order, the
lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV program funds or (ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for the period
multiplied by the percentage of unearned Title IV program funds. An institution must return the funds no later than
45 days after the date of the institution’s determination that a student withdrew.
If 5% or more of such returns were not timely made, the institution may be required to submit a letter of credit in
favor of ED equal to 25% of the amount of unearned Title IV funds the institution was required to return for its most
recently completed fiscal year. For example, APUS’s Title IV compliance audit for the year ended December 31, 2016
identified a finding related to return of Title IV funds calculations that were not properly computed. In a Final Audit
Determination letter in January 2018, ED conveyed its finding that funds had not been returned timely. ED also
noted that a similar finding had been made in a program review that ED subsequently closed. In connection with the
finding, ED required that APUS post an irrevocable letter of credit for approximately $700,000. APUS posted the letter
of credit in March 2018 and it expired December 31, 2019. If ED determines that one of our institutions has repeatedly
failed to comply with ED regulations, it may take adverse action against the institution on the basis of the repeated
finding or may find that the institution has failed to demonstrate administrative capability, as described above.
Misrepresentation. Under the HEA and its implementing regulations, ED may fine, suspend or terminate the
participation in Title IV programs by an institution that engages in substantial misrepresentation regarding the
nature of its educational program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates.
The Clery Act. Our institutions are required to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy
and Campus Crime Statistics Act, or the Clery Act. The Clery Act requires an institution, among other things, to report
to ED and disclose in an annual security report, for the three most recent calendar years, statistics concerning the
number of certain crimes that occurred on or within the institution’s so-called “Clery geography” and to publish
certain policies and procedures related to campus safety. A failure to comply with the Clery Act could result in
our institutions being fined or having their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs limited, suspended, or
terminated, could lead to litigation, or could harm our institutions’ reputation, each of which could, in turn, adversely
affect our institutions’ enrollments and revenue and have a material effect on our business.
Borrower Defenses. Under the HEA, ED is authorized to specify in regulations which acts or omissions of an
institution of higher education a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a Direct Loan. ED’s previous
regulations permitted a borrower to assert a borrower defense to repayment of a Direct Loan if the institution’s acts
or omissions give rise to a cause of action against the institution under state law. In November 2016, ED published
the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations, which concern which acts or omissions of an institution of higher education
54
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
55
a student borrower or group of borrowers may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan made under the Direct
Loan Program and certain other matters. For Direct Loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2017, the 2016 Borrower
Defense Regulations created a new federal standard for borrower defenses to repayment of Direct Loans, new
limitation periods for such claims, and new processes for resolution of such claims. The 2016 Borrower Defense
Regulations also prohibited institutions from requiring students to engage in the institutions’ internal complaint
processes before contacting other agencies, prohibited the use of pre-dispute arbitration agreements by institutions,
prohibit class action lawsuit waivers, and required institutions to notify ED of arbitration filings and awards, for
claims that may form the basis for a borrower defense to repayment of a Direct Loan. The implementation of certain
portions of the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations, including portions of the regulations establishing a new federal
standard and a process for determining whether a Direct Loan borrower has a defense to repayment on a Direct Loan
based on an act or omission of an institution, was delayed by ED and those provisions went into effect pursuant to
a court order in October 2018. The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations remained in effect until the 2020 Borrower
Defense Regulations, described below, which went into effect on July 1, 2020 and will thereafter continue to apply to
all loans made under the Direct Loan Program on or after July 1, 2017 and before July 1, 2020, with certain exceptions
pursuant to the 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations.
On September 23, 2019, ED published the 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations, which, among other things, modify
the borrower defenses to repayment for loans made under the Direct Loan Program on or after July 1, 2020, the
limitation periods for related claims, and the processes for resolution of such claims as compared to defenses and
claims under the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations. The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations generally remove
the prohibitions contained in the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations, but require institutions whose students
must enter into pre-dispute arbitration agreements or class action waivers as a condition of enrollment to disclose
publicly those requirements in an easily accessible format, and prohibit such institutions from requiring a student to
participate in arbitration or any internal dispute resolution process prior to filing a borrower defense to repayment
application with ED. ED will have discretion to determine the appropriate amount of relief, if any. The 2020 Borrower
Defense Regulations eliminate the process available under the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations for a group of
borrowers for Direct Loans disbursed on or after July 1, 2020.
Under the Borrower Defense Regulations, ED may also initiate a separate proceeding to collect from an institution
the amount of relief resulting from a borrower defense brought by an individual borrower. If ED determines that
borrowers of Direct Loans who attended our institutions have a defense to repayment of their Direct Loans, our
repayment liability to ED could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and
cash flows.
The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations also made other regulatory changes, including modifying ED’s
requirements with respect to the circumstances under which a borrower is eligible for a loan discharge
if an institution or location closes.
Department of Defense
Service members of the U.S. Armed Forces are eligible to receive tuition assistance from their branch of service
through the uniform tuition assistance program of the DoD, or TA. Service members may use TA to pursue
postsecondary degrees at institutions that are accredited by accrediting agencies recognized by ED. APUS
participates in TA, and for students in APUS undergraduate, and beginning January 2020, for students in APUS
master’s programs, we have established tuition rates per credit hour that under current DoD policies can be 100%
covered by DoD tuition assistance funds provided that the student does not exceed the annual limits per student.
As of November 2019, HCN also participates in TA.
In March 2013, DoD restricted the ability of service members who have not previously taken a postsecondary
education course and who are in certain duty locations outside the continental United States, or overseas locations,
56
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
57
to receive TA for courses offered by institutions of higher education that are not parties to contracts with the DoD to
provide DoD voluntary education programs at those locations. Because we do not have contracts with the DoD to
provide instruction at overseas locations, service members who begin their first postsecondary education program
after arrival at an applicable overseas location may not use TA to pay for their education in our programs until after
they have already successfully completed a course with an institution that has entered into a contract to provide
voluntary education programs at that overseas location. Service members who were already enrolled in one of our
programs before arriving at an overseas location may continue to receive TA for the in-progress program, but they
will be encouraged to enroll in courses provided by institutions that provide programs at the applicable overseas
duty location.
DoD has issued briefings that prohibit base commanders from authorizing education institutions to hold regular
or recurring office hours on installations solely to provide counseling and prohibit former military members from
accessing installations to represent an educational institution using their government ID card privileges. This has
adversely affected our efforts to support existing students and serve new students. If we are not able to improve our
access to military installations and our existing students on those installations, or find alternative methods to serve
those students, our military enrollments may decline.
Each institution participating in TA is required to sign a Memorandum of Understanding, or MOU outlining certain
commitments and agreements between the institution and DoD prior to being permitted to participate in TA. In
May 2014, DoD promulgated new regulations and a revised MOU, or the DoD MOU, which APUS signed in August 2014
and which HCN signed in November 2019. Pursuant to the DoD MOU, among other requirements, institutions must:
explain certain tools to service members, such as ED’s “College Navigator” website and the Consumer Financial
Protection Bureau’s “Paying for College” website; comply with requirements related to readmission policies for
service members; abide by limitations on the use of funds derived from TA; provide certain academic and student
support services; disclose information about transfer of credit; in certain circumstances, return TA funds to DoD (such
as when a student ceases to attend or an institution cancels a course); offer to service members loan counseling
before private student loans are offered or recommended; and comply with ED’s Title IV “program integrity” rules,
including rules related to incentive payments and misrepresentation. The DoD MOU also provides that an institution
may only participate in TA if it is accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by ED, approved for VA funding, and
a participant in Title IV programs. Additional information regarding the potential risks associated with the DoD MOU
is provided in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report.
In January 2014, several federal government agencies announced an online student complaint system for service
members, veterans, and their families to report negative experiences at education institutions and training programs
administering the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of 2008, or Post-9/11 GI Bill, TA, and other military-
related education benefit programs. An institution having recurring substantive complaints, or demonstrating an
unwillingness to resolve complaints, may face a range of penalties, including revocation of its MOU and removal from
participation in TA.
In addition to TA, branches of the U.S. military offer credentialing assistance, which links soldiers to and in many
cases provides funds for approved training courses or exams related to occupational licenses or certifications, and
associated books, supplies and materials. Credentialing Opportunities Online, or COOL, is a program for each of the
military branches and DoD civilians that links experience with certification. While benefits vary by service, service
members may be eligible for assistance in paying for certifications, including by vouchers, reimbursement, or grants.
Students must meet certain eligibility requirements in order to receive credentialing assistance, including in some
cases service time, experience and TA eligibility requirements. The Army offers an expanded credentialing program
called the Army Credentialing Assistance Program, or CA. CA is a program designed to support soldiers who wish to
pursue civilian credentials, licenses, and certifications that lead directly to a specific job, including in areas outside of
56
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
57
a soldier’s Military Occupational Specialty (MOS). Through CA, soldiers can receive reimbursement for fees associated
with qualifying programs listed on Army COOL. APUS became an approved training provider for CA programs in
October 2019 while CA was in an expanded user test, and Army-wide implementation of CA began in January 2020.
We believe other service branches may follow the Army’s example or pursue other approaches to enhancing support
for credentialing. Students in the Army may use both TA and credentialing assistance for CA, subject to a combined
cap on benefit amounts.
Department of Veterans Affairs
The VA administers education benefits provided by federal law, including the Montgomery GI Bill, or GI Bill, and the
Post-9/11 GI Bill. APUS is approved to provide education to veterans and members of the selective reserve and their
dependents by the state approving agencies in West Virginia and Virginia. Programs at each of HCN’s campuses in
Ohio are approved for VA benefits by the state approving agency in Ohio.
Under current law, for the 2020-2021 academic year, an eligible veteran who attends a non-public U.S. institution may
receive veterans’ education benefits to pay for tuition and fees based on the net cost to the veteran up to $25,162.14.
Veterans pursuing a program of education on a more than half-time basis at an on-campus location are eligible for
a monthly housing allowance equal to the basic allowance for housing available to service members who are at a
military pay grade E-5 and have dependents. Veterans pursuing a program of education solely through distance
education on a more than half-time basis are eligible to receive a monthly housing allowance equal to 50% of the
basic allowance for housing available to service members who are at a military pay grade E-5 and have dependents,
or $916.50 per month.
To the extent that TA does not cover the full cost of tuition for service members, eligible service members may also
use their benefits under the GI Bill or the Post-9/11 GI Bill through the “Top-Up” program. The “Top-Up” program
allows U.S. Military active duty service members to use their GI Bill or Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits to pay the difference
between the total cost of a college course and the amount of TA that is paid by the military for the course, but is
limited to 36 months of payments.
On January 5, 2021, the President signed into law the Johnny Isakson and David P. Roe, M.D. Veterans Health
Care and Benefits Improvement Act of 2020, which modified policies related to GI Bill and other VA-administered
education funds. The new law requires institutions to be financially responsible for all benefits paid directly to
institutions in instances of overpayments that need to be returned to the VA. Prior to this change, institutions were
only responsible for some benefits while students were responsible for the remainder. This legislation also includes
requirements related to consumer disclosures, advertisements, and recruiting that align with the requirements
institutions must follow in order to receive funds under ED and DOD programs. These requirements include the
provision of disclosures about cost, loan debt, graduation rates, job placement rates, and transfer credit policies;
the prohibition of incentive compensation on the basis of securing enrollments; the prohibition of high-pressure
recruitment tactics like numerous unsolicited contacts and same-day recruitment and registration. The majority of
these requirements go into effect on August 1, 2021.
Additional Sources of Student Payments
In addition to the Title IV, DoD, and VA programs described above, eligible students may participate in other financial
aid programs or receive support from other governmental and private sources. Some of our students finance their
own education or receive full or partial employer tuition reimbursement. Our institutions enter into agreements with
various employers through which our institutions agree to a variety of terms, including terms related to the provision
of tuition grants to eligible employees. Our institutions may offer interest free payment plans of less than 12 months
to students to assist them with the financing of educational expenses. In certain circumstances, our students may
access alternative loan programs from a number of private lenders, which are intended to cover the difference
58
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
59
between what the student receives from all financial aid sources and the student’s total cost of attendance. As part
of an institution’s Title IV PPA, the institution must adopt a code of conduct pertaining to student loans, including
alternative loans.
Beginning in July 2018, HCN began offering its students an extended payment plan option. The extended payment
plan is designed to assist students with educational costs consisting of tuition, textbooks, and fees, and are only
available after all other student financial assistance has been applied. Payment plans require monthly payments
while the student is enrolled in a program and extend for up to six months after the last day of attendance or
graduation. To the extent interest is applied, it is generally fixed and does not accrue until the student departs the
program or graduates. The extended payment plan does not impose any origination fees. Borrowers are advised
about the terms of the extended payment plan and counseled to use all federal funding options. The extended
payment plan is subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, such as the Truth in Lending Act as
implemented in Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act as implemented in Regulation B and the Unfair,
Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices provisions of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Beginning January 1, 2020, HCN began offering an institutional affordability grant to students demonstrating
financial need to cover the difference between the total cost of tuition and fees less the amount of all eligible
financial aid resources. The grant is designed to limit a student’s monthly payment to $200 through an award of up
to $200 per month, or $600 per term after consideration of financial aid, employer tuition reimbursement, and other
financial resources.
Consumer Protection
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, has pursued enforcement actions against certain for-profit
institutions of higher education and has released several reports that directly address issues related to institutions of
higher education. In October 2020, the CFPB Student Loan Ombudsman released a report analyzing more than 1,900
complaints from private student loan borrowers and more than 5,000 federal student loan servicing complaints the
CFPB received between September 1, 2019 and August 31, 2020. We do not know what enforcement actions the CFPB
may pursue, or what steps Congress or federal agencies may take, in response to these reports and whether such
actions, if any, will have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Other Issues Related to Consumer Protection and Complaints
Many states have become more active in regulating for-profit education from a consumer protection perspective,
specifically related to enforcement of consumer protection laws and implementation of new regulations by state
attorneys general. For example, the Attorney General of Massachusetts issued APUS a Civil Investigative Demand,
or CID, in July 2017 relating to an investigation of alleged unfair or deceptive acts or practices by AMU in connection
with the recruitment and retention of students and the financing of education. The CID required the production of
documents and information relating to recruitment, enrollment, job placement and other matters. In August 2018,
APUS entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance, or AOD, to resolve the inquiry. Pursuant to the terms of the AOD,
and without any finding or admission of wrongdoing on APUS’s part, APUS paid $270,000 to the Attorney General
and agreed to otherwise comply with applicable Massachusetts regulations. Other state attorneys general may also
initiate inquiries into us or our subsidiaries. Actions by state attorneys general and other governmental agencies,
whether or not involving us or our institutions, could damage our reputation and the reputation of our institutions
and limit the ability to recruit and enroll students, which could reduce student demand for our institutions’ programs
and adversely impact our revenue and cash flow from operations.
58
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
59
Our institutions are recipients of complaints filed with state regulatory authorities, the Better Business Bureau, and
posted in online forums. Our institutions attempt to resolve such complaints in a cooperative manner. However, even
if such complaints are resolved or are otherwise unfounded, they may still harm the reputation of our institutions.
For example, in August 2017, HCN received notice from the Ohio State Board that the Ohio State Board was
responding to student complaints and initiating formal disciplinary action against HCN’s Cincinnati campus because
the campus discontinued offering one version of the PN Program curriculum and implemented a new PN Program
curriculum allegedly without the Ohio State Board’s permission. It was alleged that at least three students enrolled
in the discontinued curriculum were unable to complete without transferring into the new program and incurring
substantial costs and time to complete the program. HCN submitted a proposed resolution to the Ohio State Board,
which included for each of the three students a partial refund for classes in which they enrolled but earned no credit.
The Ohio State Board accepted HCN’s proposal. One student accepted the partial refund, and the two others failed
to return executed agreements to the Ohio State Board by their due dates. In January 2018, the Ohio State Board
informed those two students that it had closed their cases.
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations
Compliance Reviews
Our institutions are subject to compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including ED, its
Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL Program loans, DoD, VA, and
accrediting agencies. The HEA and ED regulations also require institutions to submit annually a compliance audit
conducted by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with Government Auditing Standards and
applicable ED Office of Inspector General audit standards. In addition, to enable ED to make a determination of
financial responsibility, institutions must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance
with ED regulations.
In September 2016, ED began a program review of APUS’s administration of the Title IV programs during the 2014-
2015 and 2015-2016 award years. As part of the program review, ED conducted a site visit in September 2016. In
general, after ED conducts its site visit and reviews data supplied by the institution, if ED identifies any instances
of noncompliance, ED sends the institution a preliminary program review report to which the institution has
an opportunity to respond. ED then issues a final program review determination letter identifying any findings,
including any liabilities. The institution may appeal any monetary liabilities specified in the final letter. On January
27, 2021, ED issued the final program review determination letter closing the review of APUS’s administration of the
Title IV programs during the 2014-2015 and 2015-2016 award years. ED did not identify any findings, penalties, or
requirements for further action, and the letter indicated that no further action was required with respect to findings
in the 2016 Title IV compliance audit Final Audit Determination letter issued in January 2018, including a finding
that return of Title IV funds calculations were incorrectly computed for some students and a finding that APUS had
incorrectly reported the students’ enrollment status to the National Student Loan Data System for some students. ED
closed the program review based on the length of time that had passed since the site visit, the continued monitoring
of the institution through annual compliance audits, and APUS’s assertions that it has taken corrective actions.
In June 2020, APUS timely applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs. On September 9, 2020, ED
notified APUS that it had completed its review of APUS’s application and had granted APUS provisional certification
until June 30, 2023. ED issued APUS a PPPA outlining the terms of provisional certification. ED approved APUS on a
provisional basis due to the open program review at the time of renewal.
In order to participate in TA, institutions must agree to participate in DoD’s Voluntary Education Institutional
Compliance Program, or ICP. An institution that through the ICP is found noncompliant with DoD requirements
and demonstrates an unwillingness to resolve a finding may be subject to a range of penalties from a written
warning to termination of the institution’s participation in TA. In February 2020, DoD informed APUS that it is one
60
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
61
of 250 institutions selected for ICP review in 2020. Upon request, in May 2020, APUS submitted a self-assessment
in connection with the ICP. On November 30, 2020, DoD issued a report finding that APUS did not clearly articulate
certain policies or clearly make certain disclosures. APUS has submitted its corrective action plan and is required to
submit related evidentiary support by May 31, 2021.
Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations
If our institutions fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing Title IV programs, ED could impose one
or more sanctions, including transferring our institutions to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of
payment, seeking to require repayment of certain Title IV program funds, requiring the posting of an irrevocable
letter of credit in favor of ED as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against
our institutions, referring the matter for criminal prosecution, or initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit,
condition, suspend, or terminate participation in Title IV programs. If APUS’s approval to participate in Title IV
programs is terminated, APUS will also lose its ability to participate in TA pursuant to the DoD MOU. If such sanctions
or proceedings were imposed against our institutions and resulted in a substantial curtailment, or termination, of
participation in Title IV programs, this would materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenue, results of
operations, and financial condition.
If one of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or if the amount of available
Title IV program funds were reduced, we could seek to arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or financial
aid for students. Although we believe that one or more private organizations would be willing to provide financial
assistance to students attending our institutions, there is no assurance that this would be the case, and the interest
rate and other terms of such financial aid might not be as favorable as those for Title IV program funds. We may be
required to guarantee all or part of such alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection
with securing alternative sources of financial aid. Accordingly, the loss of our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, or a reduction in the amount of available federal student financial aid, would be expected to have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations even if we could arrange or provide
alternative sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our institutions’ participation in Title IV
programs, we also may be subject, from time to time, to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance
brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as
present or former students or employees and other members of the public.
Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with our operations are subject to regulation from a variety of
agencies. For example, ED’s regulations, state regulatory requirements, and accrediting agency standards may, in
certain instances, limit our ability to acquire or sell institutions, and to establish additional locations and programs.
Many states require approval before institutions can add new programs, campuses, or teaching locations. WVHEPC,
SCHEV, HLC, ABHES, the Ohio State Board, and the Indiana Board for Proprietary Education/Indiana Commission for
Higher Education generally require institutions to notify them, and sometimes require institutions to obtain their
approval, in advance of opening a new location or implementing new programs.
Rasmussen Acquisition Regulatory Review
The Rasmussen Acquisition will be required to be reported to, and in some cases approved by, various education
regulatory bodies. As discussed below, an institution must obtain ED approval for a change in ownership and control
in order to continue to participate in Title IV programs under the new ownership. ED does not provide pre-closing
approval but will conduct a “pre-acquisition review” of a proposed change at the request of the parties. The parties
will request a pre-acquisition review of the Rasmussen Acquisition. Upon completion of a pre-acquisition review, ED
60
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
61
will inform Rasmussen University whether it will be required to post a letter of credit in connection with its continued
participation in Title IV programs after closing. As required, we intend to timely notify ED about the occurrence of
the change in ownership of Rasmussen University and submit an application for approval to participate in Title IV
programs after the closing of the transaction.
We will also notify state agencies, accreditors, boards of nursing, and other relevant regulators of this change in
ownership to the extent required. In some instances, these bodies will require prior approval before the change
in ownership can be completed. For example, as discussed below, HLC requires approval before the closing of
a transaction in order for an institution to maintain accredited status after closing. The parties have submitted
an application to HLC for pre-closing approval of the change in ownership. Additionally, some regulators will
require approval after the change in ownership in order to continue proper licensure, accreditation, approval, or
authorization.
Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of Control
ED’s regulations, state regulatory requirements, and accreditation standards may limit our ability to acquire, merge,
or sell institutions, and may impose restrictions on activities following a transaction. For example, ED must approve
any change in ownership resulting in a change of control. These restrictions may impede our ability to grow by
acquisition, or to dispose of assets. Moreover, as a publicly-traded company, the potential adverse regulatory effects
of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock. In addition, the regulatory burdens and risks associated with a change
of control could discourage bids for our shares of common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market
price of our shares.
U.S. Department of Education
An institution that undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control loses its eligibility to participate
in Title IV programs and must apply to ED in order to reestablish such eligibility. ED’s regulations provide that a
change of control of a publicly-traded company occurs in one of two ways: (i) there is an event that would obligate
the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a
change of control; or (ii) the corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting
stock of the corporation and is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder ceases to own at
least 25% of such stock, or ceases to be the largest stockholder. As a result, a significant purchase or disposition of
our voting stock, including an acquisition resulting in a stockholder owning at least 25% of our outstanding stock,
could be determined by ED to be a change in ownership and control.
Upon a change in ownership and control, an institution is ineligible to receive Title IV program funds during the
period prior to recertification. The HEA provides that ED may temporarily provisionally certify an institution seeking
approval of a change in ownership and control based on preliminary review of a materially complete application
received within 10 business days after the transaction. ED may continue such temporary provisional certification
on a month-to-month basis until it has rendered a final decision on the institution’s application. If ED determines to
approve the application, it issues a provisional certification, which extends for a period expiring not later than the
end of the third complete award year following the date of provisional certification.
When a change in ownership and control occurs, ED applies certain financial tests to determine the financial
responsibility of the institution in conjunction with its review. The institution generally is required to submit a
same-day audited balance sheet reflecting the financial condition of the institution immediately following the
change in ownership, and the same-day balance sheet must satisfy certain requirements. In addition, when a change
in ownership and control occurs and there is a new owner, the institution must submit to ED audited financial
statements of the institution’s new owner’s two most recently completed fiscal years. ED may determine whether
62
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
63
the financial statements meet financial responsibility standards with respect to the composite score formula. If the
institution does not satisfy these requirements, ED may condition its approval of the change of ownership on the
institution’s agreement to letters of credit, provisional certification, and additional monitoring requirements. The
composite score formula and related ED conditions are described more fully above in “Student Financing Sources
and Related Regulations/Requirements—Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—
Financial Responsibility.” If the new owner does not have the required audited financial statements, ED may impose
certain restrictions on the institution, including with respect to adding locations and programs.
State Regulatory Agencies
Many states require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in ownership or
other aspects of institutional status. The types of and triggers for such reporting or approval vary, but many states
include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control requiring approval.
A change of control may require us to obtain approval of the change in ownership and control in order to maintain
our state approval.
Accreditors
Many accrediting agencies require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval for certain changes in
ownership or other aspects of institutional status, but the types of and triggers for such reporting or approval vary.
HLC, the accrediting agency for APUS and Rasmussen University, requires HLC-accredited institutions to inform HLC
in advance of any substantive change. Examples of substantive changes requiring advance notice to HLC include
changes in the legal status, ownership, or form of control of the institution, such as the sale of a for-profit institution.
HLC must approve a substantive change in advance in order to include the change in the institution’s accreditation
status. HLC also requires an on-site evaluation within six months to confirm the appropriateness of the approval.
HLC oversight extends to defined changes that occur in an institution’s parent or controlling entity, and not
necessarily in the institution itself. Actions by, or relating to, an accredited institution, including a significant
acquisition of another institution, significant changes in board composition or organizational documents, and
accumulations by one stockholder of greater than 25% of the capital stock could trigger additional reviews of the
institution and possible change from accredited status to candidate status, which enhances the risks associated with
these types of actions. In particular, a change from accredited status to candidate status could adversely impact
an institution’s ability to participate in Title IV programs, which in turn would impact the institution’s ability to
participate in TA.
ABHES, the accrediting agency for HCN, requires its accredited institutions to notify ABHES of any substantive
change. Examples of substantive changes requiring notice to and approval by ABHES include changes in the legal
status, form of control, or ownership of the institution. An institution must notify ABHES of a change of ownership
within at least 45 days before the close of the transaction, and ABHES must act to reinstate the institution’s
accreditation status after the change of ownership. ABHES also requires an on-site evaluation within six months to
confirm the appropriateness of the approval.
Should we attempt to enter into transactions with institutions accredited by other accreditors, we would be required
to follow the requirements of such accreditors. Our management may not have experience with the accreditors of the
target institution, which would increase the risks related to such a transaction and management of the institution
subsequent to the transaction.
Other Agencies
In certain circumstances, state approving agencies responsible for oversight of veterans’ education benefits may
require an institution to obtain approval for a change in ownership and control. The state approving agency in Ohio
62
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
63
approved the November 1, 2013 change of ownership of HCN, and state approving agencies will need to approve the
Rasmussen Acquisition. However, there is no guarantee that the relevant state approving agencies will approve the
Rasmussen Acquisition or any other future transactions.
Restrictions on Adding Locations and Educational Programs
ED may, as a condition of certification to participate in Title IV programs, require prior approval of new locations,
programs, or otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add. ED’s regulations also require
institutions to report and, in certain cases (such as when an institution is provisionally-certified), to seek approval for
a new additional campus location at which at least 50% of an eligible program will be offered if the institution wants
to disburse Title IV program funds to students enrolled at that location. Institutions are responsible for knowing
whether they need approval, and institutions that add locations and disburse Title IV program funds without having
obtained any necessary approval may be subject to administrative repayments and other sanctions.
The HEA requires for-profit institutions to be in full operation for two years before qualifying to participate in Title
IV programs. However, ED regulations in many circumstances permit an institution that is already qualified to
participate in Title IV programs to establish additional campus locations that are exempt from the two-year rule. The
new campus location must satisfy all other applicable requirements for institutional eligibility, including approval by
the relevant state authorizing agency and the institution’s accrediting agency.
Provisionally certified institutions of higher education such as APUS must seek prior approval from ED to offer new
academic programs eligible for federal student aid. In order to acquire ED approval for a new academic program,
APUS as a provisionally certified institution would need to submit electronic applications to ED with evidence of
accreditor and state approvals for any proposed programs. APUS would not be able to disburse federal student aid to
students in these new programs until ED adds the program to APUS’s Eligibility and Certification Approval Report. A
fully-certified degree-granting institution generally is not obligated to obtain ED’s approval of an additional program
leading to a degree at the same level previously approved by ED, or of a new program that both prepares students
for gainful employment in the same or related recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously
been designated as an eligible program at that institution and meets certain minimum-length requirements.
However, ED could require prior approval of such programs or otherwise restrict the number of programs an
institution may add. In the event that an institution is required to obtain ED’s approval for the addition of a new
program, fails to do so, and erroneously determines that the new educational program is eligible for Title IV program
funds, the institution could be liable for repayment of those Title IV program funds.
Other Recent Legislative and Regulatory Activity
Many of our students rely on federally funded programs, including Title IV programs, TA and education benefits
administered by the VA that may be affected by changes in the federal budget. Due to the substantial amount
of federal funds disbursed to schools through Title IV programs, the large number of students and institutions
participating in these programs, and significant political interest in the cost of education, Congress continues to
show interest in regulation and oversight of institutions of higher education, especially those that are for-profit.
Department of Defense
The Budget Control Act of 2011 put into place a series of automatic federal budget cuts, known as sequestration,
that impacted certain federal student aid programs beginning in fiscal year 2013. As a result of uncertainty about
the availability of funding, several military branches initially suspended and later announced changes to their tuition
assistance programs. For example, the Army now requires service members to complete one year of service after
graduation from Advanced Individual Training in order to be eligible for tuition assistance, and the Army and the
Coast Guard have both reduced the total per service member annual benefits.
64
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
65
Congressional inaction on budgetary matters has led to lapses in funding, resulting in government shutdowns,
and subsequent policy changes that have affected federal student aid programs at DoD. For example, funding for
the federal government lapsed on several occasions in 2018, resulting in partial government shutdowns. During a
35-day partial government shutdown that began in December 2018, the Coast Guard suspended its tuition assistance
program. A future government shutdown, particularly one that includes DoD or suspension or resulting modification
of DoD tuition assistance programs, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.
Funding shortfalls have also affected DoD federal student aid programs. In May 2019, the Navy announced that as a
result of increased demand stemming from improvements in service delivery and higher limits on annual benefits
available per sailor, TA benefits available to sailors for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 were expected to
be exhausted by the end of May 2019, and effective May 28, 2019 the Navy ceased approving TA program funds for
eligible sailors until the start of the new government fiscal year on October 1, 2019. Further, effective October 1,
2019, Navy service members must have a minimum of two years of service before becoming eligible to use tuition
assistance or the Navy College Program for Afloat College Education, funding is capped at twelve semester hours per
fiscal year, and career funding is capped at 120 semester hours. Effective October 1, 2021, the annual funding cap will
increase to 18 semester hours.
We expect each military branch and the DoD to continually evaluate their approach to education funding, and the
resulting changes could have an impact on the funds available to service members to pursue their education at our
institutions.
Higher Education Act
The HEA must be periodically reauthorized by Congress and each Title IV program must be funded through
appropriations acts on an annual basis. The most recent comprehensive reauthorization occurred in 2008 when
Congress reauthorized most HEA programs through the 2014 federal fiscal year. The previous Congress considered
comprehensive legislation to reauthorize the HEA, including proposals from Republicans and Democrats, referred to
as the Student Aid Improvement Act and the College Affordability Act, respectively, and Congress could consider such
legislation again in the future.
We cannot predict whether, in what form, or when, the two houses of Congress will reauthorize the HEA or whether,
or when, the President will sign reauthorization legislation. Amendments to the HEA could occur as part of
reauthorization, which could require us to modify our business practices and increase administrative costs, thereby
negatively impacting our results of operations.
On December 19, 2019, the Fostering Undergraduate Talent by Unlocking Resources for Education Act, or FUTURE
Act, was signed into law. Among other things, the FUTURE Act amends the Internal Revenue Code to allow the
Internal Revenue Service to share taxpayer data directly with ED, which is intended to streamline the process of
applying for Title IV program aid, reduce the need for institutions to verify students’ eligibility for Title IV program
funds, and simplify the process for borrowers to enroll in income-driven repayment plans with respect to their
federal loans.
Other Regulatory Activity
Regulatory Reform Executive Order
Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda,” signed by President Trump in February 2017,
directed federal agencies including ED to establish a Regulatory Reform Task Force to evaluate existing regulations
and make recommendations to the agency head regarding the regulations. In October 2018, the ED Regulatory
Reform Task Force announced that ED’s Office for Postsecondary Education had identified a total of 1,230 guidance
documents that were out-of-date and that it intended to withdraw. Those documents constituted nearly 80% of the
64
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
65
Office of Postsecondary Education’s total of 1,562 guidance documents. In January 2020, the ED Regulatory Reform
Task Force issued a status report outlining actions ED had taken to address the findings in prior reports, including
rulemakings related to accreditation, state authorization, TEACH grants, Title IV religious freedom, distance
education, innovation, and Title IX.
Other Federal Rulemakings
On December 11, 2019, in a notice of proposed rulemaking, ED published additional portions of the agreed-upon
regulatory language, including provisions related to the participation of faith-based entities in the Title IV programs
and certain rules related to the TEACH Grant program. The final rule, which was released on August 14, 2020 and is
consistent with the proposed rule, is effective July 1, 2021.
On April 2, 2020, ED published a notice of proposed rulemaking based on consensus language agreed to by the
Accreditation and Innovation Committee related to distance education. The final rule, released on August 24,
2020, is effective July 1, 2021. The rule provides institutions additional flexibility in offering distance education
and competency-based education programs. New proposed definitions related to “academic engagement,”
“distance education,” and “regular and substantive interaction” provide further clarity regarding the instructional
requirements that distance education programs must abide by in order to remain eligible for Title IV disbursements.
Failure to comply with these standards could lead to adverse actions by ED.
On November 29, 2018, ED published in the Federal Register a notice of proposed rulemaking regarding related to
implementation of Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex
in education programs that receive funding from the federal government. The final rule, which was released on May
19, 2020, took effect on August 14, 2020. The regulations define what constitutes sexual harassment for purposes
of Title IX in the administrative enforcement context, describe what actions trigger an institution’s obligation to
respond to incidents of alleged sexual harassment, and specify how an institution must respond to allegations of
sexual harassment.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment in our common stock, you
should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report, including
our “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations.” Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and adversely affect our business,
financial condition, operating results, cash flows, and prospects. The risks and uncertainties described below are not
the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not
material may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows, and prospects. As a
result of the risks and uncertainties described below as well as such additional risks and uncertainties, the trading price
of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to have to adjust our operations, which could adversely affect the student
experience, particularly at HCN, and could have additional adverse effects on our business, financial condition,
or results of operations.
The COVID-19 pandemic prompted us to adjust our operations throughout our business. In March 2020, we
implemented our business continuity plans, with employees at APEI and APUS transitioning to a remote workforce
and employees at HCN operating in a blended model.
66
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
67
The COVID-19 pandemic required us to shift from campus-based to a blended model at HCN beginning with HCN’s
second academic quarter in 2020, with online delivery of its courses and limited in person interactions. HCN
later fully reopened its campuses, using smaller in person classes with screening, social distancing and masking
requirements while continuing to offer courses in a virtual setting for those that prefer remote course learning. In
October 2020, HCN temporarily expanded certain campuses through short-term leases of additional space to be used
as lab space in order to accommodate student demand in compliance with COVID-related public health measures
that effectively limit the number of students in each lab class, and then reverted to online courses and limited
on-campus labs in November 2020 following spikes in COVID-19 cases in Ohio.
In 2020, we experienced an increase in net course registrations at APUS and an increase in student enrollment at
HCN. We believe the increase in net course registrations at APUS may have in part been due to the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic, and that the increase in new student enrollment at HCN was due in part to an increase in
demand for nursing education and a change in the competitive environment due to COVID-19. Demand for online
education or nursing education may moderate or decrease as the COVID-19 pandemic abates, which would adversely
impact our financial condition and results of operations.
At HCN, ongoing impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic could also cause a disruption of educational services provided
to students and increase costs to continue to deliver courses in person and online. There can be no assurance that
these and other protective measures we have implemented or may put in place will be successful in preventing
cases of COVID-19 among our employees and students, when on-campus courses will resume more broadly or to
what degree, or that thereafter HCN will not need to again further limit campus interactions or close its campuses.
Furthermore, we have limited experience delivering HCN’s curriculum online, and to the extent HCN utilizes online
learning, HCN’s students may not experience the same level of success in coursework or with NCLEX scores as they
would in a traditional campus environment. If HCN is not able to continue to deliver instruction on-campus and HCN
is not able to effectively create and manage online or blended versions, or otherwise arrange for delivery, of all of the
required elements of HCN’s academic programs, HCN’s students may not be able to complete their studies with HCN,
impacting their ability to graduate and obtain licensure, employment, or their other desired outcomes. This would
likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Furthermore, the
need to practice social distancing also increases the demand for space in HCN’s facilities. HCN may need to obtain
further additional facilities and may also need to place restrictions on program size, which may adversely impact our
results of operations.
While we have not experienced significant changes in interactions with students other than by temporarily shifting
to online and then blended in person and online learning at HCN, we may experience such impacts in the future if the
COVID-19 pandemic and its effects are prolonged or increase in scope.
At APUS, faculty, substantially all of whom work remotely in ordinary circumstances, and our student support
services teams, many of whom routinely work in our offices, may experience increasing difficulty in continuing
to provide quality instruction and support to our students if current social distancing and future “stay-at-home”
orders impact the communities in which they live, causing disruption in their lives that could impact their ability
to provide a quality product, lead to increased absenteeism, or impact their ability to continue working. Almost all
of the remainder of our workforce is working remotely, and we have implemented business continuity processes,
which could lead to decreased operational efficiency and other challenges inherent in doing things in a manner
different than our ordinary course operations. If faculty, student support services staff, administrators, or other
skilled personnel cease working or are unable to work as efficiently or effectively due to the effects of the COVID-19
pandemic, we could lose capacity and expertise critical to our operations and the delivery of instruction and services
to students. Over time, any reduction in operating efficiencies or other business challenges could compound or
worsen, adversely impacting our operations and our ability to provide services to our students. For example, the
66
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
67
economic downturn, restrictions on business activities, and other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic could result
in the inability of our third-party vendors to serve us, which could disrupt integral business processes. Remote
working and the implementation of business continuity processes also generally create operational challenges
around information technology matters, including, for example, an enhanced risk of cyber events and more difficulty
in responding to them. It is not practical to estimate or identify all potential risks that could arise from having
substantially all of our workforce working remotely or other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and there may
be risks that are not reasonably foreseeable. There could be significant adverse effects on our business, financial
condition, and results of operations that we have not identified or that we do not currently expect will be material.
Changes to our teaching methodology at HCN, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could have an
adverse impact on the ability of HCN’s graduates to obtain professional licensure, employment, or other
outcomes, which could reduce our enrollments and revenue, limit our ability to offer educational programs,
and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.
To apply for licensure to practice nursing in Ohio, an applicant must have successfully completed a nursing education
program that is approved by the OBN. The OBN requires that nursing education programs such as HCN’s PN and
ADN Programs have a pass rate on the relevant NCLEX that is at least 95% of the national average for first-time
candidates in a calendar year. As discussed more fully in “Regulatory Environment—State Authorization/Licensure
of Our Institutions” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report, failure to satisfy that requirement can result in the OBN
taking certain adverse actions, including placement of a program on provisional status or withdrawal of approval
pursuant to an adjudication proceeding. In March 2017, the OBN placed HCN’s ADN Program on provisional approval
because the ADN Program has not met the OBN pass rate standard for four consecutive years. In March 2020, the OBN
found that HCN’s ADN Program did not meet the OBN pass rate standard in 2019 for a seventh consecutive year. HCN
has been implementing changes, including curriculum, admissions, and academic achievement and course retake
policy changes that are designed to improve NCLEX scores over time, but there is no assurance that these changes
will be successful or will not have negative effects on HCN’s enrollment. In addition, we cannot be certain that factors
beyond our control, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, which led to the temporary shifting of HCN’s courses to
online delivery and then to a blended model of in person and online, and then back to online delivery, will not have a
negative impact on the student experience, student outcomes and NCLEX scores. If HCN is unable to improve NCLEX
scores over time, this situation could have an adverse impact on our ability to enroll students and eventually our
ability to continue HCN’s ADN Program, any of which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations, cash
flows, and financial condition.
On March 27, 2020, Ohio enacted a COVID-19 emergency relief law that allows individuals who have successfully
completed a nursing education program approved by OBN to receive a temporary license to practice as an RN or LPN
before taking the NCLEX. Graduates of OBN-approved nursing education programs, such as HCN’s programs, were
permitted to apply for a temporary license that was valid until March 1, 2021, at which time it expired. We cannot
predict the effect Ohio’s emergency relief law will have on our NCLEX scores, if any.
If HCN’s graduates fail to obtain professional licensure or employment or experience other negative outcomes in their
chosen fields of study, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting changes to our academic
program, we and our institutions could be exposed to litigation, including class-action litigation, claiming that we
are at fault for such failure, which would force us to incur legal and other expenses that could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Adverse impacts on HCN resulting
from the COVID-19 pandemic could also lead to an impairment of goodwill.
68
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
69
The CARES Act, CAA, CRRSAA, and COVID-19-related regulatory guidance may contain provisions that could
benefit some institutions more than others, their provisions may be ambiguous or subject to change, we may
have difficulty adjusting our systems to comply, and failure to comply could subject us to penalties.
In March 2020, Congress passed the CARES Act in response to COVID-19 and its related effects. Wholly online
institutions are effectively ineligible for any of the $12.6 billion in funding from ED available to higher education
institutions under the Higher Education Emergency Relief Fund or HEERF, established by the CARES Act. No
allocation of HEERF funds was made to APUS by ED.
ED allocated $3.1 million for HCN and in May 2020, HCN received its HEERF allocation. As part of the process to
receive its allocation, HCN signed a funding certification and agreement setting forth terms and conditions, including
compliance with relevant CARES Act provisions and applicable law.
The CARES Act requires recipient institutions to use at least 50% of their HEERF funds to provide emergency grants to
students for expenses related to the disruption of campus operations due to COVID-19. The CARES Act also permits
institutions to use up to 50% of their HEERF funds to cover any costs associated with significant changes to the
delivery of instruction due to COVID-19, so long as such costs do not include payment to contractors for the provision
of pre-enrollment recruitment activities, endowments, or capital outlays associated with facilities related to
athletics, sectarian instruction, or religious worship. Although HCN incurred costs to shift its delivery of instructions
and operations due to COVID-19, it chose to distribute 100% of its HEERF allocation directly to eligible students.
In December 2020, Congress passed the CAA, which included the CRRSAA, which contained several education-
related provisions. The CRRSAA appropriated an additional $22.7 billion for the HEERF to be distributed to higher
education institutions. The CRRSAA allocation formula differs from the CARES Act formula in several ways, including
new allocations for institutions on the basis of the number of students enrolled exclusively in distance education.
Under this formula, ED allocated approximately $600,000 for APUS and $2.0 million for HCN. Each institution has
until April 15, 2021 to accept its allocation. The CRRSAA places limitations on the expenditure of funds that were not
applicable to CARES Act funds. Specifically, the CRRSAA requires proprietary institutions to spend their entire new
HEERF allocation on direct financial aid grants. The CRRSAA further specifies that institutions should provide grants
based on financial need, with special emphasis on grants to students eligible for Pell Grants.
ED has issued several guidance documents regarding the appropriate use of HEERF funds and related reporting
requirements and regarding regulatory flexibility in the administration of federal student aid as a result of challenges
related to COVID-19. These guidance documents provide institutions further information on allowable practices
for the administration of federal work study, measurement of satisfactory academic progress, and proper return of
unearned federal student aid to ED.
Our institutions’ failure to comply with applicable CARES Act provisions, including provisions related to funding
and waivers of Title IV requirements, or with ED guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic, both of which contain
ambiguities, could result in administrative sanctions including fines, restrictions on our ability to participate in
Title IV programs, debarment and suspension, and liabilities under applicable law, such as the False Claims Act. The
CARES Act and related ED guidance waive certain federal student financial aid requirements in connection with
COVID-19 developments and, to the extent such waivers apply to our institutions, we may have difficulty adjusting
our systems to comply with those waivers and our institutions’ failure to comply with those waivers. In addition,
ED guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic may change as the pandemic continues. We cannot predict what
additional regulatory actions may be taken or legislation put in place in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic or
what impact such regulations or legislation may have on us or our institutions, if any.
68
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
69
RISKS RELATED TO ATTRACTING AND RETAINING STUDENTS
Our success and financial performance depend on the effectiveness of our ability to attract students who persist
in our institutions’ programs.
Building awareness and reputation among potential students of our institutions and the programs they offer is
critical to our institutions’ ability to attract new students. In order to maintain and increase our revenue and profits,
our institutions must continue to attract new, qualified students in a cost-effective manner, and these students must
remain active in our institutions’ programs. In addition, because our institutions experience declines in their student
population as a result of graduation, transfers to other academic institutions, withdrawals, military deployments
and other reasons, in order to grow we need to first attract sufficient students to replace those who have left. Some
of the factors that could prevent us from successfully advertising and marketing our institutions’ programs and from
successfully enrolling and retaining qualified students in those programs include:
• changes and revisions to policies of the DoD and the various military services;
• challenges in maintaining strong relationships with military and military-affiliated communities;
• the emergence of more, and more successful, competitors, and alternative education models, including as a
greater number of schools pursue online education;
• factors related to our institutions’ marketing, including the costs of internet advertising and multi-faceted
interactive marketing campaigns;
• challenges in designing marketing campaigns that successfully attract college-ready students;
• the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other costs associated with, Title IV loan funds or other
sources of financial aid;
• performance problems with our institutions’ online systems;
• our institutions’ failure to maintain accreditation, state authorization, eligibility for Title IV programs or other
sources of financial aid, or other approvals;
• increased regulation of online education, including in states in which we do not have a physical presence;
• investigations or litigation by government agencies, other regulators, or private parties that may limit our
ability to operate or damage our reputation;
• challenges in maintaining a positive reputation among students, employers, and other stakeholders;
• student dissatisfaction with our institutions’ services and programs;
• failure to develop, deliver and maintain a message or image for APUS that resonates well with
non-military students;
• adverse publicity regarding us, our institutions, our competitors, or online or for-profit education generally;
• a decline in the acceptance of or demand for online education generally, including as the COVID-19 pandemic
abates; and
• a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from our institutions’ programs
or programs provided by for-profit schools generally.
70
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
71
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness and reputation of our institutions and the programs we offer, and
to recruit and enroll students that persist in our programs over time, our enrollments will suffer and there could be a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to effectively market our programs, our operating results would be negatively affected.
Our marketing strategy for APUS traditionally focused on building long-term, mutually beneficial relationships
with organizations and individuals in the military, military-affiliated, and public service communities. However,
with limitations on access to military students, as discussed further below under the Risk Factor that begins
“If APUS does not have strong relationships with, and access to, various military installations . . .” and with a
continued focus on efforts to attract students outside of the military, we must continue to focus on marketing
channels that attract college-ready students unaffiliated with the military who perform well at APUS. However,
we have experienced challenges attracting college-ready students unaffiliated with the military who perform well
at APUS, and there is no assurance that we will be able to do so on a cost-effective basis and although enrollment
increased in 2020, there is no assurance that the increase will be sustained, including as impacts of the COVID-19
pandemic abate.
Furthermore, because APUS’s tuition is generally lower than that of most of its competitors, it has fewer dollars
to spend per student on marketing and advertising than they do. Nevertheless, APUS has tried to, and may in the
future try to, implement new marketing tactics and channels, including those with which it has no experience, and
which have no guarantee of success. For example, we increased marketing expenditures in fiscal 2020, including
to support a new advertising campaign focusing on affordability and return on investment for learners. If we are
unable to develop and optimize marketing and advertising programs that are effective in developing awareness of
our institutions and the programs we offer and their value propositions, and are unable to enroll and retain qualified
students in military and non-military markets, our enrollments would suffer, and there could be a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The success of HCN depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and increase student enrollments in HCN’s programs.
Although enrollment increased in 2020, there is no assurance that the increase will be sustained, including as
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic abate. We experienced decreases in enrollment at HCN in 2019, which resulted
in a significant decline in revenue in our HCN Segment. We believe the decline in enrollments was likely partly
associated with the implementation of new academic achievement and admissions requirements, as well as negative
perceptions by certain current and prospective student cohorts, among other potential factors. As part of our
strategy, we intend to continue to open new campuses for HCN, such as the new campus in Indianapolis, Indiana that
began operations in April 2020, and our new campus in Akron, Ohio that we expect to begin operations in April 2021.
Such actions require us to obtain appropriate federal, state, and accrediting agency approvals and to comply with
any requirements from those agencies related to a new location. We continue to work on identifying the appropriate
balance of academic achievement requirements, admissions requirements, and attracting appropriate students, as
well as identifying and remediating the factors impacting enrollments, but cannot predict whether our initiatives
and efforts will be successful over the long term. In addition, with the opening of HCN’s sixth campus in Indianapolis,
Indiana in April 2020 and proposed opening of HCN’s seventh campus in Akron, Ohio in April 2021, we have been and
will be marketing in geographic areas in which HCN did not previously have a campus. If in the future we are unable
to effectively market HCN’s programs, we may not be able to successfully maintain and increase HCN enrollments,
which would negatively affect our operating results.
If we are unable to, or suffer any delay in our ability to, obtain appropriate approvals, open, accredit, and attract
additional students to new campus locations, offer programs at new campuses in a cost-effective manner, identify
appropriate clinical placements, or otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established campuses, our
results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, the inability to expand existing
70
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
71
programs efficiently, or successfully, including as a result of constraints on our operations due to COVID-19, pursue
new program initiatives, and add new campuses would harm our ability to grow our business and could have an
adverse impact on our financial condition.
If APUS does not have strong relationships with, and access to, various military installations and installation
education centers, our ability to maintain enrollments from military students and our future growth may
be impaired.
As of December 31, 2020, approximately 61% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the military on
active duty at the time of initial enrollment, and a significant portion of APUS students rely on TA to pay for their
education. We are highly dependent on our relationship with the military and its members, and our ability to attract
and retain military service members as students. Because APUS relies on referrals and personal relationships for
recruiting, impediments to access can have an adverse effect on maintaining and generating registrations from
military students.
DoD has issued briefings that prohibit base commanders from authorizing educational institutions to hold regular
or recurring office hours solely to provide counseling and prohibit former military members from accessing
installations to represent an educational institution using their government ID card privileges. This has adversely
affected our efforts to support existing students and serve new students. If we are not able to improve our access
to military installations and our existing students on those installations, or find alternative methods to serve those
students, our military enrollments could decline. Furthermore, the DoD MOU, which specifies terms and conditions
of participation in TA and is discussed in more depth in “Regulatory Environment—Department of Defense” in
Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report, and the related increased focus by DoD on relationships with and oversight of
educational providers, or additional DoD restrictions, could lead to further adverse changes in the nature of our
relationships with military installations and their education centers and our access to military service members.
An inability to maintain strong relationships with installation education centers and with military service members
would have an adverse effect on APUS’s ability to attract and retain qualified students, resulting in an adverse effect
on our financial condition.
Enrollments and course registrations by active duty service members may be adversely affected by a variety
of factors not directly related to education programs, including changes in military activity and budgets.
Events not directly related to education programs that could occur in the future could lead to a reduction in
registrations from students on active duty. For example, APUS experienced an increase in net course registrations
in 2020, which was driven in part by active-duty service members, and which we believe may have been due in part
to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The end of the pandemic could adversely affect enrollments and course
registrations by active duty service members. Large-scale personnel reductions or other significant drawdowns of U.S.
active duty military forces would also likely have a negative effect on enrollment and course registrations. Increased
operations and overseas deployments across all branches of the military and the related increased demands on many
active duty service members, combined with limited internet access associated with some deployments, could also
negatively impact the ability of certain active duty military students to pursue higher education.
Military budget cuts or constraints could negatively affect us by leading to force reductions or cuts to services
and tools that we or APUS’s students rely upon for recruitment, enrollment, access, and tuition assistance. Even
temporary changes to military activity and budgets may adversely affect operations. For example, funding for the
federal government, including the DoD, lapsed in January 2018 and February 2018, resulting in partial shutdowns
that lasted for a few days and several hours, respectively. Funding for some portions of the federal government,
including the Department of Homeland Security and Coast Guard, but not the DoD, lapsed on December 22, 2018,
resulting in a partial government shutdown that lasted for 35 days. In addition, as a result of increased demand
72
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
73
stemming from improvements in service delivery and raised limits on annual benefits available per sailor, tuition
assistance benefits available to sailors for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2019 were exhausted by the end of
May 2019, and the Navy ceased approving tuition assistance program funds for eligible sailors until the start of the
new government fiscal year on October 1, 2019. The temporary exhaustion of Navy tuition assistance program funds
had a significant negative impact on our results of operations for the third quarter of 2019. Any future government
shutdown or suspension of TA could have a material adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments.
We will remain subject to the risk of events that occur within and with respect to the military, even where they do
not directly relate to the use of TA. Because of our dependence on active duty military students, changes that occur
within and with respect to the military could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Our revenue and number of students would decrease if APUS is no longer able to receive funds under DoD tuition
assistance programs or if tuition assistance is reduced, eliminated, or suspended.
Service members of the U.S. Armed Forces are eligible to receive tuition assistance from their branch of service
through the TA. Service members may use TA to pursue postsecondary education at institutions that are accredited
by an accrediting agency recognized by ED and that satisfy other requirements, including execution of, and
compliance with, an MOU that specifies terms and conditions of participation in TA. Students participating in TA
constituted approximately 43% of APUS’s adjusted net course registrations for 2020.
We do not know the scale or nature of future actions that may be taken with respect to TA, which could include
eliminating those programs, reducing the funds, benefits, or level of reimbursement available thereunder, changing
the eligibility criteria for beneficiaries, enacting new restrictions on institutional participation or imposing other
eligibility criteria on institutions, all of which could impact enrollments from service members. Other administrative
changes to DoD programs could also have negative effects on our enrollments. For example, as discussed in
“Regulatory Environment—Department of Defense,” in March 2013, DoD restricted the ability of service members
who have not previously taken a postsecondary education course and are in certain overseas duty locations to
receive TA for courses offered by institutions of higher education, such as APUS, that are not parties to contracts
with DoD to provide DoD voluntary education programs at those locations. As a result, our ability to retain existing
students or enroll new students who are service members at those locations was curtailed.
Changes to eligibility requirements under TA have already occurred, and we expect there could be additional
changes to the programs in the future. For example, effective October 1, 2019, all Navy service members must have
a minimum of two years of service before becoming eligible to TA or the Navy College Program for Afloat College
Education, funding is capped at twelve semester hours per fiscal year, and career funding is capped at 120 semester
hours, and effective October 1, 2020, funding is capped at 18 semester hours per fiscal year. These policies could
have a negative impact on our enrollments. Additional changes to TA could occur due to Congressional action or
DoD policy and funding changes. Annual TA funding is limited and could be exhausted in any given year due to
budget constraints or changes in demand or policy. For example, as a result of increased demand stemming from
improvements in service delivery and raised limits on annual benefits available per sailor, TA benefits available to
sailors for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 were exhausted by the end of May 2019, and the Navy ceased
approving TA funds for eligible sailors until the start of the new government fiscal year on October 1, 2019. The
temporary exhaustion of Navy TA funds had a significant negative impact on our results of operations for the third
quarter of 2019. We are unable to predict whether and to what extent the Navy will continue to impose limitations
on TA approvals as a result of limited funding. Furthermore, in March 2020, the Navy announced a new “Education
Strategy for Seapower 2020” that is intended to be a new comprehensive education strategy. As part of this strategy,
the Navy, in cooperation with the U.S. Marine Corps and the U.S. Coast Guard, in January 2021 began piloting online
courses for the new United States Naval Community College, a community college supporting naval education for
enlisted service members, with plans to enroll as many as 5,000 students into targeted associate’s degree programs
72
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
73
with partner colleges and universities in a second pilot phase beginning in 2022. The Armed Forces may also begin
offering distance learning through their own institutions. We expect each military branch and the DoD to continually
evaluate their approaches to education, and any resulting changes could have an impact on the funds available to
service members to pursue their education at our institutions. Changes in funding allocations could have a material
adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments.
We also rely on the ability of the Armed Forces to process service members’ participation in the TA programs, and
from time to time the DoD or various branches of the Armed Forces have had changes to its processes that have
impacted the ability of service members’ to participate in the TA programs and register for courses. On February
11, 2021, the Army suspended access to its “ArmyIgnitED” portal, which is the portal used by soldiers to participate
in TA programs, as part of a scheduled upgrade to the portal. The suspension is scheduled to last through March 7,
2021, but technical difficulties on March 8, 2021 caused the launch of the upgraded portal to be delayed. During the
suspension, soldiers, Army education counselors, and education institutions such as APUS do not have access to
the portal and soldiers cannot register for courses through the Army’s TA program. There is no assurance when the
portal will be operational, or that if operational it will work correctly or efficiently or will not have other impacts on
our ability to participate in the TA programs or receive funds under those programs.
If we are no longer able to receive funds from TA, or if those programs are modified, reduced, eliminated, or
temporarily suspended, our enrollments and revenue could be significantly reduced, which would result in a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Changes our institutions may make to their operations to improve the student experience and enhance their
ability to identify and enroll students who are likely to succeed may adversely affect our institutions’ enrollment,
profitability, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In order to improve the learning experience of our students and to attract students who are likely to persist in our
institutions’ programs, we have identified, and continue to work to identify, potential changes and initiatives that
we believe will more effectively attract and enroll college-ready students, support those students, and help improve
those students’ educational outcomes, including through systems, faculty-related initiatives, and co-curricular
initiatives to increase the level of engagement and collaboration in the classroom and to strengthen the bond
between APUS and its students. APUS has made multiple changes to its admissions assessment process and may
further modify it in the future in order to better identify college-ready students.
Additional initiatives may include the following:
• revising admissions standards and requirements;
• updates to the admissions process and procedures;
• implementing more stringent satisfactory academic progress standards;
• changing tuition costs and payment options;
• experimenting with additional CBE programs and other alternative delivery methods; and
• altering our institutions’ marketing efforts to target the appropriate prospective students.
HCN has also been implementing changes, including changes to its curriculum, admissions, and academic
achievement and course retake policies, that are designed to improve NCLEX scores and retention rates over time.
74
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
75
These initiatives may adversely impact our institutions’ business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash
flows, particularly in the near term. These initiatives require significant time, energy, and resources. We may not
succeed in achieving our objectives due to organizational, operational, regulatory, resource, or other constraints. If
our efforts are not successful, we may experience reduced enrollment, increased expense, or other impacts on our
business that materially and adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition. Even if
these initiatives successfully lead to the identification and enrollment of students who are likely to succeed and to
improvements in student experience, they could result in adverse impacts on enrollments. Due to the many factors
that can impact enrollments, we may not appropriately identify the cause of any adverse impacts, and therefore may
not be able to appropriately modify our initiatives.
If our institutions are unable to successfully adjust to future market demands by updating and expanding the
content of existing programs and developing new programs, specializations, and modes of teaching on a timely
basis and in a cost-effective manner, our performance may be impaired.
We believe that our institutions need to continuously update and expand the content of their existing programs and
develop new programs, specializations, and modes of teaching in order to continue to retain and attract qualified
students. However, the updates and expansions of our institutions’ existing programs and the development of new
programs and specializations may not be accepted by their accreditors, state regulators, ED, existing or prospective
students, or employers. If we cannot respond to changes in market requirements, our business may be adversely
affected. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new programs, they may not be able to introduce
these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as competitors introduce competing programs. To
offer a new academic program, our institutions may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state, and accrediting
agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans.
If we are unable to respond adequately to changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, regulatory
limitations, or other factors, our institutions’ ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our
financial results could suffer.
Establishing new academic programs, specializations, and modes of teaching or modifying or eliminating existing
programs requires our institutions to make investments in management, academic resources including faculty, and
capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses, and reallocate other resources. Our institutions may have limited
experience providing courses in new fields of study or new modes of teaching (such as CBE, micro-credentials, or
other non-degree credentials) and may need to modify systems and strategies or enter into arrangements with
other institutions and organizations to provide new programs effectively and profitably. If our institutions are unable
to establish new academic programs, increase the number of students enrolling in new academic programs, offer
programs in a cost-effective manner, or otherwise manage effectively the operations of those programs, our results
of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We have limited experience participating in the DoD’s credentialing assistance programs, and changes to
credentialing assistance programs or funding could have an adverse impact on our business strategy and
results of operations.
As discussed in “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—
Department of Defense” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report, branches of the U.S. military offer credentialing
assistance, which links soldiers to and in many cases provides funds for approved training courses or exams related
to occupational certifications, and associated books, supplies and materials. While benefits vary by service, service
members may be eligible for assistance in paying for certifications, including by vouchers, reimbursement, or grants.
Our ability to comply with regulatory requirements related to credentialing assistance and to enroll students in
programs eligible for credentialing assistance remains uncertain. We have limited experience in offering programs
eligible for credentialing assistance and have few current offerings in credentialing assistance, and as a result may
74
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
75
not be as recognized for credentialing assistance as other providers that have developed or may develop a stronger
brand. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or to enroll students in credentialing assistance
programs could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, our financial condition, and our plans to increase
the use of credentialing assistance at APUS.
The Army is now offering an expanded credentialing program called the Army Credentialing Assistance Program, or
CA. Students in the Army may use both TA and credentialing assistance for CA, subject to a combined cap on benefit
amounts. As a result, soldiers that take advantage of one of these forms of assistance may not be able to use the
other form to the extent that they otherwise might, which could adversely impact enrollments and our results of
operations. Over time, it is possible that increased use of credentialing assistance could result in fewer funds being
used or available for tuition assistance. In addition, to be eligible for credentialing assistance, students must meet
certain eligibility requirements, including in some cases service time, experience and TA eligibility requirements, and
the training program must also be eligible.
While we believe other service branches may follow the Army’s example in expanding their credentialing programs
or pursue other approaches to enhancing support for credentialing, there can be no assurance that they will do so
or that we will benefit from any such expansion or enhancement. In addition, the DoD and military branches could
eliminate credentialing assistance programs, reducing the funds, benefits, or level of reimbursement available for
credentialing, change the eligibility criteria for beneficiaries, enact new restrictions on institutional participation
or impose other eligibility criteria on institutions, all of which could impact enrollments from service members.
Changes to TA and funds could also have an impact on credentialing assistance programs and funds, and vice versa.
If we are unable to successfully pursue HCN’s program initiatives and expansions, including opening new HCN
campuses, our future growth may be impaired.
We experienced decreases in enrollment and revenue at HCN in 2019, which we believe were in part caused by policy
changes in admissions and academic progression. The success of HCN will depend on our ability to maintain and
increase student enrollments in HCN’s programs and grow HCN’s on-campus offerings. As part of our strategy, we
intend to open new campuses for HCN, such as the new campus in Indianapolis, Indiana, that began operations in
April 2020 and the new campus in Akron, Ohio, that we expect to begin operations in April 2021. Such actions require
us to obtain appropriate federal, state, and accrediting agency approvals and to comply with any requirements from
those agencies related to a new location. Adding new locations may also require significant financial investments,
human resource capabilities, and new clinical placement relationships. In addition, regulatory authorities may place
limitations or restrictions on new programs or campuses, including by only provisionally accrediting programs or
limiting the number of initial enrollees. For example, in November 2019, the Indiana State Board of Nursing voted to
grant initial accreditation for a PN Program at HCN’s Indianapolis campus, but growth beyond an annual cohort of
up to 30 students was subject to HCN’s ability to petition to increase the number of admissions after a site visit that
will occur upon graduation of the first cohort, which is expected to happen within the first two years of the campus’
opening. The Indiana State Board of Nursing will not grant the Indianapolis campus full accreditation status until the
first cohort graduates and may not grant full accreditation at that time if the program has a pass rate lower than one
standard deviation below the average national pass rate.
If we are unable to, or suffer any delay in our ability to, obtain appropriate approvals, attract additional students
to new campus locations, offer programs at new campuses in a cost-effective manner, identify appropriate
clinical placements, or otherwise effectively manage the operations of newly established campuses, our results of
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, the inability to expand existing programs
efficiently or successfully, pursue new program initiatives, and add new campuses would harm our ability to grow the
business and could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
76
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
77
Continued strong competition in the postsecondary education market could impact our institutions’ market
share and increase our cost of acquiring students.
Within the postsecondary education market, our institutions compete primarily with not-for-profit public and private
two-year and four-year colleges, as well as other for-profit schools, particularly those that offer online learning
programs. Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies, and public and private not-for-profit
institutions have access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions, and other financial
resources generally not available to for-profit schools. These institutions may have instructional and support
resources, or course delivery tools, that are superior to those of our institutions and other for-profit schools. Many of
these competitors, whether for-profit, not-for-profit, or public, are also able to leverage their greater scale and size
to compete more efficiently. Many of our competitors also have substantially greater name recognition and financial
and other resources than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students, or
to provide instructional and support resources that are superior to those of our institutions and other for-profit
schools. In addition, the Armed Forces have established, and may in the future establish, their own postsecondary
education programs. For example, the Department of the Navy, in cooperation with the U.S. Marine Corps and the
U.S. Coast Guard, in January 2021 began piloting online courses for the new United States Naval Community College,
a community college supporting naval education for enlisted service members, with plans to enroll as many as 5,000
students into targeted associate’s degree programs with partner colleges and universities in a second pilot phase
beginning in 2022. The Armed Forces may also begin offering distance learning through their own institutions. Within
the postsecondary education market generally, we have experienced increased competition, including the entrance
of additional providers of online and non-traditional programs, a shift of for-profit institutions to not-for-profit status,
and declines or slower growth in the total postsecondary student population. According to the National Student
Clearinghouse, enrollment in Title IV postsecondary degree-granting institutions in the fall of 2020 decreased 2.5%
compared to the fall of 2019, although four-year for-profit schools. saw an increase of 5.3%. Longer term projections
suggest that previous growth in enrollment in postsecondary degree-granting institutions is slowing. According to
a May 2020 report from ED, such enrollment was projected to grow 1% over the 11-year period ending in fall of 2029,
compared to 26% growth over the 18-year period that ended in 2018. The combination of reduced growth or declines
in the postsecondary student population and the entrance of additional providers in the online postsecondary
education market will further intensify competition, and any decline in the number of enrollments could have an
adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, increased competition for college-ready students has led to
an increase in the cost of advertising in certain marketing channels. Continued increases in the cost of advertising
may adversely impact our ability to attract college-ready students and/or increase our student acquisition costs.
We expect to continue to face greater competition from non-traditional offerings, provided by both educational
institutions and non-traditional providers.
In recent years, competing institutions and others have started providing non-traditional education programs
without charge or at low costs, including CBE programs, coding bootcamps, and micro-credentialing, as well as other
flexible and individualized programs. We believe that our institutions will continue to face new competition from
non-traditional programs, including lower cost programs. We are working to develop our own alternatives in some of
these areas. For example, in the first quarter of 2017, we launched Momentum, a collection of CBE programs at APUS.
However, other institutions have programs that are more fully developed, and our offerings may not be successful
or receive market acceptance. We have not yet been successful with Momentum, and there is no assurance that we
will be. Our institutions may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face
competitive pressures that could adversely affect their business or results of operations. Increased availability of
federal student financial aid for CBE programs could create additional competition and drive additional students
toward non-traditional education programs. These competitive factors could cause our institutions’ enrollments,
revenue, and profitability to decrease significantly.
76
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
77
Strong competition in the military market could decrease our institutions’ market share and increase our
cost of acquiring students.
We anticipate that APUS will continue to see strong competition within the military market, which continues to be
a primary market for APUS. There are a number of for-profit schools and not-for-profit institutions that focus on the
military market because of the size of the market and the availability of funding, and some for-profit schools seek
to attract students eligible for TA, VA education benefits, or both, at least in part as a strategy of those institutions
to satisfy the 90/10 Rule, which is described in “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related
Regulations/Requirements—Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—The ‘90/10
Rule.’” Some of these institutions may develop relationships with the military and education service officers that are
stronger than APUS’s, which could have an adverse effect on APUS’s ability to attract and retain qualified students,
and ultimately, on our financial condition. In addition, the Armed Forces have established, and may in the future
establish, their own postsecondary education programs. For example, the Department of the Navy, in cooperation
with the U.S. Marine Corps and the U.S. Coast Guard, in January 2021 began piloting online courses for the new
United States Naval Community College, a community college supporting naval education for enlisted service
members, with plans to enroll as many as 5,000 students into targeted associate’s degree programs with partner
colleges and universities in a second pilot phase beginning in 2022.
RISKS RELATED TO THE REGULATION OF OUR INDUSTRY
If we or our institutions fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for the operation of
postsecondary education institutions, we and our institutions could face penalties and significant restrictions
on operations, including loss of access to DoD tuition assistance programs and federal student loans and grants.
We and our institutions are subject to extensive regulation by (i) accrediting agencies, (ii) state regulatory bodies,
and (iii) the federal government through ED. APUS and HCN also are subject to DoD and VA oversight because
APUS and HCN participate in TA and veterans’ education benefits programs administered by the VA. Regulations,
standards, and policies of these organizations address the vast majority of our institutions’ operations, including
their educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability
to acquire new institutions, open new locations, add new or expand existing educational programs, change our
corporate structure or ownership, and make other substantive changes. These requirements can also increase our
cost of operations.
Findings of noncompliance with these laws, regulations, standards, and policies could result in any of the
relevant regulatory agencies taking action including: imposing monetary fines, penalties, or injunctions; limiting
operations, including restricting our institutions’ ability to offer new programs of study or to open new locations,
or imposing limits on our growth; limiting or terminating our ability to grant degrees; restricting or revoking
our institutions’ accreditation, licensure, or other approval to operate; limiting, suspending, or terminating our
institutions’ eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, TA, or VA education benefit programs; requiring us to
repay funds, post a letter of credit, or become subject to payment methods for Title IV programs that are not the
advance payment system; subjecting us to civil or criminal penalties; or other actions that could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
The regulations, standards, and policies of ED, state regulatory bodies, and our institutions’ accrediting agencies
change frequently and are subject to interpretive ambiguities. Recent and pending changes in, or new interpretations
of, applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, or our noncompliance with any applicable laws, regulations,
standards, or policies, could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation, authorization to operate in
various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under TA, ability to participate in Title IV programs, ability to
78
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
79
participate in VA education benefit programs, or costs of doing business. We cannot predict with certainty how these
regulatory requirements will be applied or whether we will be able to comply, or will be deemed by others to have
complied, with all of the requirements.
In addition, in some circumstances of noncompliance or alleged noncompliance, we may be subject to lawsuits under
the Federal False Claims Act, similar state false claim statutes, or various “whistleblower” statutes. These lawsuits
in some cases can be prosecuted by a private plaintiff in respect of some action taken by us, even if ED or another
regulatory body does not agree with the plaintiff’s theory of liability, or the government can intervene and become a
party to the lawsuit. These lawsuits have the potential to generate significant financial liability linked to our receipt
of government funds, including Title IV funding and TA funds.
If our institutions fail to maintain their institutional accreditation, they would lose the ability to participate
in DoD tuition assistance programs and Title IV programs.
Accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by ED is required for participation in TA and Title IV
programs. APUS and HCN participate in TA and Title IV programs. As described more fully in each operating
segment’s section in “Our Institutions—Accreditation” and “Regulatory Environment—Accreditation,” APUS is
accredited by HLC and HCN is accredited by ABHES, which are institutional accrediting agencies recognized by ED.
Our institutions’ accrediting agencies may impose restrictions on their accreditation or may terminate their
accreditation. To remain accredited, our institutions must continuously meet certain criteria and standards relating
to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative
capability, resources, and financial stability. Our institutions also must comply with accrediting agency policies
and requirements, such as the requirements to apply and wait for approval before making certain changes. For
example, in connection with the implementation of a shared services model with APEI, APUS was required to submit
a change in structure application to HLC. In November 2018, HLC approved the change in structure application and
extended APUS’s accreditation following adoption of the shared services model, and we entered into intercompany
agreements to implement the model.
Failure to meet accreditation criteria or standards or to comply with accreditation policies and requirements could
result in the loss of accreditation at the discretion of the accrediting agency. The complete loss of institutional
accreditation at one of our institutions would, among other things, render the institution and its students ineligible
to participate in TA and Title IV programs, and have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, and
results of operations.
The postsecondary education regulatory environment has changed and may change in the future as a result of
U.S. federal elections, including as a result of the 2020 U.S. federal elections.
As a result of the 2020 U.S. federal elections, Democrats, who tend to support more regulation of and restrictions
on for-profit institutions, gained control of the executive branch and both houses of Congress. The new
Presidential administration and new Congress may act to change or eliminate currently effective legislation
and ED regulations, or to enact new legislation, and ED, under new leadership, could initiate new rulemaking
processes to alter existing regulations and could act to change existing ED policies and practices with respect
to matters related to postsecondary education institutions. For example, the Trump Administration delayed the
implementation of, repealed, and amended certain regulations promulgated during the prior administration. In
addition, the new Congress could seek to act under the Congressional Review Act, which establishes legislative
procedures through which Congress may adopt a joint resolution of disapproval to nullify certain agency final
regulations within a certain time period after the regulations are finalized by the agency. We cannot predict
the extent to which the new Presidential administration and new Congress will act to change or eliminate or to
implement new ED regulations, policies, and practices, nor can we predict the form that new regulations, policies,
78
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
79
or practices may take. We also cannot predict the extent any other potential regulatory or legislative activity as a
result of the new Presidential administration and Congress may impact us or our institutions, nor can we predict
the possible associated burdens and costs.
A failure of HCN to satisfy ABHES accreditation standards, including specific student achievement indicators,
could have a material adverse impact on HCN’s student enrollment and our and HCN’s revenue, cash flows,
and results of operations .
ABHES annually reviews student achievement indicators, including retention rate, placement rate, and licensing
and credentialing examination pass rate. Under ABHES policy, ABHES may withdraw accreditation at any time if it
determines that an institution fails to demonstrate at least a 70% retention rate for each program, a 70% placement
rate for each program, and a 70% pass rate on mandatory licensing and credentialing examinations, or fails to
meet state-mandated results for credentialing or licensure. Alternatively, ABHES may in its discretion provide an
opportunity for a program to come into compliance within a period of time specified by ABHES, and ABHES may
extend the period for achieving compliance if a program demonstrates improvement over time or other good cause.
For the reporting year ended June 30, 2018, several HCN programs did not satisfy ABHES’s threshold requirements
for retention rates or placement rates and, for the reporting year ended June 30, 2019, each of HCN’s programs at
each of HCN’s campuses satisfied ABHES’s placement rate requirements but failed to satisfy ABHES’s threshold
requirements for retention rates.
In August 2019, ABHES notified HCN that ABHES had placed HCN’s Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, and Toledo locations
on outcomes reporting status, which requires submission of additional documentation regarding student outcomes
and action plans for improving these outcomes. ABHES determined that the PN Program at each of the Columbus,
Dayton, and Toledo campuses did not satisfy ABHES’s retention rate requirement and that it was unable to verify that
the ADN Program at each of the Cleveland and Toledo campuses had met ABHES’s placement rate requirement. In
August 2019, ABHES notified HCN that the relevant programs at the Cleveland, Dayton, and Toledo campuses must
come into compliance by May 1, 2020 and that the PN Program at the Columbus campus must come into compliance
by May 1, 2021. In February 2020, ABHES notified HCN that it had taken additional actions with respect to certain HCN
programs at certain locations related to those programs’ performance in relation to ABHES student achievement
indicators. Specifically, ABHES: (i) placed the PN programs at the Dayton and Toledo campuses on program specific
warning status because the programs have failed to meet the 70% retention rate threshold since HCN’s 2017–2018
annual report and informed HCN that those programs must meet the retention rate threshold by May 1, 2020;
(ii) removed the ADN programs at the Cleveland and Toledo campuses from outcomes reporting status after placement
rates for those programs at those locations met the 70% compliance threshold; (iii) continued outcomes reporting
status for the PN program at the Columbus campus because it has not met the retention rate compliance threshold
and reconfirmed that it has until May 1, 2021 to do so; and (iv) directed HCN to provide evidence to ABHES that the
ADN programs at each of the Columbus, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Dayton, and Toledo campuses and the PN programs
at the Cleveland and Cincinnati campuses met the retention rate compliance threshold for the period from July 1,
2019 through March 31, 2020 and informed HCN that those programs must meet the compliance threshold by May 1,
2021. On April 22, 2020, HCN notified ABHES that, as of March 31, 2020, HCN met the 70% retention rate threshold at
each campus location. For the reporting year July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, HCN’s programs satisfied ABHES’s
threshold requirements for retention rates, placement rates, and mandatory licensure and credentialing examination
pass rates. There can be no assurance that HCN will be able to continue to demonstrate compliance in all cases. If
HCN is unable to bring programs into compliance during any timeframe established by ABHES, unless such timeframe
is extended for good cause, ABHES may take other action, up to and including withdrawing accreditation for those
programs. In addition, adverse actions taken by ABHES may trigger reporting requirements and ED action under ED’s
Borrower Defense Regulations, see “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/
Requirements—Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—Borrower Defenses.”
80
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
81
If any HCN campus or program fails to satisfy ABHES achievement measures, enrollment in such HCN campus or
program could decline, or we could be forced to cease enrollments at that campus or in that program, which could
have a material adverse impact on HCN’s student enrollment and our and HCN’s revenue, cash flows, and results of
operations. The actions HCN takes to comply with ABHES requirements may not be successful in resolving existing
issues and, if those actions are targeted at specific campuses or programs, may fail to prevent additional issues
arising with respect to those or other campuses or programs. Similarly, even if HCN is successful in the long term
in complying with these standards, the actions HCN takes to comply could result in increased costs or decreased
enrollments, and impairment of goodwill.
Participation in the DoD tuition assistance programs requires compliance with numerous regulations with
respect to which the failure to comply could lead to a loss of an ability to participate in these programs or
other adverse events.
In order to participate in TA, institutions must, among other things, comply with an MOU that specifies terms
and conditions of participation in TA. By signing the MOU, APUS and HCN have agreed to participate in DoD’s
Voluntary Education Institutional Compliance Program, or ICP. An institution that is found noncompliant with DoD
requirements through the ICP and demonstrates an unwillingness to resolve a finding may be subject to a range
of penalties from a written warning to termination of the institution’s participation in TA. For example, as more
fully described in “Regulatory Environment—Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory
Violations—Compliance Reviews,” upon request, in May 2020, APUS submitted a self-assessment in connection with
the ICP. On November 30, 2020, DoD issued a report finding that APUS did not clearly articulate certain policies or
clearly make certain disclosures. APUS has submitted its corrective action plan and is required to submit related
evidentiary support by May 31, 2021. If we are no longer able to receive funds from TA, or if those programs are
reduced, eliminated, or temporarily suspended, our enrollments and revenue could be significantly reduced, which
would result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our institutions’ student enrollments could decline if they fail to maintain accreditation.
Institutional accreditation is an important attribute of our institutions. Colleges and universities depend, in part, on
accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Many institutions will only accept
transfer credit from regionally accredited institutions. Students and sponsors of tuition reimbursement programs
look to accreditation for quality assurance, and employers rely on institutions’ accredited status when evaluating
a candidate’s credentials. Failure to maintain our institutional accreditation would have a material adverse effect
on our enrollments, revenue, and results of operations. In addition, certain of our programs are accredited by
specialized accrediting agencies or recognized by professional organizations. If our institutions fail to satisfy the
standards of these specialized accrediting agencies and professional organizations, the relevant programs could
lose the specialized accreditation or professional recognition, which could result in materially reduced student
enrollments in those programs and have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, in certain cases, professional
licensure will not be granted if an applicant for licensure earned the relevant educational credential from an
institution or educational program that lacks regional or specialized accreditation. Failure to obtain or maintain
specialized accreditation or professional recognition for certain programs could result in materially reduced student
enrollments in affected programs and have a material adverse effect on us.
80
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
81
If the accrediting agency of one of our institutions was to lose its ability to serve as an accrediting agency
for Title IV program purposes and the institution was unable to obtain recognition from another recognized
accrediting agency, that institution would lose its ability to participate in Title IV programs and DoD tuition
assistance programs.
APUS is accredited by HLC. In February 2018, NACIQI, the panel charged with advising ED on whether to recognize
accrediting agencies for Title IV purposes, voted to recommend that ED renew HLC’s recognition for five years. If
HLC were to lose its recognition as an accrediting agency and APUS was unable to obtain recognition from another
recognized accrediting agency, APUS would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA. The inability
of APUS to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on enrollments, revenue, financial
condition, and results of operations.
HCN is accredited by ABHES. In 2016, NACIQI voted to recommend that ED renew ABHES’s recognition for five years.
If ABHES were to lose its recognition as an accrediting agency and HCN was unable to obtain recognition from
another recognized accrediting agency, HCN would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA. The
ineligibility of HCN to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on HCN’s enrollments,
revenue, financial condition, and results of operations.
Institutional accreditation agencies may prescribe more rigorous accreditation standards or special forms
of monitoring or action plans for our institutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our student
enrollment, revenue, and cash flows.
The accreditation standards of accreditation agencies that accredit our institutions can and do vary, and
accreditation agencies may prescribe more rigorous standards than are currently in place. Complying with more
rigorous accreditation standards could require significant changes to the way we operate our business and increase
our administrative and other costs. No assurances can be given that our institutions would be able to comply
with more rigorous accreditation standards in a timely manner or at all. If one of our institutions does not meet
its accreditation requirements, its accreditation could be limited, modified, suspended, or terminated. Failure to
maintain accreditation would make such institution ineligible to participate in TA and Title IV programs, which could
have a material adverse effect on the institution’s student enrollment and revenue.
Accrediting bodies may adopt new or revised criteria, standards, and policies that are intended to monitor,
regulate, or limit the growth of for-profit institutions like ours. For example, in 2016, HLC adopted a policy to allow
it to designate publicly an institution as “in financial distress” or “under governmental investigation” in situations
where HLC believes the public should have information when deciding whether to attend or continue to attend the
institution. HLC imposed a “governmental investigation” designation on APUS in February 2018 in connection with
a Civil Investigative Demand, or CID, issued to APUS by the Attorney General of Massachusetts in July 2017, and
removed the governmental investigation designation in August 2018 in light of action taken to resolve the CID.
If our institutions fail to maintain state authorization in the states where they are physically located, the
institutions would lose their ability to grant degrees and other credentials in that state and to participate
in Title IV programs and DoD tuition assistance programs.
As discussed in “Regulatory Environment—State Licensure/Authorization,” to participate in Title IV programs and
TA, an institution must be legally authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is physically
located. Loss of state authorization by one of our institutions in the state in which it is physically located would
cause that institution to be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs and TA and to be unable to operate in the
state and grant credentials. In addition, if one of our institutions were to lose its state authorization, it would lose
its institutional accreditation, and if HCN were to lose approval from OBN for the PN or the ADN, or from the Indiana
82
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
83
Board of Nursing for the PN, students in the program lacking approval would not be eligible to apply for licensure by
examination to practice nursing in Ohio or Indiana, respectively.
ED regulations provide that an institution is considered legally authorized by a state if the state has a process to
review and appropriately act on complaints concerning the institution, including enforcing applicable state laws, and
the institution complies with any applicable state approval or licensure requirements. If a state in which one of our
institutions is located fails in the future to satisfy the provisions of that regulation, our institutions’ ability to operate
in that state and to participate in Title IV programs could be limited or terminated.
Our institutions’ failure to comply with the requirements of the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement,
or SARA, or regulations of ED or various states related to state authorization could result in actions that
would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, and results of operations.
Various states impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries,
including registration requirements applicable to online educational institutions that have no physical location or
other presence in the state but offer educational services to students who reside in the state or advertise to or recruit
prospective students in the state. SARA is a voluntary agreement among member states, districts, and territories
that establishes national standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education. For U.S. jurisdictions
that are not members of SARA (namely, at this time, California), our institutions must satisfy the requirements of
those individual jurisdictions with regard to online education in order to enroll students in those jurisdictions. Those
requirements may change from time to time and, in some instances, are ambiguous or are left to the interpretative
discretion of state regulators.
Changes in requirements to participate in SARA or changes to state laws and regulations and the interpretation
of those laws and regulations by the applicable regulators may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and award degrees. If one of our institutions were to fail to comply with SARA requirements or state licensing or
authorization requirements to provide distance education in California, currently the only non-SARA state, the
institution could lose its ability to participate in SARA or may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization
to provide distance education in California. If one of our institutions were to fail to comply with state requirements to
obtain licensure or authorization, it could be subject to injunctive actions or penalties.
In December 2016, ED published the Distance Education Rule, which is more fully described in “Regulatory
Environment—State Licensure/Authorization”, addressing, among other issues, state authorization of programs
offered through distance education. After a delay and subsequent court order, the Distance Education Rule took
effect in May 2019. The Distance Education Rule requires an institution offering distance education programs to
be authorized on a state-by-state basis, if such authorization is required by the state, in order to award Title IV
aid to such students. If one of our institutions fails to obtain or maintain required state authorization to provide
postsecondary distance education in a specific state, the institution could lose its ability to award Title IV aid to
students in that state and to provide distance education in that state. The Distance Education Rule also requires
an institution to provide public and individualized disclosures to enrolled and prospective students regarding its
programs that are provided or can be completed solely through distance education or correspondence courses,
excluding internships and practicums.
In October 2018, ED announced its intent to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare proposed
regulations related to, among other things, disclosure and other requirements of state authorization. On
November 1, 2019, ED published final regulations concerning accreditation and state authorization, which went
into effect on July 1, 2020, except that institutions may in their discretion implement early regulations relating to
state authorization and institutional information disclosures. The final regulations related to state authorization
effectively replace the Distance Education Rule. APUS implemented early these regulations effective November 1,
82
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
83
2019. The final regulations clarify the required methodology for determining the state in which a student is located
for purposes of satisfying state authorization requirements for distance education courses and require an institution
to disclose certain information related to whether programs leading to professional licensure meet applicable state
requirements, regardless of program modality. Failure to make the disclosures required by the Distance Education
Rule or its replacement regulations could put us at risk of administrative enforcement action or related litigation,
including claims from students related to misrepresentation and other matters. In addition, we cannot predict
whether, or to what extent, such disclosure requirements will have an effect on our enrollment processes and results.
The inability of our institutions’ graduates to obtain professional licensure, employment or other outcomes
in their chosen fields of study could reduce our enrollments and revenue, limit our ability to offer educational
programs, and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.
HCN graduates and certain APUS graduates seek professional licensure, employment or other outcomes in their
chosen fields following graduation. Their success in obtaining these outcomes depends on numerous factors,
including: the individual merits of the graduate; whether the institution and the program were approved by the
state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a professional association; whether the program meets all state
requirements for professional licensure; and whether the institution or program has any required accreditation.
To apply for licensure to practice nursing in Ohio, an applicant must have successfully completed a nursing education
program that is approved by the OBN. The OBN requires that nursing education programs such as HCN’s PN and
ADN Programs have a pass rate on the relevant NCLEX that is at least 95% of the national average for first-time
candidates in a calendar year. As discussed more fully in “Regulatory Environment—State Authorization/Licensure of
Our Institutions,” failure to satisfy that requirement can result in the OBN taking certain adverse actions, including
placement of a program on provisional status or withdrawal of approval pursuant to an adjudication proceeding.
In March 2017, the OBN placed HCN’s ADN Program on provisional approval because the ADN Program has not met
the OBN pass rate standard for four consecutive years. In March 2019, the OBN found that HCN’s ADN Program did
not meet the OBN pass rate standard in 2019 for a seventh consecutive year. HCN has been implementing changes,
including curriculum, admissions, and academic achievement and course retake policy changes that are designed
to improve NCLEX scores over time, but there is no assurance that these changes will be successful or will not have
negative effects on HCN’s enrollment. For example, enrollments in HCN’s ADN Program in 2019 were significantly
lower than HCN planned, which we believe is likely partly associated with the implementation of new academic
achievement and admissions standards that had the effect of reducing enrollments from qualified students. If HCN
is unable to improve NCLEX scores over time, this situation could have an adverse impact on our ability to enroll
students and eventually our ability to continue HCN’s ADN Program, any of which would have an adverse effect on
our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition. The Indiana State Board of Nursing also requires that
nursing education programs have a pass rate on the relevant NCLEX exam that satisfies certain requirements. The
Indiana State Board of Nursing may not grant full accreditation to an initially accredited program that has a pass rate
is lower than one standard deviation below the average national pass rate, and if the program’s pass rate is lower
than one standard deviation below the average national pass rate for three consecutive years, a program may be
subject to additional oversight or a change in accreditation status.
State requirements for licensure are subject to change, as are professional certification standards, and we may
not become aware of changes that may impact our students in certain instances. In the event that one or more
states refuse to recognize our institutions’ students for professional licensure based on factors relating to our
institutions or programs, the potential growth of our institutions’ programs would be negatively impacted, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In
addition, requirements for employment vary from employer to employer and from field to field. To the extent our
graduates fail to satisfy requirements for employment by particular employers or in a particular profession based
84
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
85
on characteristics of our programs, the ability to maintain enrollments, as well as the potential for growth of our
institutions’ programs would be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, if our institutions’ graduates fail to obtain
professional licensure, employment or other outcomes in their chosen fields of study, we and our institutions
could be exposed to litigation, including class-action litigation, claiming that we are at fault for such failure, which
would force us to incur legal and other expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our institutions must periodically seek recertification to participate in Title IV programs, and may, in certain
circumstances, be subject to review by the Department of Education prior to seeking recertification, and our
future success may be adversely affected if our institutions are unable to successfully maintain certification
or obtain recertification.
An institution generally must seek recertification from ED at least every six years and possibly more frequently
depending on various factors, such as whether it is provisionally certified. ED may also review an institution’s
continued eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV programs, or scope of eligibility and certification, in
the event the institution undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control or expands its activities
in certain ways. In certain circumstances, ED must provisionally certify an institution, such as when it is an initial
participant in Title IV programs or has undergone a change in ownership and control.
A provisionally-certified institution must apply for and receive ED approval of substantial changes and must comply
with any additional conditions included in its program participation agreement. If ED determines that a provisionally-
certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities, it may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to
participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process protections for the institution than if it were fully-certified.
In June 2020, APUS timely applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs. On September 9, 2020, ED
notified APUS that it had completed its review of APUS’s application and had granted APUS provisional certification
until June 30, 2023. ED issued APUS a provisional program participation agreement, or PPPA, outlining the terms
of provisional certification. As described in the PPPA, the reason ED granted approval on a provisional basis is
because APUS was subject to an open program review at the time of the PPPA renewal. As discussed more fully in
“Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations—Compliance Reviews,” in September
2016, ED began a program review of APUS’s administration of the Title IV programs during the 2014–2015 and
2015–2016 award years. That program review was closed on January 27, 2021 with no findings and no further action
required. HCN is certified to participate in Title IV programs through September 30, 2021 and will be required to apply
timely for recertification in order to continue to participate in the Title IV programs after that date.
If ED were to withdraw or not renew our institutions’ certification to participate in Title IV programs, our students
would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds or TA funds, which would have a material adverse effect on
our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
If our institutions are unable to successfully maintain certification or obtain recertification to participate
in Title IV programs, they will not be able to participate in DoD tuition assistance programs.
If our institutions are unable to successfully maintain certification or obtain recertification to participate in ED’s
Title IV programs, they will not be able to participate in TA because the DoD MOU requires an institution to be
certified to participate in Title IV programs in order to participate in TA. Loss of participation in TA would have a
material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
84
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
85
A failure to demonstrate “administrative capability” may result in the loss of eligibility to participate
in Title IV programs.
ED’s regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite
“administrative capability” to participate in Title IV programs and the sanctions ED may impose if an institution
fails to satisfy any of those criteria. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among
other things, comply with all applicable Title IV requirements, including with respect to the administration of
Title IV programs and the processing of Title IV program funds.
If an institution fails to satisfy any of the administrative capability requirements, ED may require the repayment
of Title IV program funds, transfer the institution from the “advance” system of payment of Title IV program funds
to heightened cash monitoring status, or to the “reimbursement” method of payment, place the institution on
provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate the
participation of the institution in Title IV programs.
If one of our institutions is found not to have satisfied ED’s “administrative capability” requirements, it could be
limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV program funding or certain Title IV-related conditions or fines could be
imposed, which would adversely affect our enrollment, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
A failure to demonstrate “financial responsibility” may result in the loss of eligibility by one of our institutions
to participate in Title IV programs or require the posting of an irrevocable letter of credit in order to maintain
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility
prescribed by ED, or post a letter of credit in favor of ED, and possibly accept other conditions, such as provisional
certification, additional reporting requirements, or regulatory oversight of its participation in Title IV programs. ED
may also apply such measures of financial responsibility to a parent company of an eligible institution and, if such
measures are not satisfied by the parent company, require the institution to post a letter of credit in favor of ED, and
possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV programs. For our institutions, ED applies its measures
of financial responsibility at the level of the parent company, APEI. An obligation to post a letter of credit, or to accept
other conditions, such as a change in our system of Title IV payment from ED for purposes of disbursement, could
increase our costs of regulatory compliance, or affect our cash flow.
The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations identify certain conditions or other triggering events that have or may
have an adverse material effect on the institution’s financial condition, in response to which ED would or could
require that the institution submit some form of financial protection to ED. For more on the financial responsibility
provisions of the Borrower Defense Regulations, see “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and
Related Regulations/Requirements—Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—
Borrower Defenses.” If, under the 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations, ED determines that one of our institutions is
not financially responsible because of one or more triggering events, the institution would be required to provide
an irrevocable letter of credit equal to at least 10% of the amount of federal student financial aid funds received by
the institution for the past year. If one of our institutions is found not to have satisfied ED’s financial responsibility
requirements, it could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV program funds, which would limit our potential for
growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenue, and results of operations. If we, as the parent company of an
eligible institution, are found not to have satisfied ED’s financial responsibility measures, all of our institutions could
be limited in their access to, or lose, Title IV program funds, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely
affect our enrollment, revenue, results of operations, and financial position.
86
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
87
ED rules that took effect July 1, 2020 setting forth new standards and procedures related to borrower defense-to-
repayment claims and requirements related to dispute resolution may create significant liability that could have
a material adverse effect on our business.
Under the HEA, ED is authorized to specify in regulations which acts or omissions of an institution of higher
education a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan under the Direct Loan Program, or a Direct
Loan. Regulations in effect prior to the 2016 Defense Regulations permitted a borrower to assert a borrower
defense to repayment of a Direct Loan if the institution’s acts or omissions give rise to a cause of action against the
institution under state law. The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations, which in part govern which acts or omissions
of an institution of higher education a student borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a Direct Loan, and
certain other matters, create a new federal standard for borrower defenses, new limitation periods for borrower
defense claims, and new processes for resolution of such claims. Certain portions of the 2016 Borrower Defense
Regulations became effective October 16, 2018 after ED’s delay of the effective date of those regulations and a
court decision in legal challenges to the delay. On September 23, 2019, ED published the 2020 Borrower Defense
Regulations, which became effective July 1, 2020 and which among other things establish a new federal standard for
evaluating and a new process for adjudicating, borrower defenses to repayment of loans made under the Direct Loan
Program on or after July 1, 2020. The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations thereafter continue to apply to all loans
made under the Direct Loan Program on or after July 1, 2017 and before July 1, 2020. For more information on the
Borrower Defense Regulations, see “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/
Requirements—Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—Borrower Defenses.”
Under the Borrower Defense Regulations, ED may initiate a separate proceeding to collect from an institution the
amount of relief resulting from a borrower defense brought by an individual borrower, and as part of group-process
hearings under the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations, ED will collect from the institution any liability for amounts
discharged or reimbursed to borrowers under the group process. The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations eliminate
the process available under the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations for a group of borrowers. If ED determines that
borrowers of Direct Loans who attended our institutions have a defense to repayment of their Direct Loans, we could
be subject to repayment liability to ED that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flows.
The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations also prohibit institutions from requiring students to engage in the institutions’
internal complaint processes before contacting other agencies, prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration agreements
by institutions, prohibit class action lawsuit waivers, and require institutions to notify ED of arbitration filings and
awards, for claims that may form the basis for a borrower defense to repayment of a Direct Loan. As a result of the 2016
Borrower Defense Regulations’ dispute resolution provisions, we could incur claims and expenses that we have not
previously incurred, and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of
operations. The 2020 Borrower Defense Regulations generally remove the prohibitions contained in the 2016 Borrower
Defense Regulations but require institutions whose students must enter into pre-dispute arbitration agreements
or class action waivers as a condition of enrollment to disclose publicly those requirements in an easily accessible
format, and prohibit such an institution to require a student to participate in arbitration or any internal dispute
resolution process prior to filing a borrower defense to repayment application with ED.
If one or more of our institutions does not comply with the 90/10 Rule, it or they will lose eligibility to participate
in federal student financial aid programs.
The HEA requires all for-profit education institutions to comply with what is commonly referred to as the 90/10 Rule,
which imposes sanctions on institutions that derive more than 90% of their total revenue on a cash accounting
basis from Title IV programs, as calculated under ED’s regulations. In recent years, Congress has considered various
proposals that would modify the 90/10 Rule. In February and March 2021, the House and Senate each passed versions
86
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
87
of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, which each include a provision that amends the 90/10 Rule to count all
federal education assistance, including TA and VA education benefits, towards the “90%” portion of the calculation.
The bill requires additional Congressional approval and Presidential signature prior to enactment. If the bill is
enacted in the form passed by the Senate, the revised 90/10 Rule would be subject to negotiated rulemaking, and
we expect the Department of Education to seek in that process to define federal education assistance to include TA
and VA education benefits. Under the bill, the revised 90/10 Rule would go into effect no earlier than July 1, 2023.
At this time we cannot predict whether Congress will pass additional legislation to modify the 90/10 Rule, including
to decrease the limit on Title IV funds from 90% to 85%. Such proposals, or other similar legislation, should they
become law, could have a material adverse impact on the operations of our institutions.
The 90/10 Rule percentage for our institutions could increase in the future, depending on the impact of future
changes in our enrollment mix, and regulatory and other factors outside our control. Currently, TA and VA education
benefits are not treated as Title IV revenue under the 90/10 Rule and, therefore, such funding is included in the
“10%” portion of the rule calculation. The changes proposed by the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 do include
federal education assistance, which we expect the Department of Education to seek to define as including TA and VA
education benefits, in the “90%” portion of the calculation. If this legislation is enacted, our institutions’ 90/10 Rule
percentage will increase. It could also cause other education institutions to decrease their focus on serving military-
affiliated students using TA benefits, and while that could have a positive impact on our enrollments from those
students, it could also have an adverse impact on our ability to meet the requirements of the 90/10 Rule.
For the past three years, HCN has derived more than 80% of its total revenue on a cash accounting basis from Title
IV programs as calculated under ED’s regulations. If HCN is unable to attract students who do not depend on Title IV
program aid, such as students who finance their own education or receive full or partial tuition reimbursement from
their employers, or through VA benefits, HCN’s 90/10 Rule percentage may increase.
If any of our institutions violates the 90/10 Rule and loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, it would also
lose the ability to participate in the TA because DoD requires institutions to participate in the Title IV programs in
order to participate in TA, and ineligibility of either or both of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs and
TA would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and cash flows.
A failure by our institutions to comply with the Department of Education’s incentive payment rule could result
in sanctions and liability under the False Claims Act.
If one of our institutions pays a bonus, commission, or other incentive payment in violation of the HEA’s prohibition
on such payments, commonly referred to as the incentive payment rule, the institution could be subject to sanctions,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business. If ED determines that one of our institutions violated the
incentive payment rule, it may require the institution to modify its payment arrangements to ED’s satisfaction. ED
may also fine the institution or initiate action to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV
programs. ED may also seek to recover Title IV funds disbursed in connection with the prohibited incentive payments.
In June 2015, ED announced that it will calculate institutional liability for noncompliance with the incentive payment
rule by calculating the cost to ED of the Title IV funds improperly received by the institution, including the cost to
ED of all of the Title IV funds received by the institution over a particular period of time if those funds were obtained
through implementation of a policy or practice in which students were recruited in violation of the incentive payment
rule. As described in “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—
Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—Incentive Payment Rule,” changes in the
interpretation of the regulation may create uncertainty about what constitutes impermissible incentive payments
and errors in the implementation of our compensation programs and arrangements may also lead to impermissible
payments. Ambiguities as to how the incentive payment rule is interpreted also may influence our approach, or limit
88
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
89
our alternatives, with respect to employment policies and practices and consequently may negatively affect our
ability to recruit, retain, and motivate employees.
The DoD MOU requires that institutions participating in TA have policies in place that are compliant with regulations
issued by ED related to restrictions on incentive payments. In addition, the Improving Transparency of Education
Opportunities for Veterans Acts bans incentive payments based on success in securing enrollments or financial aid
with regard to VA benefits.
In addition, third parties may file “qui tam” or “whistleblower” suits on behalf of the federal government under the
Federal False Claims Act alleging violation of the incentive payment rule. Such suits may prompt ED investigations,
and the federal government may determine to intervene in the lawsuits. Particularly in light of ED’s June 2015
announcement discussed above and the uncertainty surrounding interpretation of the incentive payment rule, the
existence of, the costs of responding to, and the outcome of, qui tam or whistleblower suits or ED investigations
could have a material adverse effect on our reputation causing our enrollments to decline, could cause us to incur
costs that are material to our business, and could impact the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV
programs, among other things. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if their student loan default rates
are too high, and our future growth could be impaired as a result.
To remain eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an educational institution’s federal student loan cohort default
rates must remain below certain specified levels. Each cohort is the group of students who first enter into student
loan repayment during a federal fiscal year. If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% for any
given year, it must establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable
objectives for improving the cohort default rate. Educational institutions will lose eligibility to participate in Title
IV programs if their cohort default rate exceeds 40% for any given year or is equal to or greater than 30% for three
consecutive years. Due to economic conditions spurred by COVID-19, borrowers may face difficulties in maintaining
payments on their student loans. While Congress and ED have implemented a temporary freeze on student loan
payments and interest accruals until at least September 30, 2021, borrowers may still face economic constraints that
cause higher default rates in the next few years. Additionally, our institutions’ cohort default rates for the next few
years may be artificially lowered due to the administrative leniency for borrowers during the COVID-19 forbearance
period. When the administrative forbearance period ends, borrowers may face difficulty in making payments
on these federal student loans that have been paused for several years. This could result in a future year with a
substantially higher cohort default rate than in years prior to it.
If one of our institutions is required to develop a formal default prevention plan, it may increase our administrative
costs which would adversely impact our results of operations. In the past there has been increased attention by
members of Congress and others on default prevention activities of for-profit education institutions. If such attention
leads to Congressional or regulatory action restricting the types of default prevention assistance that educational
institutions are permitted to provide, the default rates of our former students may be negatively impacted. Such
attention could also lead to Congressional proposals to increase the measuring period, which could negatively
impact our default rates. In the past, members of Congress have also introduced proposed legislation that would
assess institutions a share of the costs associated with default of student loans by students who were enrolled in
the institutions’ education programs and would tie an institution’s obligation to make such “risk-sharing” payments
to the institution’s eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. If one of our institutions loses its eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs because of high student loan default rates, students would no longer be eligible to
use Title IV program funds at that institution, which would significantly reduce that institution’s enrollments and
revenue and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
88
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
89
We rely on third parties to administer our institutions’ participation in Title IV programs and their failure
to perform services as agreed or to comply with applicable regulations could cause us to lose our eligibility
to participate in Title IV programs.
ED’s regulations permit an institution to enter into a written contract with a third-party servicer for the
administration of any aspect of the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. The third-party servicer must,
among other obligations, comply with Title IV requirements and be jointly and severally liable with the institution
to ED for any violation by the servicer of any Title IV provision. Our institutions utilize third-party servicers for some
services and in the future may consider using third-party servicers for other functions that are currently managed
directly by our institutions. If any third-party servicer that we have engaged does not comply with applicable statutes
and regulations including the HEA, our institutions may be liable for its actions, and our institutions could lose
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. The failure of one of our third-party servicers to perform the services
as agreed may adversely impact our ability to operate, our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and our
financial condition. Further, in the event that our institutions transition to or from a third-party servicer for any of its
services, there would be costs and risks related to the transition, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition.
Our institutions will be subject to sanctions that could be material to our results and damage our reputation
if the Department of Education determines that our institutions failed to correctly calculate and timely return
Title IV program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.
An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program
funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion, and
must return those unearned funds to the Title IV programs in a timely manner, generally within 45 days after the date
the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under ED regulations, late returns of Title IV program funds
for 5% or more of students sampled in connection with the institution’s annual Title IV compliance audit constitute
material noncompliance for which an institution generally must submit an irrevocable letter of credit.
HCN’s Title IV compliance audit for the year ended December 31, 2012, identified a deficiency related to timely
return of Title IV program funds. ED ultimately determined that HCN was not required to repay the liability to ED and
directed HCN to adopt procedures to prevent reoccurrence, and HCN was required to post an irrevocable letter of
credit in the amount of approximately $130,000, which was released by ED in February 2018. In addition, for example,
APUS’s Title IV compliance audit for the year ended December 31, 2016 identified a finding related to return of Title
IV funds calculations that were not properly computed. ED also noted that a similar finding had been made in a
program review that ED subsequently closed on January 27, 2021. In connection with the finding, ED required APUS
to post a letter of credit in the amount of approximately $700,000. APUS posted the letter of credit on March 28, 2018
and it expired December 31, 2019.
Our institutions’ failure to comply with ED’s substantial misrepresentation rules could result in material sanctions.
ED may take action against an institution in the event of substantial misrepresentation by the institution concerning
the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates. An institution
engages in substantial misrepresentation when the institution itself, one of its representatives, or an organization
or person with which the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs, marketing, advertising, or
admissions services, makes a substantial misrepresentation directly or indirectly to a student, prospective student
or any member of the public, or to an accrediting agency, a state agency, or to ED.
If ED determines that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, ED may: (i) if the institution is
provisionally certified, as APUS currently is, revoke an institution’s program participation agreement or impose
limitations on its participation in Title IV programs; (ii) deny participation applications made on behalf of the
90
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
91
institution; or (iii) initiate a proceeding against the institution to fine the institution or to limit, suspend, or terminate
the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. If administrative actions or litigation claiming substantial
misrepresentation were brought against our institutions, we could incur legal costs related to their investigation and
defense, which could materially and adversely impact our financial condition.
Failure to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act as
implemented by ED could result in sanctions.
Our institutions must comply with certain campus safety and security reporting requirements as well as other
requirements in the Clery Act. The Clery Act requires an institution to report to ED and disclose in its annual security
report, for the three most recent calendar years, statistics concerning the number of certain crimes that occurred
within the institution’s so-called “Clery geography.” As a result of opening a Veteran’s Center in Charles Town, West
Virginia, APUS determined that was no longer subject to that exclusion and issued its first annual security report in
2016. HCN publishes an annual security report as required by the Clery Act. Our institutions’ failure to comply with
the Clery Act requirements or regulations promulgated by ED could result in our institutions being fined or having
their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs limited, suspended, or terminated, could lead to litigation, or could
harm our institutions’ reputation, each of which could, in turn, adversely affect our institutions’ enrollments and
revenue and have a material effect on our business.
Enforcement of laws related to the accessibility of technology continues to evolve, which could result in
increased information technology development costs and compliance risks.
APUS’s educational programs are made available to students through personal computers, mobile devices and
other technological devices. In addition to its on-campus offerings, HCN also provides course content for students
through personal computers, mobile devices, and other technological devices. For each of these programs, the
curriculum makes use of a combination of graphics, pictures, videos, animations, sounds, and interactive content.
Federal agencies including ED and the Department of Justice have considered or are considering how electronic
and information technology should be made accessible to persons with disabilities, such as in the terms of
specific technical standards. For example, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or Section 504, prohibits
discrimination against a person with a disability by any organization that receives federal financial assistance.
ED’s Office for Civil Rights, which enforces Section 504, together with the Department of Justice assert that
requiring the use of technology in a classroom environment when such technology is inaccessible to individuals
with disabilities violates Section 504, unless those individuals are provided accommodations or modifications that
permit them to receive all the educational benefits provided by the technology in an equally effective and integrated
manner. In recent years, ED’s Office for Civil Rights has taken enforcement action against several institutions of
higher education, including primarily online institutions, after determining that their websites and online learning
management platforms were not accessible to persons with a disability. If one of our institutions is found to have
violated Section 504, it may be required to modify existing content and functionality of its online classroom or other
uses of technology, including through adoption of specific technical standards. As a result of such enforcement
action or as a result of new laws and regulations that require greater accessibility or accessibility in accordance
with specific technical standards, our institutions may have to modify their online classrooms and other uses of
technology to satisfy applicable requirements, which could require substantial financial investment. As with all
nondiscrimination laws that apply to recipients of federal financial assistance, an institution may lose access to
federal financial assistance if it does not comply with Section 504 requirements. In addition, private parties may file
or threaten to file lawsuits alleging failure to comply with laws that prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability,
and defending against such actions may require our institutions to incur costs to modify their online classrooms and
other uses of technology and costs of litigation.
90
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
91
Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate
enforcement actions or litigation against us, any of which could disrupt our institutions’ operations and
adversely affect their performance.
Because our institutions operate in a highly-regulated industry, we are subject to audits, compliance reviews,
inquiries, complaints, investigations, claims of noncompliance, enforcement proceedings, and lawsuits by
government agencies, regulatory agencies, students, employees, and third parties, including claims brought by third
parties on behalf of the federal government. For example, ED regularly conducts program reviews of educational
institutions that are participating in Title IV programs and the ED OIG regularly conducts audits and investigations
of such institutions. Institutions that participate in the Title IV programs also must have an independent auditor
conduct an annual audit of the institution’s compliance with the laws and regulations that are applicable to the Title
IV programs in which the school participates and must submit the results of the audit to ED. In addition, the Federal
Trade Commission has investigated and, in some cases, brought lawsuits against for-profit institutions alleging that
the institutions engaged in deceptive trade practices, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has sued for-
profit institutions for engaging in allegedly illegal predatory lending practices.
If the results of compliance reviews or other proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend
successfully against lawsuits or claims, our institutions may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to
fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions, or other penalties, including the requirement to make refunds.
Even if our institutions adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or
claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations
to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought
against us or one of our institutions may result in reputational damage, even if such claims and lawsuits are without
merit. Any one of these sanctions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our institutions, which
may materially adversely affect our ability to operate.
Investigations by state Attorneys General, Congress, and governmental agencies may result in increased
regulatory burdens and costs.
We and other for-profit postsecondary education providers have been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny and
litigation in recent years. State attorneys general have increasingly focused on allegations of improper recruiting,
compensation, and deceptive marketing practices, among other issues. States may also have consumer disclosure
laws, including laws specifically applicable to for-profit institutions, and a state attorney general may take the
position that any such laws apply to institutions that offer wholly online education to students in the state. A number
of state attorneys general have launched investigations into for-profit postsecondary education institutions. For
example, in August 2017, we received from the Attorney General of Massachusetts a CID relating to an investigation
of alleged unfair or deceptive acts or practices by AMU in connection with the recruitment and retention of
students and the financing of education. The CID required the production of documents and information relating to
recruitment, enrollment, job placement and other matters. In August 2018, APUS entered into an AOD to resolve the
inquiry. Pursuant to the terms of the AOD, and without any finding or admission of wrongdoing on APUS’s part, APUS
paid $270,000 to the Attorney General and agreed to otherwise comply with applicable Massachusetts regulations.
Other state attorneys general may also initiate inquiries into us or our institutions. Actions by state attorneys general
and other governmental agencies, whether or not involving us or our institutions, could damage our reputation and
the reputation of our institutions and limit the ability to recruit and enroll students, which could reduce student
demand for our institutions’ programs and adversely impact our revenue and cash flow from operations.
92
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
93
Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be negatively influenced by the actions of other
for-profit institutions.
Our institutions are two of a much larger number of for-profit institutions serving the postsecondary education market.
Regulatory investigations and civil litigation have been brought against several for-profit educational institutions.
These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices, and noncompliance
with ED regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media and social media coverage, have been the subject
of federal and state legislative hearings, and have in some cases resulted in legislation or rulemaking. In some cases,
institutions have ceased operations, including while under multiple government investigations. Broader allegations
against the overall for-profit school sector have negatively affected public perceptions of for-profit educational
institutions, including our institutions, and this trend could continue or broaden. In addition, reports on student
lending practices of various lending institutions and schools, including for-profit schools, and investigations by a
number of state attorneys general, Congress, and governmental agencies have led to adverse media and social media
coverage of postsecondary and for-profit education. Adverse media or social media coverage regarding others in our
industry, or regarding us or our institutions directly, could damage our reputation, could result in lower enrollments
at our institutions, lower revenue and increased expenses, and could have a negative impact on our stock price. Such
allegations could also result in increased scrutiny and regulation by ED, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures,
state attorneys general, or other governmental authorities with respect to all for-profit institutions, including us and
our institutions. For these reasons or others, not-for-profit or public educational institutions may act to differentiate
themselves from the for-profit educational institutions, including by choosing not to enter into collaborations with for-
profit institutions, including us, or by excluding for-profit institutions from membership in industry groups. Similarly,
some corporations may choose not to collaborate with for-profit providers such as us for programs for their employees
or for other training purposes. For example, when Walmart announced that it will not be renewing its partnership
agreement with APUS, it announced a new program that only involved not-for-profit institutions.
If we undergo a change in ownership or control, the Department of Education will place our institutions on
provisional certification to the extent they are not already on provisional status, and the terms of that provisional
certification could limit our institutions’ potential for growth and adversely affect our institutions’ enrollment,
our revenue, and results of operations.
ED’s regulations provide that a change of control of a publicly-traded corporation occurs if: (i) there is an event that
would obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change of control; or
(ii) the corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation
and is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or
ceases to be the largest stockholder. A significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock could be determined
by ED to be a change in ownership and control under this standard. Under the HEA, an institution whose parent
undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs
and must apply to ED in order to reestablish such eligibility.
Future transactions could constitute a change in ownership or control under ED’s regulations and could cause ED to
place our institutions on provisional certification as required by the HEA. The conditions of provisional certification
or heightened scrutiny by ED could impact, among other things, our institutions’ ability to add educational programs,
or additional locations, our ability to acquire other institutions, or our ability to make other significant changes. In
addition, if ED were to determine that our institutions were unable to meet their responsibilities while they were
provisionally-certified, as APUS currently is, ED could seek to revoke our institutions’ certification to participate in
Title IV programs with fewer due process protections than if they were fully-certified. Limitations on our institutions’
operations could, and the loss of our institutions’ certification to participate in Title IV programs would adversely
affect our institutions’ enrollments, and our revenue and results of operations.
92
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
93
If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of our Company
or of institutions that we own or acquire, our and our institutions’ ability to operate could be impaired.
If we or one of our institutions experiences a change of ownership or control under the standards of applicable state
regulatory bodies, accrediting agencies, ED, or other regulators, we or the institution governed by such agencies
must notify or seek the approval of each relevant regulatory agency. Transactions or events that constitute a change
of control include significant acquisitions or dispositions of an institution’s common stock, significant changes in the
composition of an institution’s Board of Directors, internal restructurings, acquisitions of institutions including our
pending Rasmussen Acquisition, or certain other transactions. Some of these transactions or events may be beyond
our control. Our or our institutions’ failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of control from
the relevant regulatory agencies following a transaction involving a change of ownership or control could result in
a suspension of operating authority, loss of accreditation, or suspension or loss of ability to participate in Title IV
programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our institutions and our financial condition. Our failure to
obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of control from other states in which we are currently licensed
or authorized could require our institutions to suspend activities in that state or otherwise impair our institutions’
operations. The potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence, among other things, future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock. In addition,
the regulatory burdens and risks associated with a change of control also could have an adverse effect on the market
price of our common stock.
Certain contingents of Congress continue to examine the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could
result in targeted legislation, heightened oversight, or additional Department of Education rulemaking that may
limit or condition Title IV program participation of for-profit schools in a manner that may materially and
adversely affect our business.
While in recent years the focus of Congress on for-profit educational institutions has declined, certain contingents of
Congress continue to examine institutions like ours. This focus has resulted in the introduction of various pieces of
legislation, the holding of several hearings by various Congressional committees, and Congressional investigations
and inquiries. We have previously incurred significant legal and other costs to respond to Congressional inquiries
and could incur significant legal and other costs to respond to any future inquiries. In addition, as a result of the 2020
U.S. federal elections, Democrats gained control of the executive branch and both houses of Congress. We cannot
predict the extent to which, or whether, Congress may refocus on for-profit educational institutions as a result of
these elections, but Democrats tend to support more regulation of and restrictions on for-profit institutions. We
also cannot predict the extent to which, or whether, any hearings or investigations will result in legislation, further
rulemaking affecting our participation in Title IV programs, or litigation alleging statutory violations, regulatory
infractions, or common law causes of action.
The previous Congress considered comprehensive legislation to reauthorize the HEA. We cannot predict whether,
in what form, or when, the two houses of Congress will reauthorize the HEA or whether, or when, the President
will sign reauthorization legislation. Amendments to the HEA could occur as part of reauthorization, which could
require us to modify our business practices and increase administrative costs, thereby negatively impacting our
results of operations.
The adoption of any law or regulation that reduces funding for federal student financial aid programs or the ability
of our institutions or students to participate in these programs could have a material adverse effect on our student
population and revenue. Legislative action also may increase our administrative costs and require our institutions
to modify their practices in order to comply with applicable requirements. Additionally, members of Congress have
also from time to time encouraged ED to adopt additional regulations for participation in Title IV programs that could
increase our cost of operations or expose us to additional risks.
94
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
95
Congressional examination of DoD oversight of tuition assistance used for distance education and for-profit
institutions could result in legislative or regulatory changes that may materially and adversely affect our business.
In recent years, Congress has considered various proposals that would modify the 90/10 Rule. One current proposal
would decrease the limit on Title IV funds from 90% to 85%, another current proposal would maintain the 90%
limit but count TA and VA education benefits toward that limit, and another current proposal would both decrease
the limit on Title IV funds to 85% and count all federal education assistance funds toward that limit. The changes
proposed by the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 would include TA and VA education benefits in the “90%” portion
of the calculation. If this legislation is enacted, our institutions’ 90/10 Rule percentage will increase. These proposals
or other similar legislation, should they become law, could have a material adverse impact on the operations of our
institutions. At this time we cannot predict the likelihood that Congress or the President will continue to modify the
90/10 Rule. To the extent that any laws or regulations, including the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, are adopted
that limit or condition the participation of for-profit schools or distance education programs in TA or in Title IV
programs, or that limit or condition the amount of TA for which for-profit schools or distance education programs are
eligible to receive, our financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Congress has in the past changed, and may in the future change, eligibility standards and funding levels for
federal student financial aid programs, DoD tuition assistance, and other programs. Other governmental or
regulatory bodies may also change similar laws or regulations relating to such programs, which could adversely
affect our student population, revenue, and financial condition.
Political and budgetary concerns can significantly affect Title IV programs, military tuition assistance programs, and
other laws and regulations governing federal and state aid programs.
Title IV programs are made available pursuant to the provisions of the HEA, and the HEA comes up for
reauthorization by Congress approximately every five to six years. In the recent past, Congress has passed short-term
non-substantive extensions of the HEA pending comprehensive reauthorization legislation. Further, when Congress
does not act on comprehensive reauthorization through a single piece of legislation, it may act through multiple
pieces of legislation. Congress completed the most recent reauthorization through multiple pieces of legislation and
may reauthorize the HEA in a piecemeal manner in the future. Congress considered legislation to reauthorize the HEA
during the 116th Congress, and is expected to consider such legislation again in the future. Additionally, Congress
determines the funding level for each Title IV program on an annual basis.
Future Congressional action, including in reauthorizations or appropriations acts, may result in numerous legislative
changes, including those that could adversely affect the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs,
TA, and the availability of such funding sources for our students. Members of Congress frequently propose legislation
to alter or amend the terms under which our institutions participate in the federal student financial aid programs.
Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV programs or the ability of our institutions
or students to participate in these programs could materially harm our institutions’ business. A reduction in
government funding levels could lead to lower enrollments at our institutions and require our institutions to
arrange for alternative sources of financial aid for their students. Lower student enrollments at our institutions or
their students’ inability to arrange alternative sources of funding could adversely affect our financial condition.
Congressional action may also require our institutions to modify their practices in ways that could result in increased
administrative and regulatory expenses.
We are not in a position to predict whether any particular legislation will be passed by Congress or signed into law in
the future, but many commentators think it is now more likely that legislation may be enacted that could adversely
affect the for-profit education sector given that Democrats, who tend to support more regulation of and restrictions
on for-profit institutions, gained control of the executive branch and both houses of Congress as a result of the 2020
94
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
95
U.S. federal elections. The reallocation of funding among Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements
for participation in such programs, or the substitution of materially different Title IV programs could reduce the
ability of certain students to finance their education at our institutions and adversely affect our revenue and
results of operations.
Recent and future regulatory developments other than rulemakings may adversely impact our institutions’
enrollment, financial condition, results of operations, expenses, and cash flows.
In addition to publishing rules, ED has in the past and may in the future take other actions that affect our
institutions. For example, in September 2015, ED publicly released its “College Scorecard” website, as discussed
in more detail in “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—
Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—College Scorecard.” Among other characteristics, the College
Scorecard allows users to search for schools based upon programs offered, location, size, tax status, mission, and
religious affiliation. In 2019, ED updated the College Scorecard to include additional information, including more
comprehensive graduation rates and program-level outcomes data such as median earnings and median loan debt.
In December 2020, ED further updated the College Scorecard to include data on average earnings two years out
from graduation based on field of study and data on student loan repayment. We cannot determine the extent to
which data collected and published by ED has impacted or may impact our institution’s enrollments, reputation,
or operating results, including if students exclude our institutions from consideration because of the College
Scorecard’s presentation of our graduation rate, the focus on tax status and our status as a for-profit business,
or because of other factors. We cannot predict the nature of any future actions that may be implemented by ED.
However, these and future developments may adversely impact our institutions’ enrollments, financial condition,
results of operations, expenses, and cash flows.
Failure to comply with the various federal and state laws and regulations governing HCN’s program to extend
credit to its students could subject us to fines, penalties, obligations to discharge loans and other injunctive
requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and
cash flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate.
In July 2018, HCN began offering an extended payment plan option. The extended payment plan option is designed
to assist students with educational costs consisting of tuition, textbooks, and fees. Payment plans require monthly
payments while the student is enrolled in a program and extend for a period up to six months after the last day of
attendance or graduation. The extended payment plan is subject to various federal and state laws and regulations,
such as the Truth in Lending Act as implemented in Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act as implemented
in Regulation B, and the Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices provisions of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act.
For more on this extended payment plan option and its regulation, see “Our Institutions—Hondros College of
Nursing—Sources of Student Financing” and “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related
Regulations / Requirements—Additional Sources of Student Payments” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report. If we
do not comply with laws and regulations applicable to this financing program, we could be subject to fines, penalties,
obligations to discharge loans and other injunctive requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on
us and our ability to operate. Additionally, an adverse allegation, finding or outcome in any of these matters could
also materially and adversely affect our ability to maintain, obtain or renew licenses, approvals or accreditation and
maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or serve as a basis for ED to discharge certain Title IV student
loans and seek recovery for some or all of its resulting losses from us, either of which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, and result in the imposition of
significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate.
96
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
97
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
As part of our business strategy, we have entered into, and may enter into or seek to enter into, business
combinations and acquisitions that may be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value,
or divert management attention.
In October 2020, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Rasmussen University. We may seek to enter into
additional business combinations or acquisitions in the future. Acquisitions are typically accompanied by a number
of risks, including:
• difficulties consolidating operations and integrating information technology and other systems, as well as
the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;
• distraction of management’s attention from normal business operations during the acquisition and
integration processes;
• inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the acquisition from the necessary regulatory agencies, or
the imposition of operating restrictions or a letter of credit requirement on us or on the acquired institution;
• challenges relating to conforming non-compliant financial reporting procedures to those required of a subsidiary
of a U.S. reporting company, including procedures required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
• expenses associated with the integration efforts; and
• unidentified issues not discovered in the due diligence process, including legal contingencies.
Any inability to integrate completed acquisitions in an efficient and timely manner could have an adverse impact
on our results of operations. Further, many acquisitions result in the acquirer recording goodwill. If any acquisitions
for which we record goodwill are not successful or experience challenges, that goodwill may become impaired
and have an adverse impact on our results of operations. For example, we recorded pretax, non-cash charges of
$7.3 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to reduce the carrying value of our goodwill as a result of
determinations that the fair value of HCN was less than its carrying value because of circumstances including HCN’s
underperformance against 2019 internal targets and overall 2019 financial performance. We also previously recorded
a charge in 2016 to reduce the carrying value of our goodwill as a result of a determination that the fair value of HCN
was less than its carrying value.
The Rasmussen Acquisition will be, and our acquisition of any other educational institution would also likely be,
considered a change in ownership and control of the acquired institution under applicable regulatory standards,
as in the HCN acquisition. For such an acquisition, we may need approval from ED, applicable state agencies and
accrediting agencies, and possibly other regulatory bodies, a number of which can only be requested after completion
of the acquisition. Our inability to obtain such approvals with respect to a completed acquisition could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. If we are not successful in
completing acquisitions, we may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources
without a productive result. In addition, future acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of securities or could
require use of substantial portions of our available cash, as in the HCN acquisition, or issuances of debt, as is
anticipated in connection with the Rasmussen Acquisition, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
96
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
97
The Rasmussen Acquisition may not be completed on the anticipated timeline, or at all, and the failure to
complete the Rasmussen Acquisition could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial
condition, and the market price of our common stock.
The closing of the Rasmussen Acquisition is subject to a number of conditions as set forth in the Rasmussen
Agreement that must be satisfied or waived, including among others, (i) regulatory review by ED, approval by HLC,
and approval of or notices to other regulatory and accrediting bodies, (ii) filings with and consents required to
be made or obtained under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, and the expiration of any
related waiting period, (iii) enrollment in Rasmussen University’s nursing programs, in the term prior to closing, not
having declined by more than five percent from enrollment as of the start of the same academic term in the prior
academic year, and (iv) ED approval of Rasmussen University’s March 2019 prior change in ownership. There can
be no assurance that all required approvals will be obtained or that all other closing conditions will otherwise be
satisfied or waived, and, if all required approvals are obtained and all closing conditions are satisfied or waived, we
can provide no assurance as to the terms, conditions and timing of such approvals or that the Rasmussen Acquisition
will be completed in a timely manner or at all. Certain of the conditions to completion of the Rasmussen Acquisition
are not within either our or Rasmussen University’s control, and we cannot predict when or if these conditions will be
satisfied or waived. Even if regulatory approval is obtained, it is possible conditions will be imposed that could result
in a material delay in, or the abandonment of, the Rasmussen Acquisition or otherwise have an adverse effect on us.
The Rasmussen closing is also dependent on the accuracy of representations and warranties made in the Rasmussen
Agreement (subject to customary materiality qualifiers and other customary exceptions) and the performance in all
material respects by the parties of obligations imposed under the Rasmussen Agreement.
If the Rasmussen Acquisition is not completed within the expected timeframe or at all, we may be subject to a
number of material risks. The price of our common stock may decline to the extent that current market prices reflect
a market assumption that the Rasmussen Acquisition will be completed. In addition, some costs related to the
Rasmussen Acquisition must be paid whether or not the Rasmussen Acquisition is completed, and we have incurred,
and will continue to incur, significant costs, expenses and fees for professional services and other transaction
costs in connection with the proposed transaction, as well as the diversion of management and resources towards
the Rasmussen Acquisition, for which we will have received little or no benefit if completion of the Rasmussen
Acquisition does not occur. We may also experience negative reactions from our investors, students, and employees
and faculty.
We are relying on the availability of financing under a commitment letter for debt financing, or alternative
financing, to fund a portion of the purchase price for the Rasmussen Acquisition.
We plan to finance a portion of the aggregate purchase price for the Rasmussen Acquisition. In connection with
the Rasmussen Acquisition, we entered into a commitment letter for (i) a senior secured term loan facility in the
aggregate principal amount of $175 million, or the Term Facility, and (ii) a senior secured revolving loan facility in
an aggregate commitment amount of $20 million, or together with the Term Facility, the Facilities, the terms of
which are expected to be finalized on or prior to the closing. The obligations of the lenders under the commitment
letter are subject to conditions, which may not be met. We currently expect to pay up to $175 million of the cash
consideration for the Rasmussen Acquisition with proceeds from the Facilities. There can be no guarantee that we
will be able to close the Facilities or any alternative financing arrangements on commercially reasonable terms or at
all. If the Facilities are not available, and alternative financing cannot be secured, we may not be able to pay the cash
consideration for the Rasmussen Acquisition, in which case the Rasmussen Acquisition would not be completed.
98
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
99
We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant transaction costs and integration costs in connection
with the Rasmussen Acquisition.
We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs, expenses and fees, including fees for professional
services and other transaction costs, in connection with the Rasmussen Acquisition, including costs that we may not
currently expect. We must pay many of these costs and expenses whether or not the transaction is completed. In
addition, we expect to incur significant integration costs after the Rasmussen closing. There are a number of factors
beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of these costs and expenses.
Integrating our business with Rasmussen’s business may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than
expected, and we may not realize the expected benefits of the Rasmussen Acquisition, which may adversely
affect our business results.
If we experience greater than anticipated costs to integrate or are not able to successfully integrate Rasmussen
into our existing operations, we may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Rasmussen Acquisition,
including cost savings and other synergies and growth opportunities. Even if the integration of Rasmussen’s business
is successful, we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of the Rasmussen Acquisition during the anticipated
time frame, or at all. For example, events outside our control, such as changes in regulation and laws, as well as
economic trends, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect our ability to realize the
expected benefits from this acquisition. In addition, Rasmussen is a privately held company and has not been
required to maintain an internal control infrastructure that would meet the standards of a public company, including
the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The costs that we may incur to implement such controls and
procedures may be substantial and we could encounter unexpected delays and challenges in this implementation. In
addition, we may discover significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the quality of Rasmussen’s financial and
disclosure controls and procedures
An inability to realize the full extent of the anticipated benefits of the Rasmussen Acquisition, as well as any delays
encountered in the integration process, could have an adverse effect upon our revenue, level of expenses and
operating results, which may adversely affect the value of our common stock after the completion of the Rasmussen
Acquisition. In addition, it is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, errors
or delays in the implementation of shared services, the disruption of our ongoing business or inconsistencies
in standards, controls, procedures, and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with
students, faculty and other employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Rasmussen Acquisition.
Integration efforts also may divert management attention and resources.
Rasmussen may have liabilities that are not known to us.
Rasmussen may have liabilities that we failed, or were unable, to discover in the course of performing our due
diligence investigations. Following the completion of the Rasmussen Acquisition, we may learn additional
information about Rasmussen that materially adversely affects us, such as unknown or contingent liabilities and
liabilities related to compliance with applicable laws. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We expect to incur substantial indebtedness under the Facilities, the cost of servicing that debt could adversely
affect our business and financial results, and we may not be able in the future to service that debt.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our obligations under the Facilities or any alternative debt
financing arrangements will depend on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by economic,
financial, competitive, business, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. The indebtedness we
expect to incur in connection with the Rasmussen Acquisition will require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our
98
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
99
cash flow to servicing this debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash to fund other business initiatives. There can
be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness
or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs,
we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity or sell certain
of our assets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness
on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our
liquidity. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to
repay or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may
require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. There can
be no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at
all. If we are unable to generate or borrow sufficient cash to make payments on our indebtedness, our business and
financial condition would be materially harmed.
DoD’s MOU includes terms and conditions that impose extensive regulatory requirements on our institutions
with respect to participation in DoD tuition assistance programs.
Each institution participating in TA is required to sign an MOU outlining certain commitments and agreements
between the institution and DoD prior to accepting funds from TA. In 2014, DoD promulgated new regulations and
institutions were required to sign a new MOU, which we refer to as the DoD MOU, in order to continue to participate
in TA. For more information about the requirements imposed by the DoD MOU, see “Regulatory Environment—
Department of Defense.” We cannot predict precisely what type of immediate sanctions, if any, will be implemented
before an institution loses the ability to participate in TA for failure to comply with the DoD MOU. We believe that
DoD may also impose sanctions other than denying an institution the ability to participate in TA, including restricting
student enrollment in tuition assistance programs, suspending an institution from enrolling new students, limiting
access to military installations, subjecting the institution to heightened compliance oversight, or otherwise
limiting an institution’s ability to participate in TA. If we fail to comply with the requirements of the DoD MOU or any
successor MOU, we will not be able to participate in TA, which could have a significant adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition.
Our business could be harmed if our institutions experience a disruption in their ability to process Title IV
financial aid.
We collected a substantial portion of our fiscal year 2020 consolidated revenue from receipt of Title IV financial aid
program funds. Any processing disruptions by ED, by our institutions, or by third-party service providers may impact
the ability of our institutions’ students to obtain Title IV financial aid on a timely basis. If our institutions experience
a disruption in their ability to process Title IV financial aid, either because of administrative challenges on their part
or the part of their vendors, or the inability of ED to process Title IV funds on a timely basis, it could have a material
adverse effect on our institutions’ business and on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
If our institutions experience a disruption in their ability to process Title IV financial aid because of administrative
challenges on their part or the part of their vendors, ED could require that our institutions become subject to
payment methods for Title IV programs that are not the advance payment system, which could have a material
adverse effect on our institutions’ cash flows.
We have implemented a shared services model for services between APEI and APUS, and APEI and HCN, and
challenges encountered due to the ongoing operation and potential expansion of this model may cause strategic
or operational challenges and adversely impact us.
Beginning in 2016, we began to invest capital and human resources in the transition and planned implementation
of the shared services model pursuant to which APEI would provide services to APUS that were previously
100
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
101
handled directly within APUS and HCN, as well as in changes to our systems and training of employees, among
other things. In December 2016, APUS submitted a change of structure application to HLC in connection with the
proposed implementation of the shared services model. In November 2018, HLC notified APUS that the HLC Board
of Trustees approved the change in structure application and extended APUS’s accreditation following adoption
of the shared services model, which we subsequently implemented. As required by HLC policy and ED regulation,
HLC conducted a focused site visit in May 2019. The site visit team found that evidence of compliance with the
commitments APUS made in its application and with HLC’s Eligibility Requirements and Criteria for Accreditation was
sufficiently demonstrated and no further follow up was recommended. In August 2019, HLC notified APUS that HLC’s
Institutional Actions Council, which conducts reviews and acts on accreditation recommendations, concurred with
the site visit team’s findings. During 2020, we expanded the use of our shared services model and APUS now provides
additional services to HCN.
The operation and potential continued expansion of the shared services model could lead to strategic and
operational challenges, inefficiencies, or increased costs, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Efforts to diversify our business outside of the traditional areas served by our institutions may provide strategic
and operational challenges that we are not prepared or able to address.
We intend to continue to explore opportunities to invest in the education industry, which could include purchasing
or investing in other education-related companies or companies developing new technologies. As we seek
opportunities to expand our business and serve markets beyond those traditionally served by our institutions,
we may encounter strategic and operational challenges different from those within our existing institutions. Our
institutions may have limited experience operating in new businesses and markets or new modes of teaching (such
as CBE, micro-credentials, or other non-degree credentials) and may need to modify systems and strategies or enter
into arrangements with other institutions and organizations. In addition, our systems and infrastructure may not be
able to respond quickly enough to support new business opportunities, or we may not otherwise be able to address
the strategic or operational differences of these new opportunities. If we are unable to successfully capitalize on new
opportunities, the value of our common stock may decline over time, including because of the challenges of growing
our core business under our current model.
We may need additional capital in the future, but there is no assurance that funds will be available on
acceptable terms.
We may need additional capital in the future for various reasons, including to finance business acquisitions such as
the Rasmussen Acquisition and investments in technology or to achieve growth or fund other business initiatives,
but there is no assurance that capital will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us and may
be dilutive to existing stockholders. Additionally, any securities issued to raise capital may have rights, preferences,
or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If adequate capital is not available or is not available on
acceptable terms, our and our institutions’ ability to expand, develop or enhance services or products, or respond to
competitive pressures, will be limited.
Our access to capital markets and sourcing for additional funding to expand or operate our business is subject
to market conditions. Credit concerns regarding the for-profit postsecondary education industry as a whole also
may impede our access to capital markets. If we are unable to obtain needed capital on terms acceptable to us, we
may have to limit strategic initiatives or take other actions that materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
100
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
101
Economic and market conditions in the U.S. and abroad, including as a result of COVID-19, and changes in interest
rates, could affect our enrollments, success with placement and persistence and cohort default rates.
Our business has been and may in the future be adversely affected by a general economic slowdown or recession
in the U.S. or abroad, including the impact of COVID-19. Our institutions derive a significant portion of their revenue
from Title IV programs, which include student loans with interest rates subsidized by the federal government.
Additionally, some students finance their education through private loans that are not government subsidized.
Historically low interest rates have created a favorable borrowing environment for students. However, our students
may have to pay higher interest rates on their Title IV program loans and private loans as a result of recent interest
rate increases. Increases in applicable interest rates could result in a corresponding increase in educational costs
to our existing and prospective students, which could result in a reduction in our enrollment. Higher interest rates
could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students’ repayment of their education loans.
Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to participate in some Title IV programs, which could
adversely impact our operations and financial condition.
Adverse economic developments such as the COVID-19 pandemic that affect the United States could also result in
a reduction in the number of jobs available to our graduates and lower salaries being offered in connection with
available employment, which, in turn, could result in declines in our success with placements and persistence. In
addition, adverse economic developments could adversely affect the ability or willingness of our former students to
repay student loans, which could increase our institutions’ student loan cohort default rates and require increased
time, attention, and resources to manage these defaults. Our institutions’ students are able to borrow Title IV loans
in excess of their tuition and fees. The excess is received by such students as a credit balance refund. However, if
a student withdraws, our institutions must return any unearned Title IV funds (which may include a portion of the
credit balance refund) and must seek to collect from the student any resulting amounts owed to the institution. A
protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact such students’ abilities to satisfy debts to the institution,
including debts that result from returns of unearned Title IV amounts. As a result, the amount of Title IV funds we
would have to return without repayment from our institutions’ students could increase, and our financial results
could suffer.
We may not be able to successfully manage and limit our exposure to bad debt.
We experienced an increase in bad debt in our HCN segment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.
We believe these increases in bad debt in our HCN segment have been primarily driven, in 2019, by HCN’s
implementation of an extended payment plan option and, in 2020, by increases in revenue as a result of increases
in enrollment. For more information on the extended payment plan option, see “Our Institutions—Hondros College
of Nursing—Sources of Student Financing” and “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related
Regulations / Requirements—Additional Sources of Student Payments” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report.
We have also had periods at APUS where we have experienced increases in our bad debt expense, and there is no
assurance that bad debt expense will not increase at APUS again in the future. There is no assurance that we will be
able to limit our exposure to bad debt or that steps we take to limit bad debt will be effective. Continued bad debt
increases in our HCN segment or bad debt expense increases at APUS could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.
We rely on third-party vendors whose service may be of lower quality than ours, whose responsiveness may be
less timely than ours, and whose compliance practices may increase our operational and compliance risk.
We rely on third-party vendors to provide certain services to our institutions and their students primarily related to
information technology services, our learning management system, and financial aid processing, and expect to rely
more heavily on such vendors, particularly through cloud computing services, for certain information technology
102
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
103
services in the future. While we monitor and assess the service of these vendors, it is possible that the quality of
their service and the timeliness of their responses may be less than the service and responsiveness that we or
our institutions would provide. These third-party vendors may lack adequate business continuity planning. Using
third-party vendors increases compliance risk that the vendors may not adequately protect personal information
regarding our institutions’ students and their families, or that they may not comply with applicable federal or
state regulations applicable to our institutions’ business. Further, transitioning from existing vendors or from
in-house processes to new providers or from third-party providers to in-house processes or vice versa, such as the
replacement of the open-source Sakai CLE learning management system with a commercial cloud-based system
in 2020, involves inherent risks, including the risk of significant disruptions of integral processes. In the event third-
party vendors fail to provide services, lack adequate continuity planning, or fail to provide necessary implementation
or transition services, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
If our institutions fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity
in student enrollment and financial aid, our institutions may lose the ability to participate in Title IV programs
or Department of Defense tuition assistance programs, or have participation in these programs conditioned
or limited.
Our institutions, in particular APUS, have been the target of fraudulent and abusive activity related to Title IV
program funds, as well as other fraudulent or abusive activities. We believe the risk of outside parties attempting to
perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and disbursement of Title IV program funds at APUS, including as a
result of identity theft, is heightened due to its being an exclusively online education provider and its relatively low
tuition. Our institutions must maintain systems and processes to identify and prevent fraudulent applications for
enrollment and financial aid. We cannot be certain that our institutions’ systems and processes will continue to be
adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated fraud schemes, or that we will be able to expand such systems and
processes at a pace consistent with the changing nature of these fraud schemes.
ED requires institutions that participate in Title IV programs to refer to the ED OIG credible information about fraud or
other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs, and in the past our institutions have referred to the OIG information
with respect to potential fraud by applicants and students. If the systems and processes that our institutions
have established to detect and prevent fraud are inadequate, ED may find that our institutions do not satisfy ED’s
“administrative capability” requirements. If our institutions fail to satisfy the administrative capability requirements,
ED may require the repayment of Title IV program funds, transfer our institutions from the “advance” system of
payment of Title IV program funds to heightened cash monitoring status, or to the “reimbursement” system of
payment, place our institutions on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or
to limit, suspend, or terminate our institutions’ participation in Title IV programs, which would adversely affect our
institutions’ enrollment, revenue, and results of operations. In addition, our institutions’ ability to participate in Title
IV programs and TA is conditioned on maintaining accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by ED.
Any significant failure to adequately detect fraudulent activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could
cause our institutions to fail to meet their accreditors’ standards. Furthermore, accrediting agencies that evaluate
institutions offering online programs, like APUS’s programs, must require such institutions to have processes
through which the institution establishes that a student who registers for such a program is the same student who
participates in and receives credit for the program. Failure to meet the requirements of our institutions’ accrediting
agencies could result in the loss of accreditation of one or more of our institutions, which could result in their loss of
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, TA, or both.
102
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
103
If we are unable to attract, retain, and develop management, faculty, administrators, and skilled personnel, our
business and growth prospects could be severely harmed, and changes in management could cause disruption
and uncertainty.
We must attract, retain, and develop diverse and highly qualified management, faculty, administrators, and skilled
personnel to our institutions. As we continue to grow our business, make acquisitions, and expand our geographic
scope, we need to ensure effective succession for key executive and employee roles in order to meet the growth,
development, and profitability goals of our business. Competition for hiring these individuals is intense, especially
with regard to faculty in specialized areas, and executives with relevant industry expertise. Our employee hiring
and retention may also depend on our ability to build and maintain a diverse and inclusive workplace culture that
enables our employees to thrive. While we continue to work to strengthen our management team and to attract and
retain high caliber talent, including through various human resources programs and what we believe are competitive
market compensation and benefit practices, our efforts may not be successful. For example, while we believe that
selecting well-educated and qualified faculty members is important for HCN to be able to succeed, due to COVID-19
there has been an increase in demand for nursing professionals, which has impacted our ability to recruit and retain
faculty at HCN. If we fail to attract new management, faculty, administrators, or skilled personnel or fail to retain,
develop, and motivate our existing management, faculty, administrators, and skilled personnel, our institutions and
our ability to serve our students and expand our programs, open new locations, make investments or acquisitions,
and update or enhance our technology could be severely harmed, and changes in management could disrupt our
business and cause uncertainty.
We have had a number of other executive officers retire or otherwise depart our Company over the last several
years and we continually evaluate our leadership structure. For instance, in September 2019, Angela Selden was
hired as our Chief Executive Officer, and Dr. Boston remained in the role of President of APUS pending his expected
retirement. Dr. Boston retired in August 2020 and was succeeded as President of APUS by Dr. Wade Dyke. In addition,
the loss of one or more of our key personnel could harm our business. While we have employment agreements with
our Chief Executive Officer, the President of APUS, our Chief Financial Officer, and our Chief Technology Officer, we do
not have employment agreements with other executives or personnel, and the employment agreements that we do
have do not prevent our executives from voluntarily ceasing to work for us. Our past or any future changes could lead
to strategic and operational challenges and uncertainties, distractions of management from other key initiatives,
inefficiencies, or increased costs, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flows.
Our success depends on the contributions of our approximately 2,940 employees.
Our performance largely depends on the talents, experience, and efforts of our employees, and we believe
that fostering a culture and practice of innovation, quality, communication, cooperation, honesty, and respect
is important to attracting and retaining high caliber talent. In addition, our strategic initiatives require our
management, faculty, staff, and skilled personnel to adapt and learn new skills and capabilities. Our failure to
develop and maintain a positive culture or to continue fostering the growth and development of our personnel,
including through the use of staff performance evaluation systems and processes, could have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations.
We rely on key personnel to lead with integrity. To the extent our leaders behave in a manner that is not consistent
with our values, we could experience significant impact to our brand and reputation, as well as to our culture.
We also must manage leadership development and succession planning throughout our business. To the extent
that we lose experienced personnel, it is critical that we develop other employees, hire new qualified personnel,
and successfully manage the transfer of critical knowledge. While we have processes in place for management
104
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
105
transition and the transfer of knowledge, the loss of key personnel, coupled with an inability to adequately
train other personnel, hire new personnel, or transfer knowledge, could significantly impact our business and
results of operations.
We have limited experience in making investments in other entities, and any such investments may not result
in strategic benefits for our business or could expose us to other risks.
From time to time we will consider and may pursue strategic investments. These transactions could include, among
other things, investments in, partnerships or joint ventures with other schools, service providers or education
technology related companies, among other types of entities. These types of investments involve significant
challenges and risks, including that the investment does not advance our business strategy, that we do not realize
a satisfactory return on our investment, that we acquire unknown liabilities, or that management’s attention
is diverted from our core business. These events could harm our operating results or financial condition. Any
investments in other entities may also subject us to the operating and financial risks of such entities, and we rely on
the internal controls and financial reporting controls of such entities.
We have made minority investments in entities in which we do not have sole control, which present risks in addition
to those that apply to other investments or acquisitions. These investments include our investment in a holding
company that acquired and now operates New Horizons Worldwide, Inc., or New Horizons, our investment in
preferred stock of Fidelis Education, Inc., or Fidelis Education, our investment in preferred stock of Second Avenue
Software, Inc., or Second Avenue, and our investment in preferred stock of RallyPoint, an online social network for
members of the military. We do not have the ability to control the policies, management or affairs of these entities,
and generally we would not have that ability in any minority investment in an entity. The interests of persons who
control the entities in which we have invested and may invest may differ from our interests, and they may cause such
entities to take actions that are not in our best interest, and we may become involved in disputes with such persons.
Our inability to control entities in which we make minority investments could negatively affect our ability to realize
the strategic benefits of those investments.
We have made these minority investments to realize strategic benefits for our business, rather than to generate
income or capital gains from these investments, and we may make future minority investments for similar purposes.
We cannot ensure that we will realize any strategic benefits from these investments in the near-term or at all.
To the extent that the strategic benefits of any investment are not timely realized, or the investment otherwise
underperforms, we may wish to dispose of the investment. Because our interests in entities in which we have made
minority investments, such as New Horizons, Fidelis Education, Second Avenue, and RallyPoint are highly illiquid
and not traded in any public market, we may not be able to timely dispose of these interests or may have to sell at
less than our carrying value. Further, should the value of these investments become impaired, we may be required to
reduce the carrying value of these investments. For example, we recorded a non-cash, pretax impairment charge of
$0.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, to reduce the carrying value of certain minority investments
to their fair value.
Our inability to dispose of our interest in such an entity, or a reduction in the carrying value of such an entity on our
books, would negatively affect our operating results.
Our limited ability to obtain exclusive proprietary rights and protect our intellectual property, as well as disputes
we may encounter from time to time with third parties regarding our use of their intellectual property, could
harm our operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of business, our institutions develop intellectual property of many kinds that is or will be the
subject of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, domain names, agreements, and other registrations. Our
104
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
105
institutions rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members
and other third-party content experts.
We cannot ensure that any measures we and our institutions take to protect our intellectual property or obtain rights
to the intellectual property of others will be adequate, or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate
protections for all of our institutions’ proprietary rights in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, or that third
parties will not infringe upon or violate the proprietary rights of our institutions. Despite our efforts to protect these
rights, third parties may attempt to develop competing programs or copy aspects of our institutions’ curriculum,
online resource material, quality management, and other proprietary content. Any such attempt, if successful, could
adversely affect our institutions’ business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights can be difficult,
particularly as it relates to the development by our institutions’ competitors of competing courses and programs.
Our institutions may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual
property and may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against our institutions alleging
an infringement or violation of their intellectual property. Some third-party intellectual property rights may be
extremely broad, and it may not be possible for our institutions to conduct operations in such a way as to avoid
disputes regarding those intellectual property rights. Any such dispute could subject our institutions to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of
whether that dispute has merit. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and
our institutions may be required to alter the content of their courses or pay monetary damages, which may be
significant.
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of course materials posted online for
course discussions.
In some instances, our institutions’ faculty members or students may post various articles or other third-party
content online in course discussion boards or in other venues. The laws governing the fair use of these third-party
materials are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, which makes it challenging to adopt and implement
appropriately balanced institutional policies governing these practices. We and our institutions may incur liability
for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online. Third parties may raise claims against
us and our institutions for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us and our
institutions to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on financial resources and management personnel
regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our institutions’ faculty members or students could also post classified
material on course discussion boards, which could expose us to civil and criminal liability and harm our institutions’
reputations and relationships with members of the military and government. Our insurance may not cover potential
claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to pay monetary damages and our institutions may
be required to alter the content of their courses.
We may have unanticipated tax liabilities that could adversely impact our results of operations and
financial condition.
We and our institutions are subject to multiple types of taxes in the U.S. and may be subject to taxation in the future
in various foreign jurisdictions. The determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax accruals involves
various estimates and judgments, and therefore the ultimate tax determination is subject to uncertainty. In addition,
changes in tax laws, regulations, or rules, or application of state sales, use, and excise taxes, may adversely affect our
future reported financial results, may impact the way in which we conduct our business, or may increase the risk of
audit by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authorities. Although we believe our tax accruals are reasonable,
the final determination of tax returns under review or returns that may be reviewed in the future and any related
litigation could result in tax liabilities that materially differ from our historical income tax provisions and accruals.
106
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
107
In addition, an increasing number of states are adopting new laws or changing their interpretation of existing laws
regarding the apportionment factors used for state corporate income tax purposes in a manner that could result in
a larger proportion of our income being taxed by the states in which we are required to file state tax returns. These
legislative and administrative changes could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
We rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our operating
subsidiaries to meet our obligations and to fund acquisitions and certain investments.
We rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our operating
subsidiaries to meet our obligations and to fund acquisitions and certain investments and generate all of our
operating income through our subsidiaries. As a result, we rely on dividends and other payments or distributions
from our operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations and to fund acquisitions and investments. The ability of
our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make distributions or other payments to us depends on their
respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their respective jurisdictions
of organization, regulatory requirements such as obligations to maintain certain restricted cash or post letters of
credit, accreditation requirements, agreements entered into by those operating subsidiaries, and the covenants of
any future obligations that we or our subsidiaries may incur. For example, due to financial performance, HCN has not
paid a dividend to APEI since January 2019.
Legal proceedings, particularly class action lawsuits, may require human and financial resources, distract our
management, and negatively affect our reputation and operating results.
From time to time, we and our institutions have been and may be involved in various legal proceedings. In recent
years, we have observed an increase in litigation brought against for-profit schools, including class actions brought
by students and prospective students based on alleged misrepresentations about a school’s programs, an increase in
“qui tam” lawsuits, and investigations by state attorneys general into for-profit postsecondary education institutions,
which are described above under the heading “Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry.” For example, in
November 2013, a putative class action was brought against HCN relating to a time period prior to our ownership. The
lawsuit asserted claims for fraud and fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, breach of implied-in-fact
contract, promissory estoppel, unjust enrichment, and violation of the Ohio Consumer Sales Practices Act. While HCN
admitted to no wrongdoing in the eventual settlement agreement and the case was dismissed with prejudice after the
payment of a de minimis settlement, in December 2015, ED sent HCN a letter informing HCN that ED had determined
to fine HCN $27,500 based on ED’s finding that HCN had substantially misrepresented its programmatic accreditation
status during a time period prior to our ownership of HCN. HCN informed ED in a letter that it disagreed with ED’s
findings but would pay the fine in order to resolve promptly the matter and to enable ED to finalize its review of the
application for a change in ownership. In the future, not all claims may be as easily resolved. The significant human
and financial resources required to investigate and respond to claims brought in any future litigation may distract
management’s attention from operating our business or lead to larger payments or liabilities, including adverse
regulatory action, and, as a result, negatively affect our operating results.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE
We need to continue to expend time, money and resources our institutions’ information technology, which may
place a strain on our capacity that could adversely affect our systems, controls, and operating efficiency, and
those of our institutions.
We need to invest capital, time, and resources to update our institutions’ information technology, including our
student-facing systems, in response to competitive pressures in the marketplace, including data analytics, artificial
intelligence, interactive and immersive user and learning experience technologies such as those that leverage virtual
106
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
107
and augmented reality, multi-channel customer engagement, and robotic process automation, to update or replace
older systems, and to enhance functionality. We incurred approximately $2.1 million and $5.6 million during 2019
and 2020 to evaluate and invest in replacements or upgrades to our information technology systems, including our
learning management and customer relationship management systems, and to inform the scope and duration of our
larger overall information technology transformation program. We also anticipate spending between approximately
$4.0 million and $5.0 million in 2021, focusing on specific information technology projects, including the completion
of the customer relationship management system. We expect to make similar expenditures in future years. We may
have to make investments to integrate the technology systems of Rasmussen University and would likely also have
to make investments to integrate the technology systems of any business we may acquire in the future. Our efforts
to improve our information technology systems may not be successful, may cost more than expected, may increase
our level of spending, not all of which can be capitalized, or may otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.
We may also be unable to address all of the initiatives that we would like to pursue or find that the number of projects
we are working on impacts our ability to adequately address critical areas. As a result of unsuccessful development
efforts, or as a result of replacing outdated technology, software or other technology related assets, we may have
assets that become impaired. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a pretax, non-
cash charge of $5.1 million in long-lived assets, primarily consisting of a loss that resulted from the abandonment
of development of a new student course registration system. We will continue to evaluate our Partnership At a
DistanceTM, or PAD, customized student information and services system for possible changes and upgrades and
anticipate that we will eventually make significant changes to that system, as well.
If we are unable to increase the capacity of our institutions’ technology resources or update their resources
appropriately, their ability to handle future growth, to attract or retain students, and our financial condition and
results of operations could be adversely affected. Similarly, even if we are able to increase the capacity of our
institutions’ resources and update their resources appropriately, our financial condition and results of operations
could be adversely affected by an increased level of spending.
Significant system disruptions to our online computer networks, technology infrastructure, or online classroom
infrastructure, or to the networks, infrastructure and systems of third parties, could negatively impact our ability
to generate revenue and could damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of our and our institutions’ networks and technology infrastructure, including those
of third parties systems we use or rely on, is critical to our institutions’ reputation and ability to attract and retain
students. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could interrupt our
or our institutions’ ability to operate and could result in the unavailability of APUS’ online classrooms, preventing
students from accessing their courses and adversely affecting our results of operations. In addition, our institutions’
technology infrastructure, and the technology infrastructure of our third-party vendors, could be vulnerable to
interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, cyber-attacks, terrorist
activities, and telecommunications failures.
The proprietary information systems and processes at APUS that we refer to as Partnership at a DistanceTM, or PAD,
have been predominantly developed in-house, with limited support from outside vendors. To the extent that we
have utilized third-party vendors to provide certain software products for our systems, we have generally needed
to integrate those products into, and ensure that they function with, PAD. We continuously work on upgrades to
PAD, and our employees devote substantial time to its development and to the successful integration of third-party
products into PAD. To the extent that we face system disruptions, malfunctions or vulnerabilities with PAD or the
failure of PAD to meet internal or industry standards, or lose employees with experience on our systems, we may not
have the capacity to address such disruptions, malfunctions, vulnerabilities, or failures or to continue to administer
108
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
109
or make adequate modifications to PAD with our internal resources, and we may not be able to identify outside
contractors with expertise relevant to our custom system.
We also use third-party services such as cloud computing and software-as-a-service for certain aspects of our
operations and are reliant on the capabilities of vendors for such functions. We migrated to a cloud-based learning
management system in 2020 and expect to increasingly rely on cloud computing and software-as-a-service providers
for our information technology operations in the future, such as through the continued implementation of a cloud-
based customer relationship management system. Cloud computing and third-party service providers may take
actions beyond our control that could adversely affect our access to the provider’s service, including discontinuing or
limiting our access to its platform or modifying or interpreting its terms of service or other policies in a manner that
impacts our ability to run our business and operations. In addition, any transition of cloud computing and third-party
services that we use to another vendor could be difficult to implement and cause us to incur significant time and
expense. Any significant downtime or other interruption or disruption of these services could adversely impact our
operations and our business.
Any significant interruption in the operation of our institutions’ data centers or server rooms or those of our third-
party service providers could cause a loss of data. Even with redundancy, a significant interruption in the operation
of these facilities or the loss of institutional and operational data due to a natural disaster, fire, power interruption,
act of terrorism, or another unanticipated catastrophic event may not be preventable. Any significant interruption
in the operation of these facilities, including an interruption caused by the failure to successfully expand or
upgrade systems, or to manage transitions and implementations, could reduce the ability to manage network and
technological infrastructure, which could adversely affect our institutions’ operations and reputations. Additionally,
our institutions do not necessarily control the operation of the facilities hosting our technology infrastructure and
may be required to rely on other parties to provide physical security, facilities management, and communications
infrastructure services. If any third-party vendors encounter financial difficulty such as bankruptcy or other events
beyond our control that causes them to fail to adequately secure and maintain their facilities or provide necessary
connectivity or capacity, our institutions and their students may experience interruptions in service or the loss or
theft of important data, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
Data security breaches and cyber-attacks could compromise sensitive information and cause system disruptions
and significant damage to our business and reputation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we maintain on our network systems, and on the networks of our third-party
providers, certain information that is confidential, proprietary, personal (such as student information), or otherwise
sensitive in nature, including financial information and confidential business information. Our computer networks,
and the networks of our third-party vendors, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access or disruptions by computer
hackers, phishing, ransom-ware, computer viruses, denial of service attacks, malicious social engineering and other
security attacks or security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential
or proprietary information or personal information about our students or employees or could cause interruptions or
malfunctions in operations. Our systems and the systems maintained by our third-party providers have previously
been subject to attempts to gain unauthorized access, breaches and other system disruptions and may in the future
be subject to similar incidents. In some cases, it is difficult to anticipate or to detect immediately such incidents, the
scope of such incidents and the damage caused thereby, and we may not yet be aware of the scope of and damage
caused by prior incidents. If we or third parties with access to our systems, or to our proprietary information or
personal information about our students or employees, experience security breaches in the future or as a result
of past breaches that we or third parties have experienced, we may be required to expend significant resources to
protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches, which could
include litigation brought by affected individuals or other parties, the impositions of penalties, disruption to our
108
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
109
operations, and damage to our reputation. Our planned increased use and reliance on cloud computing could expose
us to additional risks. While our contractual arrangements with cloud computing vendors provide for the protection
of information, we cannot control these vendors or their systems and cannot guarantee that a data security or
privacy breach of their systems will not occur in the future.
We use external vendors to perform security assessments on a periodic basis to review and assess our information
security. We utilize this information to audit ourselves to ensure that we are adequately monitoring the security
of our technology infrastructure and to assess whether to prioritize the allocation of scarce resources to protect
data and systems. However, we cannot ensure that these security assessments and audits will result in the
protection of our computer networks against the threat of security breaches. Similarly, although we require our
third-party vendors to maintain a level of security that is acceptable to us and work closely with our third-party
vendors to address potential and actual security concerns and attacks, we cannot ensure that we and our systems
and proprietary information or personal information about our students or employees will be protected against
the threat of security attacks on our third-party vendors that affect our systems or such information. System
disruptions and security breaches to our online computer networks, technology infrastructure, or online classroom
infrastructure, or to the networks, infrastructures and systems of third parties could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition.
We face an ever-increasing number of threats to our computer systems, including unauthorized activity and
access, malicious penetration, system viruses, ransomware, phishing and other malicious code and cyber-attacks,
including individual or organized cyber-attacks, which could breach our security and disrupt our systems. These
risks increase when we make changes to our information technology systems or implement new ones. Our size
makes us a prominent target for hacking and other cyber-attacks within the education industry. From time to time
we experience security events and incidents, and these reflect an increasing level of malicious sophistication,
organization, and innovation. We have devoted and will continue to devote significant resources to the security of
our computer systems, but they may still be vulnerable to these threats and may subsequently be deemed to have
been inadequate by regulators or courts. The lack of prescriptive measures in data security and cybersecurity laws
could contribute to any such regulator or court findings. An organization or individual who circumvents computer
system security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in
operations, perhaps over an extended period of time prior to detection. As a result, we may be required to expend
significant additional resources to protect against the threat of or alleviate problems caused by these system
disruptions and security breaches. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business and
financial condition. Although we maintain insurance in respect of these types of events, there is no assurance that
available insurance proceeds would be adequate to compensate us for damages sustained due to these events.
The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss that could adversely affect
our reputation and operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our institutions’ operations subjects us to risks and costs that could
harm our business. Our institutions or, in some cases, certain third-party vendors hired by our institutions, collect,
use, and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our students and their families, including social
security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data and student academic records. Our
institutions also collect and maintain personal information of employees in the ordinary course of our business.
Some of this personal information is held and managed by certain third-party vendors, including our third-party
servicers and information technology vendors. Although our institutions use security and business controls to
limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business
controls, which could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use, or
transmission of personal information, errors with our systems or networks, or intentional or unintentional misuse
110
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
111
or loss of personal information could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. Possession and use of
personal information in our institutions’ operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that
could restrict the use of personal information and require notification of data breaches. We cannot guarantee that
a breach, loss, theft, or misuse of personal information will not occur. A violation of any laws or regulations relating
to the collection, use, or security of personal information could result in the imposition of fines or lawsuits against
us or our institutions. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat
of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Given the evolving nature of security
threats and evolving safeguards, we cannot be sure that our chosen safeguards will protect against security threats
to our systems, data, and business. Even security measures that are appropriate, reasonable, or in accordance with
applicable legal requirements may not be able to protect the information we maintain. A breach, theft, or loss of
personal information regarding our institutions’ students and their families or our institutions’ employees or other
data that is held by our institutions or third-party vendors could have a material adverse effect on our institutions’
reputations and results of operations and result in legal actions by regulators, state attorneys general, and private
litigants, any of which actions could divert management’s attention and have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Failure to comply with privacy laws or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.
Various federal, state, and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and
security of student and consumer data. These laws could be applied in a manner that results in costs, the imposition
of fines and operational conditions on our business. For example, if an institution fails to comply with FERPA, ED
may require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title
IV programs. Failure to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements may result in FTC enforcement, which could
include the imposition of conditions, penalties, monitoring, and oversight. In addition, this area of the law is evolving,
and interpretations of applicable laws and regulations differ. In addition, in the U.S. Congress and many state
legislatures are considering legislation relating to privacy and security of personal information as are other countries.
These evolving laws and interpretations are difficult to predict and could impact our business. Legislative activity in
the privacy area may result in new laws that are relevant to us and the operations of our institutions, for example,
restricting use or sharing of consumer data, including for marketing or advertising, and may lead to increases in
the cost of compliance. For example, the CCPA and related regulations took effect in 2020, impose new disclosure
obligations for businesses that collect personal information about California residents, afford those individuals new
rights relating to their personal information that may affect our ability to use personal information, provide for the
prospect of penalties and provide a private right to action for certain data breaches. In addition, our institutions may
be subject to the GDPR, which contains a number of requirements that may apply when they collect or otherwise
handle personal information about individuals in the EU. These laws’ applicability to us could result in substantial
compliance costs or liabilities. The GDPR came into effect in May 2018, but enforcement priorities and interpretation
of certain provisions remain unclear. Non-compliance with the GDPR could result in a fine for certain activities of
up to 20 million Euros or 4% of an organization’s global annual revenue, whichever is higher, per violation. Claims
of failure to comply with our institutions’ privacy policies or applicable laws or regulations could form the basis of
governmental or private-party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause damage to our institutions’
reputation and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. The enactment of laws similar to the GDPR
or CCPA, or any future changes in such laws or additional restrictions and laws, could result in significant costs and
require us to change some of our business practices.
110
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
111
Government regulations relating to the internet could increase our cost of doing business and affect our
ability to grow.
Government regulations relating to the internet could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability
to grow. The increasing reliance on and use of the internet and other online services has led and may continue
to lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign countries and to new
interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as
online privacy, cybersecurity, internet neutrality, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business
practices, and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be
licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location. New laws, regulations or interpretations
related to doing business over the internet could increase our costs of compliance or doing business and materially
affect our institutions’ ability to offer online courses, which would have a material effect on our business and
financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO OWNING OUR COMMON STOCK
The price of our common stock may be volatile, and as a result returns on an investment in our common stock
may be volatile.
Our stock has had relatively limited public float, and trading in our common stock has also been limited and, at
times, volatile. An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, and the trading price of our
common stock may fluctuate substantially.
The price of our common stock may fluctuate as a result of some or all of the following:
• price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
• significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;
• actual or anticipated changes in our earnings, our institutions’ net course registrations or enrollments, or
fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;
• the actual, anticipated or perceived impact of changes in the political environment, government policies, laws and
regulations, or similar changes made by accrediting bodies;
• the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock;
• general economic conditions and trends;
• catastrophic events;
• purchases or sales of large blocks of our stock;
• recruitment or departure of key personnel; or
• actions of others in our industry.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action
litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we
may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and
monetary damages and could divert management’s attention and resources from our business.
112
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
113
Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our
common stock.
Our quarterly results fluctuate and, therefore, the results in any quarter may not represent the results we may
achieve in any subsequent quarter or full year. Our revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of
seasonal or other variations in our institutions’ enrollments and associated expenses. The student population at our
institutions varies as a result of new enrollments, graduations, student attrition, increased military operations and
deployments, the success of our marketing programs, and other reasons that we cannot always anticipate. We expect
quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns at our institutions
and related fluctuations in expenses. These fluctuations may result in volatility in our results of operations, have an
adverse effect on the market price of our common stock, or both.
If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research or reports about our business, or if they
issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price or trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities
analysts publish about us or our business. We previously were covered by more analysts, but we currently only have
limited research coverage by analysts, which makes it more difficult to attract interest from investors. Furthermore,
if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business, or our stock
performance, or if our performance does not meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline.
If one or more of the analysts covering us cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose
visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Provisions in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may prevent takeover
attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions in our charter and bylaws and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may make it difficult and
expensive for a third party to pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change of control of our Company would
be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. These provisions include:
• the ability of our Board of Directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and
to fix the powers, preferences, and rights of each series without stockholder approval, which may discourage
unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our Company;
• a requirement that stockholders provide advance notice of their intention to nominate a director or to propose any
other business at an annual meeting of stockholders;
• a prohibition against stockholder action by means of written consent unless otherwise approved by our Board of
Directors in advance; and
• Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and
other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their
affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
112
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
113
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
American Public Education, Inc., or APEI, and American Public University System, Inc., or APUS, together operate
administrative facilities in Charles Town, West Virginia, Manassas, Virginia, and Baltimore, Maryland, which are
within an approximate one-hour drive of one another and are located within the Baltimore-Washington metropolitan
area. The corporate headquarters and administrative offices are located in Charles Town and consist of nine owned
facilities totaling approximately 227,000 square feet. Also in Charles Town, APUS owns two and a half acres of land
earmarked for future development. APUS’s student services, graduation, and marketing operations are located in
25,000 square feet of leased space in Manassas under a lease, originally scheduled to expire in June 2023. In August
2020, APUS exercised its early termination right pursuant to the lease, modifying the term of the lease to expire in
June 2021. APEI’s administrative offices also include approximately 3,000 square feet of leased space in Baltimore,
Maryland under a lease that expires in 2022.
Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, has five campuses in Ohio, which are located in the suburban areas of Cincinnati
(West Chester), Cleveland (Independence), Columbus (Westerville), Dayton (Fairborn), and Toledo (Maumee), and an
administrative office located in suburban Columbus. In addition, in May 2019, HCN entered into a lease agreement
for a new campus location in Indianapolis, Indiana, which opened in April 2020. These campuses and administrative
office include a total of ten leased facilities with approximately 142,300 square feet combined. The facilities are
primarily used for instructional activities. HCN’s corporate offices are located at an administrative facility near the
Westerville campus with additional offices at the Westerville campus. Lease terms and extension options vary by
facility, with expiration dates ranging from 2023 to 2029.
In December 2020 HCN entered into a lease agreement for a new campus location in Akron, Ohio. The lease term
begins in April 2021 for an 87-month period expiring in June 2028, with four additional optional five-year renewal
terms. The total value of the minimum rental payments for the initial term of the lease is approximately $2.5 million.
We believe our existing facilities are in good operating condition and are adequate and suitable for the conduct of our
business.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we have been and may be involved in various legal proceedings. We currently have no material
legal proceedings pending.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
114
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
115
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY,
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET INFORMATION
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “APEI.”
HOLDERS
As of March 5, 2021, there were approximately 447 holders of record of our common stock.
DIVIDENDS
We have not historically paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of any dividends in the future will be at the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, earnings,
capital requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by
our Board.
114
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
115
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph below matches the cumulative five-year total return of holders of American Public Education, Inc.’s
common stock with the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index, the NASDAQ Composite index and a
customized peer group of five companies that includes: Adtalem Global Education Inc., Grand Canyon Education Inc.,
Perdoceo Education Corp (formerly known as Career Education Corporation), Strategic Education Inc., and Zovio,
Inc. (formally known as Bridgepoint Education, Inc.). The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our
common stock, in each index, and in the peer group (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on December 31,
2015 and tracks the value of those investments, respectively, through December 31, 2020.
Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return*
Among American Public Education, Inc., the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ Composite Index and a Peer Group
$300
$250
$200
$150
$100
$50
$0
12/15
12/16
12/17
12/18
12/19
12/20
American Public Education, Inc.
S&P 500
NASDAQ Composite
Peer Group
*$100 invested on 12/31/15 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
Copyright© 2021 Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved.
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2016
December 31,
2017
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2020
APEI
S&P 500
NASDAQ Composite
Peer Group
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
131.92
111.96
108.87
143.13
134.61
136.40
141.13
191.99
152.93
130.42
137.12
210.12
147.18
171.49
187.44
222.60
163.78
203.04
271.64
186.09
The stock price performance included in the graph and table above is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
None.
116
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
117
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
On May 2, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $35.0 million of shares of our common
stock, and on December 5, 2019, our Board approved an additional authorization to repurchase up to $25.0 million
of shares of our common stock. Subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors,
the repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The
authorization does not obligate us to acquire any shares, and purchases may be commenced or suspended at any
time based on market conditions and other factors as we deem appropriate.
As of December 31, 2020, approximately $8.4 million remained in the current purchase authorization.
The following table presents our share repurchases during the quarter ended December 31, 2020. For additional
information regarding our share repurchases please refer to “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity—Repurchase.”
Period
Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average
Price Paid
per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(1)
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs(2)(3)
October 1, 2020–October 31, 2020
November 1, 2020–November 30, 2020
December 1, 2020–December 31, 2020
Total
—
—
—
—
$—
—
—
$—
—
—
—
—
331,841
331,841
331,841
331,841
$8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
$8,396,734
(1) On December 9, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for our common stock, under which we could annually
purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in that year under our equity incentive and stock purchase plans.
Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing market prices or in privately negotiated transactions based
on business and market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any shares, may be suspended or
discontinued at any time, and is funded using our available cash.
(2) On May 2, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $35.0 million of shares of our common stock, and on December 5, 2019,
our Board approved an additional authorization of up to $25.0 million of shares. We may purchase shares at management’s discretion in the
open market, in privately negotiated transactions, in transactions structured through investment banking institutions, or a combination of the
foregoing. We may also, from time to time, enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans to facilitate repurchases of shares under this authorization. The amount
and timing of repurchases are subject to a variety of factors, including liquidity, cash flow, stock price and general business and market conditions.
We have no obligation to repurchase shares and may modify, suspend or discontinue the repurchase program at any time. The authorization
under this program is in addition to our repurchase program under which we may annually purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued
or deemed issued in that year under our equity incentive and stock purchase plan.
(3) During the three month period ended December 31, 2020, no shares of common stock were deemed to have been repurchased for common stock
forfeited by employees to satisfy minimum tax-withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock grants.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Intentionally omitted.
116
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
117
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes
included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on
management’s current expectations, estimates, and projections about our business and operations, and involves
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in
such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors,”
“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.
OVERVIEW
American Public Education, Inc., or APEI, is a provider of online and campus-based postsecondary education to
approximately 92,500 students. We provide online postsecondary education primarily directed at the needs of the
military, military-affiliated, public service, and service-minded communities through the American Public University
System, or APUS, that includes two brands: American Military University, or AMU, and American Public University,
or APU. APUS is institutionally accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, or HLC, a regional accrediting
agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, or ED. We provide blended online and on-campus nursing
education to students in Ohio and Indiana, through National Education Seminars, Inc., which we refer to as Hondros
College of Nursing, or HCN. HCN is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools,
or ABHES. Additional information regarding our subsidiary institutions and their regulation is included in the
“Business—Company Overview” and “Business—Regulatory Environment” sections of this Annual Report.
Our revenue is largely driven by the number of students enrolled at our institutions, the number of and types of
courses that they take, student payor source, and the mix of programs that students are attending. Our consolidated
revenue in 2020 was $321.8 million, representing a $35.5 million, or 12.4%, increase from $286.3 million in 2019. Our
consolidated revenue in 2019 was $286.3 million, representing an $11.4 million, or 3.8%, decrease from $297.7 million
in 2018. The 2020 revenue increase was primarily due to an increase in net course registrations at APUS and an
increase in student enrollment at HCN during that period. The increase in net course registrations at APUS was due to
an increase in registrations from military students utilizing Department of Defense, or DoD tuition assistance, or TA,
which is at a lower revenue per net course registration than other funding sources. Net course registrations represent
the total number of courses in which students remain enrolled after the date by which they may drop a course
without financial penalty. We believe the increase was due in part to the launch of the Freedom Grant in January
2020, which offers a tuition reduction and free course materials for active duty military pursuing graduate degrees,
an increase in marketing spend as compared to the prior year, and may also have been due to the impact of the novel
coronavirus COVID-19 pandemic. We believe that the increase in new student enrollment at HCN was due in part to an
increase in demand for nursing education, a change in the competitive environment due to COVID-19, an increase in
marketing expenditures as compared to prior year, the continued impact of new initiatives implemented in 2019 such
as the Direct Entry ADN Program, and the implementation of the institutional affordability grant in the first quarter of
2020. The 2019 revenue decrease was due to a decrease in net course registrations at APUS and a decline in student
enrollment at HCN.
Our operations are organized into two reporting segments:
• American Public Education Segment, or APEI Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of
APUS, other corporate activities, and minority investments.
• Hondros College of Nursing Segment, or HCN Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of HCN.
118
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
119
Financial information regarding each of our reportable segments is reported in this Annual Report in the sections
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations—Operating Results by Reportable Segment Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year
Ended December 31, 2019.”
For a discussion of the financial results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, refer to Part II, Item 7 of our 2019 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 10,
2020 which discussion is incorporated herein by reference and which is available free of charge on the SECs website
at www.sec.gov.
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus COVID-19 a global pandemic
and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. In March 2020, in response to the pandemic,
we implemented our business continuity plan and employees transitioned to a remote workforce at APEI and
APUS. HCN, leveraging the expertise of APUS, temporarily closed all its campuses and then shifted to a blended
model with online delivery of its courses and on-campus delivery of certain labs. HCN later fully reopened its
campuses, using smaller in person classes with screening, social distancing, and masking requirements while
continuing to offer courses in a virtual setting for those that prefer remote course learning, and then reverted
to online courses and limited on-campus labs in November 2020 following spikes in COVID-19 cases. There
can be no assurance that these and other protective measures we have implemented or may put in place will
be successful in preventing cases of COVID-19 among our employees and students, when on-campus courses
will resume more broadly or to what degree, or that thereafter HCN will not need to again further limit campus
interactions or close its campuses.
The pandemic did not materially adversely impact our results of operations during the year ended December 31,
2020. However, the duration and intensity of the outbreak, and therefore any future impact is uncertain. For example,
in October 2020, HCN began temporarily expanding certain campuses through short-term leases of additional space
to be used as lab space in order to accommodate student demand in compliance with COVID-related public health
measures that effectively limit the number of students in each lab class. While not yet quantifiable, ongoing impacts
may cause a disruption of educational services provided to our students, cause a disruption in revenue, lead to
increased absenteeism in our workforce, increase costs for HCN to continue to deliver courses in person and online,
be considered a triggering event to evaluate the value of HCN goodwill, lead to an impairment of APEI investments,
impact the recoverability of receivables, and lead to an increase in bad debt expense and cohort default rates,
among other impacts. For more information on the potential risks related to COVID-19, please refer to the section
entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.
Rasmussen Acquisition. On October 28, 2020, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Rasmussen
University, a nursing- and health sciences-focused institution serving over 18,000 students at its 24 campuses
across six states and online, which we refer to as the Rasmussen Acquisition. Pursuant to the terms of a Membership
Interest Purchase Agreement, or the Rasmussen Agreement, we agreed to purchase from FAH Education, LLC all
of the units of membership interests in Rasmussen LLC, Rasmussen University’s parent company, for $300 million
in cash and $29 million in shares of a new series of non-voting preferred stock to be issued at the closing of the
Rasmussen Acquisition (or, at our election, up to an additional $29 million in cash in lieu thereof), subject to
customary adjustments, including for net working capital, cash and debt of the acquired companies. The Rasmussen
Acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of 2021, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of closing conditions
that include, among others, regulatory review by ED, approval by the HLC, and approval by or notices to other
regulatory and accrediting bodies. We are relying on the availability of financing under a commitment letter for
debt financing, or alternative financing, to fund a portion of the purchase price for the Rasmussen Acquisition.
118
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
119
For more information on the Rasmussen Acquisition, see “Business—Company Overview,” “Business—Regulatory
Environment—Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations—Rasmussen Acquisition Regulatory Review,” and
“Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Student Body. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 61% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in
the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment, and as a result APUS is particularly reliant on TA and the
DoD’s budget. At APUS, active duty military students generally take fewer courses per year on average than non-
military students and have a lower revenue per net course registration than other funding sources. A significant
portion of APUS’s enrollments is also attributable to students using Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA,
education benefits and funds from ED’s Title IV financial aid programs, or Title IV programs. HCN students generally
attend classes at physical campuses, except as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and use Title IV
program funds.
In recent years at APUS, and at HCN during 2019, we experienced declines in student enrollments. At the same time,
we experienced increases in our operating costs as we provide new, and more costly, services to our students. We
attribute these enrollment declines and operating cost increases, in part, to increased competition, changes in our
marketing approach, investments in technology modernization, changes to our admissions processes at APUS,
and changes in admissions and academic achievement requirements at HCN, among other factors. We believe
that in order to continue to attract and retain qualified students our institutions need to continuously update and
expand the content of their existing programs and develop new programs, specializations and modes of teaching,
faculty engagement initiatives, and co-curricular initiatives that may require obtaining appropriate federal, state,
and accrediting approvals, incur marketing expenses, make investments in management and capital expenditures,
including technology-related expenditures, and reallocate other resources. Initiatives to attract and retain qualified
students and control the growth of expenditures require significant time, energy, and resources, and if our efforts are
not successful, our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition may be adversely impacted. For more
information about the risks related to these challenges please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Attracting and
Retaining Students.”
Increased Costs and Expenses; Our Initiatives. Our costs and expenses have increased over time due in part to
increased marketing expenditures, the addition of new HCN campuses located in Indianapolis, Indiana, which opened
in April 2020, and Akron, Ohio, which is expected to open in April 2021, as well as the changing needs of our students
including costs for technology required to support students at APUS. In addition, in 2020 we continued to incur
expenses to evaluate and invest in replacements and upgrades to our information technology systems, including
replacements of our learning management and our customer relationship management systems, and to inform the
scope and duration of our larger overall information technology transformation program in our APEI Segment.
Our revenue may decline, and our costs and expenses may increase, as our institutions adjust to changes in their
student composition, undertake initiatives to improve the learning experience, and attract students who are more
likely to persist in their programs. Additional initiatives that we implement that may increase costs and expenses or
adversely affect our revenue may include the following:
• altering our institutions’ marketing programs to target the appropriate prospective students;
• investments in technology related to our overall information technology transformation program;
• further changes to admissions standards and requirements;
• updates to the admissions process and procedures;
• implementing more stringent satisfactory academic progress standards;
120
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
121
• changing tuition costs and payment options;
• changing fund disbursement methods; and
• implementing alternative learning delivery methods.
Our Board of Directors approved an increase in marketing expenditures for 2020 primarily in support of a planned new
advertising campaign focusing on affordability and return on investment for learners. As a result of these increased
expenses, selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of revenue increased in 2020 as compared to 2019.
Information technology systems are an essential part of the APUS student experience and our business operations.
Pursuant to the shared services model discussed in “Business—Company Overview—Reporting Segments” above,
we now provide information technology services to APUS and HCN through APEI. Prior to 2019, APUS had managed
its own information technology infrastructure and services and provided information technology services to HCN
through an intercompany arrangement. We believe we will need to continue, and potentially increase, our investment
of time and money in technology operations and enhancements to support our systems and mission, and evaluate
when it is appropriate to make significant changes, modifications, or upgrades. We believe we will need to continue
to make investments in information technology in response to competitive pressures in the marketplace, including
increased demands for interactive solutions and access from multiple platforms, and to update older systems and
to enhance functionality. We also expect operating and capital expenditures to increase in future periods as we
accelerate the investment in and refreshment of our information technology systems.
Changes and upgrades to our information technology systems may result in us incurring significant costs, including
in the short term, and carry risk to our operations and financial results. For example, in 2019 and 2020, we incurred
approximately $2.1 million and $5.6 million, to evaluate and invest in replacements and upgrades to our information
technology systems, including replacements of our learning management and customer relationship management
systems and to inform the scope and duration of our larger overall information technology transformation program.
We anticipate spending between $4.0 million and $5.0 million in 2021. These types of changes are not without
risk to our operations and financial results. Our investments in information technology systems will result in an
increased level of spending. Not all of our information technology spending can be capitalized, and our investments
may cost more than expected or fail to be successful. Furthermore, as a result of unsuccessful development efforts,
or a result of replacing outdated technology, software or other technology related assets, we may have assets that
become impaired.
Implementation of Shared Services Model. Beginning in 2016, we began to invest capital and human resources
in the transition and planned implementation of the shared services model pursuant to which APEI provides
services to APUS and HCN that were previously handled directly within APUS and HCN, as well as in changes to our
systems and training of employees, among other things. In November 2018, HLC approved APUS’s application for
a change in structure related to APUS’s proposal to enter into a shared services model with APEI and we entered
into an intercompany agreement to implement the shared services model effective January 1, 2019. During 2020,
we expanded the use of our shared services model and APUS now provides additional services to HCN. As with
any operational change, the implementation of the shared services model could lead to strategic and operational
challenges, distractions of management from other key initiatives, inefficiencies or increased costs, any of which
could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
HCN Accreditation. HCN is institutionally accredited by ABHES, a national accrediting agency recognized by ED. For
the reporting year ended June 30, 2018, several HCN programs did not satisfy ABHES’s threshold requirements for
retention rates or placement rates and, for the reporting year ended June 30, 2019, each of HCN’s programs at each of
HCN’s campuses satisfied ABHES’s placement rate requirements but failed to satisfy ABHES’s threshold requirements
for retention rates. In February 2020, as described more fully in “Regulatory Environment—Accreditation,” ABHES
120
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
121
notified HCN that it had taken actions with respect to certain HCN programs at certain campuses related to those
programs’ performance in relation to ABHES student achievement indicators and directed HCN in a number of those
cases to demonstrate by a certain date that those programs meet the applicable threshold requirements. For the
reporting year July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, HCN’s programs satisfied ABHES’s threshold requirements for
retention rate, placement rate, and mandatory licensure and credentialing examination pass rates. However, there
can be no assurance that HCN will be able to continue to demonstrate compliance in all cases. If HCN is unable to
maintain compliance during any timeframe established by ABHES, unless such timeframe is extended for good
cause, ABHES may take other action, up to and including withdrawing accreditation for those programs.
On August 12, 2020, ABHES requested that HCN provide ABHES with a financial improvement plan that details HCN’s
financial objectives, outlines HCN’s financial improvement plans, including a specific timeline, and addresses the
net loss for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. The plan was timely submitted to ABHES. ABHES has taken no
additional action regarding this matter since the plan was submitted.
Adverse actions taken by ABHES may trigger reporting requirements and ED action under ED’s Borrower Defense
Regulations, see “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements—
Department of Education—Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs—Borrower Defenses.”
Staffing Realignment and Management Transition. We regularly evaluate and review our costs and expenses.
As part of that effort, in the first quarter of 2018, APUS initiated a voluntary reduction in force program for
employees with more than eight years of service. The program resulted in a reduction of 48 employees, representing
approximately 5% of APUS’s non-faculty workforce at that time. Our APEI Segment recorded expenses for termination
benefits related to the workforce reduction in the first quarter of 2018 in accordance with the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. We
incurred an aggregate of approximately $1.7 million of pretax expenses associated with employee severance benefits.
The reduction in force resulted in pretax labor and benefits costs savings of approximately $2.1 million and $2.7 million
in 2018 and 2019, respectively. These cost savings do not include expenses associated with employee severance
benefits. There is no certainty that the voluntary program, or any other expense reduction initiative, will have the
intended benefits of reducing costs and expenses over the long-term, or whether there will be adverse impacts
because of the loss of valuable employees.
In August 2019, after an extensive search, Angela Selden was appointed Chief Executive Officer of APEI, effective
September 23, 2019. APEI’s former Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Wallace E. Boston, continued to serve as President
of APUS until his retirement on August 12, 2020. Dr. Wade Dyke assumed the role of APUS President effective on
Dr. Boston’s retirement date. In 2019 we recorded approximately $2.8 million in pretax employee compensation
costs for post-employment benefits related to Dr. Boston’s retirement. To the extent we have further leadership
or operational changes, we could incur similar or greater costs.
Admissions Process and Academic Achievement Requirements. In recent years, APUS has strengthened its
verification process, including by implementing new procedures for prospective non-military students. APUS has
also made multiple changes to its admissions assessment process since its original implementation and may further
modify it in the future in order to better identify college-ready students. These initiatives require significant time,
energy and resources, and if our efforts are not successful, they may adversely impact our results of operations,
cash flows, and financial condition. Even if these initiatives successfully lead to the identification and enrollment
of students who are likely to succeed and improve the student experience, they could result in adverse impacts on
APUS enrollments.
During 2019, HCN implemented enhanced ADN Program admissions requirements requiring external ADN applicants
to have graduated from an approved PN program. ADN Program applicants who apply to start in the quarter
122
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
123
immediately following their graduation from HCN’s PN Program may be admitted prior to possessing an active
unencumbered PN license but must obtain an active unencumbered PN license prior to the start of their second
term. HCN offers a Direct Entry ADN option that offers an accelerated graduation pathway for students who meet
certain transfer, academic and entrance exam requirements.
HCN has made multiple changes to its admissions assessment process since its original implementation and may
further modify it in the future in order to better identify college-ready students. These initiatives require significant
time, energy, and resources, and if our efforts are not successful, they may adversely impact our results of operations,
cash flows, and financial condition. While we believe changes in admissions and academic achievement
requirements are beneficial for our students and will result in a better and more positive educational experience
and improved testing pass rates in the long term, we believe some of the changes have contributed to a decline in
enrollment in previous years and have had a negative impact on our results of operations. We continue to work on
identifying an appropriate balance of admissions requirements, academic achievement requirements and attracting
appropriate students. However, even if these initiatives lead to the identification and enrollment of students who are
likely to succeed and improve the student experience, they could result in adverse impacts on HCN enrollments.
HCN Enrollments. Enrollments in HCN’s ADN Program for all 2020 terms were higher than HCN planned, which
we believe is due in part to an increase in demand for nursing education, a change in the competitive environment
due to COVID-19, an increase in marketing expenditures, the continued impact of new initiatives implemented in
2019 such as the direct-entry ADN program, and the implementation of the institutional affordability grant in the
first quarter of 2020. Enrollments for all 2019 terms were significantly lower than HCN planned, which we believe
is likely partly associated with the implementation of the new admissions requirements discussed above, among
other potential factors. For example, our enrollments appear to have been impacted by negative perceptions by
certain current and prospective student cohorts. While we continue to work on implementing and enhancing our
academic and achievement and admission requirements, identifying and remediating the factors that impacted our
enrollments at HCN in 2019, and implementing new initiatives such as extending the hours of HCN’s customer service
team, there can be no assurance we will be successful in these efforts over the long term, and we cannot guarantee
that we will continue to see these increases in enrollments.
Tuition and Fees. Affordable tuition has been a priority of APUS since its founding when APUS set tuition to align
with tuition assistance programs available to members of the military. In October 2019, APUS announced the
following changes for undergraduate and master’s course registrations made on or after January 1, 2020:
• The tuition for undergraduate level courses would increase by $15 per credit hour to $285 per credit hour.
• The tuition for master’s level courses would increase by $20 per credit hour to $370 per credit hour.
• The technology fee would increase from $50 to $65 per course.
This January 2020 tuition increase was APUS’s first increase since July 2015.
In support of APUS’s active duty military students using TA, APUS increased the APUS funded tuition grant for those
undergraduate students and their spouses and dependents from $20 to $35 per credit hour to keep the cost at $250
per credit hour, and increased the APUS funded tuition grant for those master’s students and their spouses and
dependents from $25 to $120 per credit hour to reduce the cost from $325 per credit hour to $250 per credit hour for
graduate active duty military students. As a result, undergraduate and master’s students eligible for TA benefits and
their spouses and dependents pay a net tuition of $250 per credit hour. APUS also extended its APUS funded book
grant, previously available only to undergraduate students, to active-duty military students and their spouses and
dependents at the master’s level. The net effect of these price and grant adjustments is that for active duty military
students using TA, an undergraduate or graduate degree at APUS may be attained for no out-of-pocket cost.
122
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
123
APUS’s existing tuition grant for veterans expired at the end of 2019. However, veterans who qualify for 100% of their
Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits are expected to continue to have no out-of-pocket expenses. Those veterans who do not
qualify for 100% may experience a small increase in out-of-pocket costs, but because APUS is a “Yellow Ribbon”
university, many are expected to have access to additional funding resources.
APUS’s tuition grant applied to approximately 77%, 78%, and 68% of its total net course registrations in 2018, 2019,
and 2020, respectively.
Today, tuition at APUS remains among the lowest in the sector. APUS’s low tuition rates mean that its students
are not required to take on as much debt as they might at another institution. The combined tuition and fees at
APUS are generally less expensive for undergraduate and graduate students than the average in-state cost at a
public university. APUS’s low tuition and fees, in combination with the APUS funded book grant that is provided to
all undergraduate students, and beginning January 2020, to active duty graduate students and their spouses and
dependents, results in significant savings for students. Since 2001, APUS has provided approximately $144 million in
book grant savings to students.
APUS has two applied doctoral programs, Strategic Intelligence and Global Security. The programs meet a need for
higher-level education and research combined with professional practice in these fields. The doctoral degrees tuition
and residency costs are currently $5,600 per term and include an APUS funded book grant for course materials. In
connection with our doctoral programs, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred approximately
$0.7 million, and $0.3 million in capital expenditures, respectively.
HCN’s tuition and fees are also designed to be affordable and competitive with those of similar institutions offering
the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience. Tuition and certain fees at HCN were increased
approximately 3% effective with the January 2019 term, and there have been no further tuition increases.
Beginning January 1, 2020, HCN began offering an institutional grant to students demonstrating financial need to
cover the difference between the total cost of tuition and fees and the amount of all eligible financial aid resources.
The grant is designed to limit a student’s monthly payment to $200 through an award of up to $200 per month, or
$600 per term after consideration of financial aid, employer tuition reimbursement, and other financial resources.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, HCN awarded approximately $0.2 million of institutional grants.
In November 2019, HCN entered into a memorandum of understanding, or MOU, to participate in TA and is therefore
subject to such program’s requirements and restrictions. The MOU and these requirements and restrictions are
more fully discussed in the “Regulatory Environment—Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations /
Requirements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this Annual Report.
We cannot predict whether APUS’s and HCN’s tuition and fee increase or APUS’s new programs will be successful, or
how they will impact our results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition.
Bad Debt Expense. We experienced an increase in bad debt expense in our HCN segment in 2020 and have
experienced increases in other recent interim periods in both our HCN and APUS segments. We believe the increase
in bad debt expense in our HCN segment was primarily due to increases in revenue as a result of increases in
enrollment. While we have experienced decreases in bad debt expense at APUS during each of the last several years,
there is no assurance we will not experience an increase in bad debt expense at APUS in the future.
Impact of Government Budgetary Pressures. Congressional inaction on budgetary matters has led to lapses in
funding, resulting in government shutdowns, and subsequent policy changes that have affected TA. For example,
during a 35-day partial government shutdown that began in December 2018, the Coast Guard suspended its tuition
124
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
125
assistance program. A future government shutdown, particularly one that includes DoD or suspension or resulting
modification of TA, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.
In May 2019, the Navy announced that as a result of increased demand stemming from improvements in service
delivery and higher limits on annual benefits available per sailor, TA benefits available to sailors for the fiscal year
ending September 30, 2019 were expected to be exhausted by the end of May 2019, and effective May 28, 2019 the
Navy ceased approving TA program funds for eligible sailors until the start of the new government fiscal year on
October 1, 2019. In addition, effective October 1, 2019, Navy service members must have a minimum of two years
of service before becoming eligible to use TA or the Navy College Program for Afloat College Education, funding is
capped at 12 semester hours per fiscal year, and career funding is capped at 120 semester hours. Effective October
1, 2021, the annual funding cap will increase to 18 semester hours. The temporary exhaustion of Navy tuition
assistance program funds had a significant negative impact on our results of operations for the third quarter of 2019,
and negatively impacted October 2019 revenue by approximately $0.4 million. We are unable to predict whether and
to what extent the Navy will continue to impose limitations on TA program approvals as a result of limited funding.
Furthermore, in March 2020, the Navy announced a new “Education Strategy for Seapower 2020” that is intended to
be a new comprehensive education strategy. As part of this strategy, the Navy, in cooperation with the U.S. Marine
Corps and the U.S. Coast Guard, in January 2021 began piloting online courses for the new United States Naval
Community College, a community college supporting naval education for enlisted service members, with plans to
enroll as many as 5,000 students into targeted associate’s degree programs with partner colleges and universities
in a second pilot phase beginning in 2022. Navy-related registrations were 5% of total registrations in each of the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We expect each military branch and the DoD to continually
evaluate their approaches to education, and any resulting changes could have an impact on the funds available to
service members to pursue their education at APUS. Changes in funding allocations could have a material adverse
effect on APUS’s enrollments.
In February 2021, the Army suspended access to its “ArmyIgniteED” portal, which is the portal used by soldiers to
participate in TA programs, as part of a scheduled upgrade to the portal. The suspension was scheduled to last
through March 7, 2021, but technical difficulties on March 8, 2021 caused the launch of the upgraded portal to be
delayed. During the suspension, soldiers, Army education counselors, and education institutions such as APUS do
not have access to the portal and soldiers cannot register for courses through the Army’s TA program. There is no
assurance when the portal will be operational, or that if operational it will work correctly or efficiently or will not
have other impacts on our ability to participate in the TA programs or receive funds under those programs.
ED Program Review and 2016 APUS Compliance Audit. APUS’s Title IV compliance audit for the year ended
December 31, 2016 identified a finding related to return of Title IV funds calculations that were not properly
computed. In a Final Audit Determination letter in January 2018, ED conveyed its finding that funds had not been
returned timely. ED also noted that a similar finding had been made in a program review that ED subsequently closed
on January 27, 2021. In connection with the finding, ED required that APUS post an irrevocable letter of credit for
approximately $700,000. APUS posted the letter of credit in March 2018 and it expired December 31, 2019.
Walmart Partnership. On May 30, 2018, Walmart announced that in connection with entering into a new
arrangement for education benefits it would not be renewing its partnership agreement with APUS to offer academic
courses and degree programs to Walmart associates effective June 2019 and that it would begin transitioning to
its new arrangement. In 2019, approximately 0.8% of our consolidated revenue was associated with students that
enrolled with APUS in connection with its partnership with Walmart.
APUS Program Participation Agreement. In June 2020, APUS timely applied for recertification to participate in
Title IV programs. On September 9, 2020, ED notified APUS that it had completed its review of APUS’s application and
had granted APUS provisional certification until June 30, 2023. ED issued APUS a provisional program participation
124
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
125
agreement, or PPPA, outlining the terms of provisional certification. As described in the PPPA, the reason ED granted
approval on a provisional basis is because APUS was subject to an open program review at the time of renewal. As
discussed more fully in “Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations—Compliance
Reviews,” in September 2016 ED began a program review of APUS’s administration of the Title IV programs during the
2014–2015 and 2015-2016 award years, and that program review was closed on January 27, 2021 with no findings and
no further action required.
Regulated Industry. Our institutions operate in a highly regulated industry. For more information on the regulations
to which our institutions are subject, please refer to the “Business—Company Overview” and “Business—Regulatory
Environment” section of this Annual Report. Such regulations may impact our financial results in a way that we
cannot predict and may have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
Our Key Financial Results Metrics
Revenue
When reviewing our revenue, we evaluate the following components: net course registrations and enrollment, tuition
rate, net tuition and other fees.
Net course registrations and enrollment. For financial reporting and analysis purposes, APUS measures its
student population in terms of aggregate course enrollments, or net course registrations. Net course registrations,
which include one-credit lab courses combined with their related three-credit courses, represent the aggregate
number of courses in which students remain enrolled after the date by which they may drop the course without
financial penalty. HCN measures its student population in terms of student enrollments. Student enrollment
represents the total number of students enrolled in a course immediately after the date by which students may drop
a course without financial penalty.
Because we recognize revenue over the length of a course, net course registrations and student enrollments in
a financial reporting period do not correlate directly with revenue for that period because revenue recognized
from courses is not necessarily recognized in the financial reporting period in which the course registrations or
enrollments occur. For example, at APUS, revenue in a quarter reflects a portion of the revenue from courses that
began in a prior quarter and continued into the quarter, all revenue from courses that began and ended in the
quarter, and a portion of the revenue from courses that began but did not end in the quarter.
The average number of courses per term at APUS varies by payor type. For example, ED’s Title IV programs require
participating students to take more courses per term than students participating in TA. As a result, should the
number of APUS’s students who utilize ED’s Title IV programs decrease (or the number of students using TA increase),
we anticipate that it may cause the average number of courses per student per term to decrease.
You should not rely on the results of any prior periods as an indication of future net course registrations at APUS,
student enrollments at HCN, or consolidated revenue. The composition of our students, changing market demands
and competition, make forecasting very difficult, and we are unable to determine if we will continue to grow or what
level of growth we will achieve, if any. Similarly, you should not rely on our operating margins in any prior periods as
an indication of our future operating margins.
Tuition rate. Providing affordable degree and certificate programs is an important element of our competitive
strategy. We estimate that APUS’s tuition is lower than the average in-state rates at public universities. In
October 2019, APUS announced increases in tuition and the technology fee for undergraduate and master’s
course registrations made on or after January 1, 2020, as discussed in “Overview” above. The January 2020
tuition increase is APUS’s first increase since July 2015 and is intended to help support increased investments
in academic learning and student operations. Prior to the 2015 increase, APUS had not raised undergraduate
126
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
127
tuition for 15 years or graduate tuition in four years. HCN’s tuition and fees are also designed to be affordable and
competitive when compared to the costs of similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility,
and student experience.
Net tuition. Tuition revenue varies from period to period based on the aggregate number of students attending
courses and the number of courses they are attending during the period, the student payor source, the mix of
programs that students are attending during the period, as well as the number of students starting courses each
month during the period and the timing of the start of a course each month or term. Tuition revenue is adjusted
to reflect amounts for students who withdraw from a course in the month or term the withdrawal occurs. We also
provide tuition grants and scholarships to certain students to assist them financially with their educational goals.
The cost of these grants and scholarships is reported as a reduction of tuition revenue in the period incurred for
purposes of establishing net tuition revenue.
Other fees. In addition to tuition, APUS charges a per course technology fee. Prior to January 2020, the technology
fee per course was $50, and for registrations made on or after January 2020 the technology fee per course was
increased to $65. APUS may further alter this fee in the future. APUS students are also charged certain additional
fees, such as graduation, late registration, transcript request, and comprehensive examination fees, when
applicable. APUS provides a grant to cover the technology fee for students using TA and other programs, as
applicable. In 2019, and 2020, technology fee revenue net of technology fee grants was approximately $7.0 million, or
2.4% of consolidated revenue, and $8.3 million, or 2.6% of consolidated revenue, respectively. Until early 2019, APUS
received purchase commissions for graduate student book purchases and ancillary supply purchases that students
made directly from our preferred book vendor. HCN students are charged fees for various items such as application,
testing, books and supplies, lab, technology and graduation.
Costs and Expenses
We categorize our costs and expenses in the following categories: instructional costs and services expenses; selling
and promotional expenses; general and administrative expenses; loss on disposals of long-lived assets; impairment
of goodwill; and depreciation and amortization.
Instructional costs and services expenses. Instructional costs and services expenses are directly attributable to
the educational services our institutions provide to their students. Instructional costs and services expenses include
salaries and benefits for full-time faculty, administrators, and academic advisors, and costs associated with part-
time faculty. Instructional costs and services expenses also include costs associated with curriculum development,
academic records and graduation, as well as other services provided by our institutions, such as evaluating
transcripts. Instructional costs and services expenses are generally affected by the cost of academic resources,
the efficiency of delivering academic products and services to our students, salaries and benefits for our faculty
and other academic and administration personnel, and the level of expenditures for new and existing academic
programs. At HCN, instructional costs and services expenses also includes operating expenses directly associated
with HCN’s campus operations, including rent.
At APUS, instructional costs and services expenses that are primarily dependent on the number of students
taught include expenses related to course materials, learning resources, the library, the book grant program, and
instructional pay for part-time faculty that is primarily dependent on the number of students taught.
Selling and promotional expenses. Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in student enrollment, advertising costs, and marketing material production costs. Our selling and
promotional expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media, the efficiency of our selling efforts,
salaries and benefits for our selling and admissions personnel, and the level of expenditures for advertising
initiatives for new and existing academic programs. We believe the availability of Title IV program funds to students
126
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
127
has increased our marketability in non-military markets, but the nature of these markets, including the impact of
competition, and the rising cost of internet search and other advertising media has caused our student acquisition
costs to increase. This trend may continue, and our student acquisition costs may continue to increase.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, financial aid processing, information technology, human
resources, facilities, compliance and other corporate functions, the cost of renting and maintaining APUS’s
administrative facilities, technology expenses, and costs for professional services. General and administrative
expenses also include bad debt expense. General and administrative expenses are generally affected by the costs
of salaries and benefits for our general and administrative personnel, the efficiency of delivering back-office
support including technology services, and the level of expenditures for supporting company initiatives.
Loss on disposals of long-lived assets. Loss on disposals of long-lived assets is the difference between the long-
lived assets’ residual value and their book value at the time of the assets’ disposition or abandonment.
Impairment of goodwill. Impairment of goodwill recognizes the difference between the carrying value of goodwill
and the fair value of goodwill.
Depreciation and amortization. We incur depreciation and amortization expenses for costs related to the capitalization
of property, equipment, software, and program development on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets. In addition, prior to 2020, we incurred amortization expense for the amortization of identified
intangible assets with a definite life resulting from our acquisition of HCN.
Interest Income, Net
Interest income, net consists primarily of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents, net of any
interest expense.
Equity Investment Income/Loss
Equity investment income/loss consists of our proportional share of after-tax income or losses attributable to our
equity investment as well as the loss from any other-than-temporary impairment charges, which represents the
difference between the carrying value of and fair value of the investment.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our Consolidated Financial
Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, or GAAP. During the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue
recognition and goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. We base our estimates on historical experience
and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our
analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not
readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions
or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following discussion of accounting policies is intended to supplement the accounting policies presented in
“Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition. Our revenue is primarily derived from the sale of instructional services and various fees.
Instructional services revenue includes tuition, technology, and laboratory fees. We generally recognize revenue
ratably as instructional services are provided over the period or term, which is, for APUS, either an eight- or
128
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
129
sixteen-week period, and for HCN, a quarterly term. Revenue is recognized when evidence of a contract exists,
delivery has occurred or as instructional services are delivered, the price is determinable, and collectability is
reasonably assured. Revenue from fees is recognized as information or services are delivered to customers, assuming
all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For additional information regarding our revenue recognition refer to
“Note 4. Revenue” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an
acquired business over the amount assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not
amortized. In connection with the November 1, 2013 acquisition of HCN, we recorded $38.6 million of goodwill,
representing the excess of the purchase price over the amount assigned to the new assets acquired and the fair value
assigned to identified intangible assets. We also recorded $3.7 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of
the HCN acquisition.
We annually assess goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on October 31st, or more
frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair
value, the asset is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value. In assessing goodwill impairment, we may
choose to initially evaluate qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than
its carrying amount. If the qualitative assessment is not conclusive, then the impairment analysis for goodwill is
performed using a quantitative approach.
The process of evaluating goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment is subjective and requires
significant judgment at many points during the analysis. When performing an optional qualitative analysis, we
consider many factors including: general economic conditions, industry and market conditions, certain cost
factors, financial performance and key business drivers, long-term operating plans, and potential changes to
significant assumptions used in the most recent fair value analysis. We utilize the services of an independent third-
party valuation firm to complete the quantitative analysis and estimate fair value. In completing their analysis,
the valuation firm weights the results of four different valuation methods: (1) discounted cash flow; (2) guideline
company; (3) guideline transaction for comparable transactions; and (4) guideline transaction for private equity
transactions. Under the discounted cash flow method, cash flows are discounted by an estimated risk weighted
average cost of capital, which is intended to reflect the overall level of inherent risk of HCN. Under the guideline
company method, valuation metrics from other education companies are used to determine the value. Under the
comparable transaction method, pricing terms from other transactions in the higher education market are used
to determine the value. Under the private equity method, pricing terms from private equity transactions are used
to determine the value. Values derived under the four valuation methods are then weighted to estimate HCN’s
enterprise value. The analysis includes significant estimates and assumptions from management, including revenue
growth rates, operating margins and future economic and market conditions, among others. Additionally, the
valuation firm’s analysis includes significant assumptions with respect to discount rates and assumed royalty rates.
If the fair value is less than the carrying value, the asset is reduced to fair value.
The Company evaluated events and circumstances related to the valuation of goodwill of HCN through the year
ended December 31, 2020 and determined there were no indicators of impairment. This evaluation included
consideration of enrollment trends and financial performance, as well as industry and market conditions, and the
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We completed our annual assessment of goodwill as of October 31, 2019 and
2020, and concluded that HCN’s fair value was more than the carrying value; consequently, there was no impairment.
Our October 31, 2020 annual assessment concluded that the fair value of HCN exceeded the carrying value by
approximately $13.7 million, or 37.1%.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company completed interim goodwill impairment tests during the
first and third quarters, as a result of circumstances that included HCN’s continued underperformance against
128
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
129
revised 2019 internal targets and overall 2019 financial performance. The valuations determined that the fair value
was less than the carrying value. As a result, we recorded pretax, non-cash impairment charges of $7.3 million.
The 2019 and 2020 annual testing also concluded the indefinite-lived assets were not impaired.
For additional details regarding goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets refer to “Note 7. Goodwill and
Intangible Assets” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
For additional information on our critical accounting policies, including information regarding estimates and
assumptions, refer to “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
We consider the applicability and impact of all Accounting Standards Updates, or ASUs. See “Note 2 Significant
Accounting Policies” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for information relating to our discussion
of the effects of recent accounting pronouncements.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of income data as a percentage of revenue for each of the years ended:
Revenue
Costs and expenses:
Instructional costs and services
Selling and promotional
General and administrative
Loss on disposals of long-lived assets
Impairment of goodwill
Depreciation and amortization
Total costs and expenses
Income from operations before interest income and income taxes
Interest income, net
Income from operations before income taxes
Income tax expense
Equity investment loss
Net income
2019
100.0%
39.1%
21.0%
27.3%
0.2%
2.5%
5.4%
95.5%
4.5%
1.4%
5.9%
1.8%
(0.5%)
3.6%
2020
100.0%
38.0%
22.7%
27.3%
0.3%
—%
4.0%
92.3%
7.7%
0.3%
8.0%
2.2%
—%
5.8%
Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019
Revenue
Our consolidated revenue in 2020 was $321.8 million, an increase of $35.5 million or 12.4%, compared to
$286.3 million in 2019.
The revenue increase resulted from an increase in net course registrations at APUS and an increase in student
enrollment at HCN. APUS net course registrations increased approximately 11.5% to approximately 353,100 in 2020
from approximately 316,700 in 2019. The increase in net course registrations at APUS was primarily due to an increase
130
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
131
in registrations from military students utilizing TA, which is at a lower revenue per net course registration than other
funding sources. Net course registrations represent the total number of courses in which students remain enrolled
after the date by which they may drop a course without financial penalty. We believe the increase was due in part
to the launch of the Freedom Grant in January 2020, which offers a tuition reduction and free course materials for
active duty military pursuing graduate degrees, and an increase in marketing spend as compared to the prior year,
and may also have been due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. HCN average student enrollment increased
18.1% in 2020 compared to 2019. The increase in student enrollment was due in part to an increase in demand for
nursing education, a change in the competitive environment due to COVID-19, an increase in marketing expenditures
as compared to the prior year, the continued impact of new initiatives implemented in 2019 such as the Direct Entry
ADN Program, and the implementation of the institutional affordability grant in the first quarter of 2020.
Costs and Expenses
Costs and expenses were $297.1 million in 2020, an increase of $23.6 million, or 8.6%, compared to $273.5 million in
2019. The increase in costs and expenses was primarily due to increases in employee compensation costs, advertising
and marketing support costs, professional fees, information technology costs and instructional material costs in our
APEI Segment and increases in employee compensation costs, instructional material costs, and advertising costs in
our HCN Segment. In 2020, costs and expenses include the following items on a pretax basis: a $10.4 million increase in
advertising costs in our APEI and HCN Segments; $5.6 million in information technology costs related to the evaluation
and investment in replacements and upgrades to our information technology systems, including replacements of
our learning management and customer relationship management systems, and to inform the scope and duration
of our larger overall information technology transformation program in our APEI Segment; and $5.0 million in
professional fees associated with strategic growth opportunities including the Rasmussen Acquisition in our APEI
Segment. In 2019, costs and expenses include the following on a pretax basis: approximately $2.8 million in employee
compensation costs for post-employment benefits payable to the former APUS President upon his retirement; a
non-cash impairment of goodwill of $7.3 million in our HCN segment; a $3.5 million increase in advertising costs in our
APEI and HCN Segments; and $2.1 million in information technology costs related to the evaluation and investment in
replacements and upgrades to our information technology systems.
Costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 92.3% in 2020 from 95.5% in 2019. Our income before
interest and income taxes, or our operating margin, increased to 7.7% from 4.5% compared to the same period. The
decrease in our costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue and increase in our operating margin was primarily
due to our consolidated revenue increasing at a rate greater than the increase in costs and expenses.
Instructional costs and services expenses. Instructional costs and services expenses in 2020 were $122.2 million,
an increase of approximately $10.3 million, or 9.2%, compared to $111.9 million in 2019. Instructional costs and
services expenses as a percentage of revenue were 38.0% in 2020, compared to 39.1% in 2019. The increase in
instructional costs and services expenses was primarily due to an increase in employee compensation costs and
instructional materials costs in our APEI Segment and increases in employee compensation costs, instructional
materials costs and facilities costs in our HCN Segment, partially offset by a decrease in commencement and travel
expenses in our APEI Segment. The decrease in instructional costs and services expenses as a percentage of revenue
was primarily due to our consolidated revenue increasing at a rate greater than the increase in instructional costs
and services expenses.
Selling and promotional expenses. Selling and promotional expenses in 2020 were $73.0 million, an increase
of $13.0 million, or 21.7%, compared to $60.0 million in 2019. This increase was primarily the result of increases in
advertising and marketing support costs and employee compensation costs in our APEI Segment and an increase
in advertising costs in our HCN Segment, partially offset by a decrease in travel expenses in our APEI Segment and a
decrease in employee compensation costs in our HCN Segment. Selling and promotional expenses as a percentage
130
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
131
of revenue were 22.7% in 2020 compared to 21.0% in 2019. The increase in selling and promotional expenses as a
percentage of revenue was primarily due to selling and promotional expenses increasing at a rate greater than the
increase in our consolidated revenue.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses in 2020 were $88.0 million, an increase
of $9.9 million, or 12.7%, compared to $78.1 million in 2019. The increase in general and administrative expenses was
primarily related to increases in professional fees, employee compensation costs, and information technology costs
in our APEI Segment and an increase in bad debt expense in our HCN Segment, partially offset by a decrease in bad
debt expense in our APEI Segment and a decrease in employee compensation costs in our HCN Segment. In 2020,
APEI Segment general and administrative expenses includes the following costs on a pre-tax basis: $5.6 million in
information technology costs related to the evaluation of replacements or upgrades to our information technology
systems, including replacements of our learning management and customer relationship management systems; and
$5.0 million in professional fees associated with strategic growth opportunities including the Rasmussen Acquisition.
In 2019, employee compensation costs include approximately $2.8 million in pretax employee compensation costs
for post-employment benefits payable to the former APUS President upon his retirement. General and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenue were 27.3% in each of 2020 and in 2019.
Consolidated bad debt expense decreased to $3.8 million, or approximately 1.2% of revenue, in 2020, from
$3.9 million, or approximately 1.4% of revenue, in 2019. We believe the decrease in bad debt expense in our APEI
Segment was primarily due to changes in student mix, changes in admissions and verification processes, and other
changes partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense in our HCN Segment that we believe was driven by an
increase in enrollment.
Loss on disposal of long-lived assets. The loss on disposal of long-lived assets was $0.9 million in 2020, compared
to $0.6 million in 2019.
Impairment of goodwill. There was no impairment of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the
Company’s October 31, 2020 annual assessment concluded that the fair value of HCN exceeded the carrying value by
approximately $13.7 million, or 37.1%. The $7.3 million pretax, non-cash impairment of goodwill for the year ended
December 31, 2019 resulted from the reduction of the carrying value of goodwill in our HCN segment.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses were $13.0 million in 2020, compared
to $15.6 million in 2019, a decrease of $2.6 million or 16.7%. The decrease in depreciation and amortization was due
to lower capital expenditures, lower amortization of intangible assets and lower total investment in property and
equipment net of depreciation.
Stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expenses included in instructional costs and services,
selling and promotional, and general and administrative expenses in 2020 were $7.1 million in the aggregate,
representing an increase of $1.1 million, or 18.7%, compared to $6.0 million in 2019. Stock-based compensation costs
include accelerated expense for retirement-eligible employees and performance stock unit incentive costs. The
increase in stock-based compensation costs was due to additional performance unit incentive costs.
132
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
133
The table below reflects our stock-based compensation expense recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income
included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):
Instructional costs and services
Selling and promotional
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense
Interest income
Year Ended December 31,
2019
$1,570
766
3,624
$5,960
2020
$1,535
1,007
4,533
$7,075
Interest income was $1.1 million in 2020, compared to income of $3.9 million in 2019. The decrease is due to a
decrease in the rate of interest earned on invested funds during 2020.
Income Tax Expense
We recognized tax expense from operations for 2020 and 2019 of $7.0 million and $5.2 million, respectively, or an
effective tax rate of 27.2% and 34.1% in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in our effective tax rate for 2020
is primarily due to a higher amount of non-deductible expenses in 2019 in our APEI Segment, and lower pretax
income in our APEI and HCN Segments, partially offset by the benefit from ASU No. 2016-09 Compensation—Stock
Compensation (Topic 718) in our APEI Segment. The effective tax rate for 2019 includes a benefit of approximately
$0.1 million related to ASU No. 2016-09. There was no material impact related to ASU No. 2016-09 for 2020.
Equity Investment Loss
Equity investment loss was $0.01 million in 2020, compared to equity investment loss of $1.5 million in 2019. For additional
information on our investments please refer to “Note 6. Investments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Net Income
Net income was $18.8 million in 2020, compared to net income of $10.0 million in 2019, an increase of $8.8 million,
or 88.0%. This increase was related to the factors discussed above.
132
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
133
Operating Results by Reportable Segment—Year Ended December 31, 2020
Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019
The table below details our operating results by reportable segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020
$ Change
% Change
Revenue
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Intersegment elimination
Total Revenue
Income (loss) from operations before
interest income and income taxes
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Intersegment elimination
Total income from operations before
interest income and income taxes
$256,899
29,479
(108)
$285,766
36,091
(72)
$28,867
6,612
36
$286,270
$321,785
$35,515
$ 23,522
(10,768)
2
$ 24,034
722
1
$ 512
11,490
(1)
(50.0%)
$ 12,756
$ 24,757
$12,001
94.1%
11.2%
22.4%
(33.3%)
12.4%
2.2%
NM
The APEI Segment charges the HCN Segment for the value of courses taken by HCN Segment employees at APUS. The
intersegment elimination represents the elimination of this intersegment revenue in consolidation.
APEI Segment
Our APEI Segment revenue was approximately $285.8 million in 2020, an increase of $28.9 million, or 11.2%,
compared to $256.9 million in 2019, which is primarily attributable to higher net course registrations. Net course
registrations at APUS increased 11.5% to approximately 353,100 in 2020 compared to 2019. The increase in net
course registrations is primarily due to an increase in registrations from military students utilizing TA, which is at
a lower revenue per net course registration than other funding sources. Net course registrations represent the
total number of courses in which students remain enrolled after the date by which they may drop a course without
financial penalty. We believe the increase was due in part to the launch of the Freedom Grant in January 2020, which
offers a tuition reduction and free course materials for active duty military pursuing graduate degrees, and an
increase in marketing spend as compared to the prior year, and may also have been due to the impact of the COVID-
19 pandemic. Income from operations before interest income and income taxes was approximately $24.0 million in
2020, an increase of $0.5 million, or 2.2%, compared to 2019. The increase is due to the increase in revenue resulting
from higher net course registrations as discussed above.
HCN Segment
Our HCN Segment revenue was approximately $36.1 million in 2020, an increase of $6.6 million, or 22.4% compared
to $29.5 million in 2019, which is primarily attributable to an increase in student enrollment. HCN average student
enrollment increased 18.1% in 2020 compared to 2019. We believe that the increase in HCN’s enrollment in 2020
was due in part to an increase in demand for nursing education, a change in the competitive environment due
to COVID-19, an increase in marketing expenditures as compared to the prior year, the continued impact of new
initiatives implemented in 2019 such as the Direct Entry ADN Program, and the implementation of the institutional
affordability grant in the first quarter of 2020. Income from operations before interest income and income taxes in
134
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
135
the HCN Segment was approximately $0.7 million in 2020 compared to a loss from operations before income tax
of $10.8 million in 2019. The increase in income from operations is primarily a result of the increase in revenue
due to higher student enrollment in 2020 as discussed above and the $7.3 million pretax, non-cash impairment
of goodwill in 2019.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures in 2019 and 2020 primarily with cash provided by
operating activities. Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash were $202.7 million and $227.7 million at December 31,
2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively, representing an increase of $24.9 million, or 12.3%, in 2020, primarily due to
cash provided by operating activities exceeding cash used in investing and financing activities. Cash, cash equivalents,
and restricted cash decreased by $9.4 million, or 4.4%, to $202.7 million in 2019, primarily due to the repurchase of our
common stock during the period.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from TA from the Department of Defense, or DoD. Generally, these
funds are received within 60 days of the start of the courses to which they relate. We also participate in programs
from the VA. Generally, these funds are received within 60 days of the start of the courses to which they relate.
Another significant source of revenue is derived from our participation in ED’s Title IV programs, for which
disbursements are governed by federal regulations. We have typically received disbursements under Title IV
programs within 30 days of the start of the applicable course or term.
We expect to continue to fund our costs and expenses through cash generated from operations. Based on our current
level of operations, we believe that our cash flow from operations and our existing cash and cash equivalents will
provide adequate funds for ongoing operations and planned capital expenditures for the foreseeable future. We
expect operating expenditures to increase in future periods as we accelerate the investment in and modernization
of our information technology systems and increase marketing and other expenditures. For the year ended
December 31, 2019, we incurred approximately $2.1 million to evaluate and invest in replacements and upgrades to
our information technology systems, including replacements of our learning management and customer relationship
systems, and to inform the scope and duration of the larger overall information technology transformation
program. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred approximately $5.9 million, including $0.3 million of
capital costs, on our information technology transformation program, focusing on specific information technology
projects, including replacements of our learning management and customer relationship management systems,
and we anticipate spending between approximately $4.0 million and $5.0 million in 2021. APUS began its first
cohort of students in a new learning management system in March 2020 and has completed migration to the new
system. APUS signed a contract for a replacement customer relationship management system in the first quarter of
2020 and the implementation is underway. APUS will continue to evaluate the Partnership At a Distance™, or PAD,
customized student information and services system for possible changes and upgrades and anticipate that we will
eventually make significant changes to that system, as well. Capital expenditures could be higher in the future as
a result of, among other things, additional expenditures for technology or other business capabilities, the opening
of new campuses at HCN, the acquisition or lease of existing structures or potential new construction projects, and
necessary tenant improvements that arise as a result of our ongoing evaluation of our space needs and opportunities
for physical growth. Professional fees may increase as we evaluate investments in strategic growth opportunities
and enhancements to our business capabilities. We expect to continue to explore opportunities to invest in the
education industry, which could include purchasing or investing in other education-related companies or companies
developing new technologies.
We will need additional capital to finance the Rasmussen Acquisition, and we may also need additional capital in the
future, including to finance other business acquisitions and investments in technology or to achieve growth or fund
other business initiatives. In February 2021, we filed a shelf registration statement in order to help facilitate potential
134
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
135
public offerings. On March 1, 2021, we completed an underwritten public offering of 3,680,000 shares of our common
stock at a price to the public of $25.00 per share for estimate aggregate net proceeds of $86.4 million, after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
Acquisition of Rasmussen University
In connection with entering into the Rasmussen Agreement, on October 28, 2020, we entered into a senior secured
credit facilities commitment letter, or the Commitment Letter, with Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., or Macquarie
Capital, and Macquarie Capital Funding LLC, or Macquarie Lender, pursuant to which Macquarie committed to
provide (i) a senior secured term loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of $175 million, or the Term Facility,
and (ii) a senior secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate commitment amount of $20 million, or together
with the Term Facility, the Facilities. Macquarie Capital will act as lead arranger and bookrunner with respect to
the Facilities. The commitments under the Commitment Letter to provide the Facilities are subject to customary
conditions, including the absence of a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Rasmussen Agreement) on the
acquired companies having occurred, the execution of satisfactory documentation, and other customary closing
conditions. We currently expect to pay up to $175 million of the cash consideration for the Rasmussen Acquisition
with proceeds from the Facilities, and the Rasmussen Agreement requires us to use commercially reasonable efforts
to obtain debt financing for the Rasmussen Acquisition.
Our future capital requirements will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to consummate the
Rasmussen Acquisition on the terms and schedule contemplated and our ability to obtain the Facilities or to secure
additional alternative financing. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to close the Facilities or alternative
financing arrangements on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that our business will generate sufficient cash
flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service
our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a
change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $38.4 million and $44.8 million in 2019 and 2020, respectively. The
increase in cash from operating activities from 2019 to 2020 is primarily due to an increase in net income, changes
in working capital due to the timing of receipts and payments and lower estimated tax payments in 2020. Accounts
receivable at December 31, 2020 was approximately $6.3 million higher than at December 31, 2019 primarily due
to increased volume with students using TA. Accounts payable, accrued compensation and benefits, and accrued
liabilities at December 31, 2020 were approximately $4.8 million higher than December 31, 2019 primarily due to an
increase in incentive compensation accruals, and the timing of expenditures and the processing of payments.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $7.3 million and $4.2 million in 2019, and 2020, respectively. The decrease
from 2019 to 2020 was primarily related to a decrease in technology-related capital expenditures and capitalized
program development costs compared to the prior year, and proceeds received from the sale of real property in
our APEI segment. In 2020, cash used in investing activities for capital expenditures was primarily for software
development, computer hardware and software, and program development within our APEI Segment. In 2019,
cash used in investing activities for capital expenditures was primarily for computer hardware and software, and
software development, including software development related to PAD within our APEI Segment, as well as capital
expenditures related to the new Indianapolis, Indiana campus in our HCN Segment.
136
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
137
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $40.5 million and $15.7 million in 2019 and 2020, respectively. The decrease
in cash used in financing activities in 2020 was due to a decrease in cash used to repurchase our common stock,
partially offset by an increase in cash used for the deemed repurchase of our common stock to satisfy minimum
tax-withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock grants. For the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2020, we used $39.1 million, and $13.6 million, respectively, to repurchase shares of our
common stock in accordance with our share repurchase program.
Contractual Obligations
We have various contractual obligations consisting of operating leases and purchase obligations. Purchase
obligations include contracts with third-party service providers, agreements with consultants, and other future
contracts or agreements. The following table sets forth our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020
(in thousands):
Total
Less than 1 Year
1–3 Years
3–5 Years
More than 5 Years
Payments Due by Period
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Total contractual obligations
$12,604
7,877
$20,481
$3,054
3,822
$6,876
$4,874
3,170
$8,044
$2,135
885
$3,020
$2,541
—
$2,541
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have off-balance sheet financing arrangements, including any relationships with unconsolidated entities
or financial partnerships, including such entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities.
Impact of Inflation
We do not believe that inflation had a material impact on our results of operations in 2019 or 2020. There can be no
assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
136
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
137
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are subject to the impact of interest rate changes and may be subject to changes in the market value of future
investments. We invest our excess cash in bank deposit accounts, money market funds invested in federal securities
and short-term U.S. Treasury bills with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.
MARKET RISK
We had no material derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments as of December 31,
2020. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, money market funds invested in
federal securities, and short-term U.S. Treasury bills. The bank deposits exceed federally insured limits. We have
historically not experienced any losses in such accounts. We believe we are not exposed to any significant credit
risk on cash and cash equivalents. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk
profile of our investments, a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on the
fair value of our portfolio.
INTEREST RATE RISK
We are subject to risk from changes in interest rates primarily relating to our investment of funds in short-term
U.S. Treasury bills issued at a discount to their par value. Our future investment income will vary due to changes in
interest rates. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2020, we have experienced a significant decrease in
interest rates, including in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, and we expect a continued reduction in interest
income on our invested funds. At December 31, 2020, a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a
material impact on our future earnings, fair values, or cash flows.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries
American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 2018, 2019 and 2020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
139
141
142
143
144
145
138
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
139
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of American Public Education, Inc.
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’
equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria
established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 9, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
BASIS FOR OPINION
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered
with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts
and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
CRITICAL AUDIT MATTER
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates
to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging,
subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our
opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter
below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill—HCN Reporting Unit—Refer to Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
In connection with the Company’s November 1, 2013 acquisition of Hondros College of Nursing (HCN), the Company
recorded $38.6 million of goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase price over the amount assigned to the
new assets acquired and the fair value assigned to identified intangible assets.
138
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
139
The Company’s evaluation of goodwill for impairment involves the comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit
to its carrying value. Management performs its annual impairment analysis for goodwill on its elected assessment
date of October 31, or more frequently, if certain events or circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired.
In 2020, Management performed its annual assessment as of October 31, 2020. The Company concluded that the fair
value of the HCN reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by $13.7 million, or 37.1%.
Given the significant estimates and assumptions made by management to estimate the fair value of the HCN
reporting unit, and the sensitivity of the estimated fair value to changes in those estimates and assumptions,
performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions utilized
in its impairment analyses, particularly the revenue growth rates and the selection of discount rates, required a high
degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the revenue growth rates and the selection of discount rates and valuation multiples
for the HCN reporting unit included the following, among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s goodwill impairment evaluation, including those over
the determination of the fair value of HCN, such as controls related to management’s revenue growth rates and the
selection of the discount rates and valuation multiples.
• We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s growth rates by comparing management’s rates with:
• historical results;
• prior forecasts;
• internal communications to the Company’s management and the board of directors; and
• forecasted information included in the Company’s press releases as well as in analyst and industry reports of the
Company and companies in its peer group.
• We considered the impact of changes in the regulatory environment on management’s forecasts. We also
considered the impact of the COVID-19 Global Pandemic and inquired of the effects of the pandemic on the
Company’s enrollments and forecasts.
• We evaluated the impact of changes in management’s forecasts from the October 31, 2020 annual measurement
date to December 31, 2020.
• With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the valuation methodology and discount rates
used, including testing the underlying source information and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations, and
developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the discount rate selected by management.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, VA
March 9, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
140
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
141
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (Note 2)
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $6,174 in 2019 and $5,983 in 2020.
Prepaid expenses
Income tax receivable
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease assets, net
Investments
Goodwill
Other assets, net
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenue and student deposits
Income tax payable
Operating lease liabilities, current
Total current liabilities
Operating lease liability, long term
Deferred income taxes
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 12)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; authorized
shares—10,000; no shares issued or outstanding
Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized shares—100,000; 15,178
issued and outstanding in 2019; 14,809 issued and outstanding in 2020
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
As of December 31,
2019
2020
$202,740
11,325
7,087
1,757
222,909
78,495
11,658
10,502
26,563
4,770
$227,686
17,652
6,472
—
251,810
68,434
8,743
10,495
26,563
4,973
$354,897
$371,018
$3,546
13,753
8,270
17,426
—
2,283
45,278
9,495
3,391
58,164
—
152
190,620
105,961
296,733
$354,897
$3,757
15,660
10,967
22,104
178
2,392
55,058
6,455
2,580
64,093
—
148
195,597
111,180
306,925
$371,018
140
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
141
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Costs and expenses:
Instructional costs and services
Selling and promotional
General and administrative
Loss on disposals of long-lived assets
Impairment of goodwill
Depreciation and amortization
Total costs and expenses
Income from operations before interest
income and income taxes
Interest income, net
Income from operations before income taxes
Income tax expense
Equity investment loss
Net income
Net income per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Year Ended December 31,
2018
$297,687
2019
$286,270
2020
$321,785
115,280
57,042
74,456
882
—
17,501
265,161
32,526
2,915
35,441
9,287
(515)
111,916
60,028
78,082
556
7,336
15,596
273,514
12,756
3,908
16,664
5,187
(1,464)
122,161
72,989
88,043
851
—
12,984
297,028
24,757
1,092
25,849
7,020
(7)
$ 25,639
$ 10,013
$ 18,822
$ 1.56
$ 1.54
16,404
16,634
$ 0.62
$ 0.62
16,094
16,255
$ 1.27
$ 1.25
14,876
15,047
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
142
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
143
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
Shares Amount
Shares
Amount
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Impact of adoption of ASC 606
Issuance of common stock under
employee benefit plans
Deemed repurchased shares of common
and restricted stock for tax withholding
Stock-based compensation
Net income
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Issuance of common stock under
employee benefit plans
Deemed repurchased shares of common
and restricted stock for tax withholding
Stock-based compensation
Repurchased and retired
shares of common stock
Net income
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Issuance of common stock under
employee benefit plans
Deemed repurchased shares of common
and restricted stock for tax withholding
Stock-based compensation
Repurchased and retired
shares of common stock
Net income
Balance as of December 31, 2020
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16,268
$163
$180,674
$108,569
$289,406
—
223
(66)
—
—
—
2
(1)
—
—
—
(2)
(1,822)
8,322
(278)
(278)
—
—
—
—
(1,823)
8,322
25,639
—
25,639
16,425
164
187,172
133,930
321,266
252
(83)
—
(1,416)
—
15,178
258
(79)
—
(548)
—
3
(1)
—
(14)
—
152
2
(1)
—
(5)
—
(3)
(2,509)
5,960
—
—
—
—
(2,510)
5,960
—
—
(37,982)
(37,996)
10,013
10,013
190,620
105,961
296,733
(2)
(2,096)
7,075
—
—
—
—
(2,097)
7,075
—
—
(13,603)
(13,608)
18,822
18,822
$—
14,809
$148
$195,597
$111,180
$306,925
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
142
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
143
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Equity investment loss
Deferred income taxes
Loss on disposal of long-lived assets
Impairment of goodwill
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
Prepaid expenses
Income tax receivable
Operating lease assets, net
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Accrued liabilities
Income tax payable
Deferred revenue and student deposits
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from the sale of real property
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Cash paid for repurchase of common/restricted stock
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
32,926
179,205
$212,131
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$ 25,639
$ 10,013
$ 18,822
17,501
7,180
515
(917)
882
—
302
(6,923)
(560)
(898)
—
71
266
3,298
875
(1,710)
(1,342)
44,179
(9,430)
—
(9,430)
(1,823)
(1,823)
15,596
5,960
1,464
(1,973)
556
7,336
145
2,734
(1,149)
(859)
120
550
(5,564)
653
3,672
—
(884)
38,370
(7,255)
—
(7,255)
12,984
7,075
7
(811)
851
—
24
(6,327)
320
1,757
(16)
(165)
(86)
1,907
3,612
178
4,678
44,810
(4,926)
767
(4,159)
(40,506)
(40,506)
(9,391)
212,131
$202,740
(15,705)
(15,705)
24,946
202,740
$227,686
Income taxes paid
$ 12,712
$ 8,019
$ 5,898
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
144
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
145
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS
American Public Education, Inc., or APEI, which together with its subsidiaries is referred to as the “Company,” is
a provider of online and campus-based postsecondary education to approximately 92,500 students through two
subsidiary institutions:
• American Public University System, Inc., or APUS, which provides online postsecondary education directed
primarily at the needs of the military, military-affiliated, public service and service-minded communities through
American Military University, or AMU, and American Public University, or APU. APUS is institutionally accredited by
the Higher Learning Commission.
• National Education Seminars, Inc., which is referred to herein as Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, which
provides nursing education to students enrolled at five campuses in Ohio, and, beginning in April 2020, to students
enrolled at a campus in Indianapolis, Indiana, to serve the needs of the nursing and healthcare communities. In
April 2021, HCN will begin offering classes at a new campus in Akron, Ohio. HCN is institutionally accredited by the
Accrediting Bureau for Health Education Schools, or ABHES. In March 2020, in response to the novel coronavirus
COVID-19 global pandemic, HCN shifted to a blended model with online delivery of its courses and on campus
delivery of certain labs. HCN later fully reopened its campuses, using smaller in person classes with screening,
social distancing, and masking requirements. There can be no assurance that HCN will not need to further limit
campus interactions or close its campuses in response to the COVID-19 pandemic or as a result of local regulations.
The Company’s institutions are licensed or otherwise authorized, or are in the process of obtaining such licenses
or authorizations, to offer postsecondary education programs by state authorities to the extent the institutions
believe such licenses or authorizations are required, and are certified by the U.S. Department of Education, or ED,
to participate in student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as
amended, or Title IV programs.
The Company’s operations are organized into two reportable segments:
• American Public Education Segment, or APEI Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities at
APUS, other corporate activities, and minority investments.
• Hondros College of Nursing Segment, or HCN Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of HCN.
NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies follows:
Basis of presentation and accounting. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP.
Principles of consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
APEI and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated
in consolidation.
Use of estimates. In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, the Company is required to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. The Company evaluates these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and
bases its estimates on experience, current and expected future conditions and various other assumptions that
144
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
145
the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates
under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to the Company’s
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Cash and cash equivalents. The Company considers all short-term highly liquid investments with maturities of
three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits
with financial institutions, money market funds invested in securities backed by the U.S. government, and U.S.
Treasury bills. Cash and cash equivalents are Level 1 assets in the fair value reporting hierarchy.
Restricted cash. Cash and cash equivalents include funds held for students for unbilled educational services
that were received from Title IV programs. As a trustee of these Title IV program funds, the Company is required to
maintain and restrict these funds pursuant to the terms of the program participation agreement with ED. Restricted
cash on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $1.3 million and
$1.2 million, respectively.
Accounts receivable. The Company accounts for receivables in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards
Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 310, or ASC 310, Receivables. Course tuition is recorded
as accounts receivable and deferred revenue at the time students begin a course or term. Students may remit tuition
payments at any time or they may elect various other payment options with payment terms extending beyond the
start of the course or term. These other payment options include payments by sponsors, financial aid, alternative
loans, or tuition assistance programs that remit payments directly to the subsidiary. HCN also offers an extended
payment plan option.
When a student remits payment after a course or term has begun, accounts receivable is reduced. If payment is made
prior to the start of a course or term, the payment is recorded as a student deposit, and the student is provided
access to the online classroom when courses start, in the case of APUS, or allowed to start the term, in the case of
HCN. If a payment option is confirmed, the student is allowed to start the course or term. Generally, if no receipt is
confirmed or payment option secured, the student will be dropped from the online course or not allowed to start the
term. Therefore, billed amounts represent charges that have been prepared and sent to students or the applicable
third-party payor according to the terms agreed upon in advance.
TA is billed by branch of service on a course-by-course basis when a student starts a course, whereas Title IV
programs are billed based on the courses included in a student’s term. Billed accounts receivable are considered
past due if the invoice has been outstanding for more than 30 days.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s evaluation
of the status of existing accounts receivable. Among other factors, management considers the age of the receivable,
the anticipated source of payment, and historical allowance considerations. Consideration is also given to any
specific known risk areas among the existing accounts receivable balances. Recoveries of receivables previously
written off are recorded when received. APUS does not charge interest on past due accounts receivable. HCN charges
interest on payment plans when a student leaves the payment plan program upon graduation or exits the program.
Property and equipment. All property and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of
the assets. Leasehold improvement depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimated
useful life of the asset or the term of the lease. For tax purposes, different methods are used. Maintenance and
repairs are expensed as incurred, while other costs are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset.
The Company’s Partnership At a Distance system, or PAD, is a customized student information and services system
used by APUS to manage admissions, online orientation, course registrations, tuition payments, grade reporting,
146
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
147
progress toward degrees, and various other functions. Costs associated with this system have been capitalized in
accordance with FASB ASC 350-40, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal
Use, and classified as property and equipment. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of five years.
The Company also capitalizes certain costs for academic program development, and these costs are amortized over
an estimated life not to exceed three years.
Leases. The Company accounts for lease arrangements in accordance with FASB ASC 842, Leases. The Company
determines if there is a lease at inception. Operating lease assets are right-of-use, or ROU assets, which represent the
right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease
payments arising from the lease. Operating leases are included in the Operating lease assets, net, and Operating
lease liabilities, current and long-term on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
These assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of
lease payments over the lease term. When the lease does not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses
an incremental borrowing rate based on information available at lease commencement to determine the present
value of the lease payments. The ROU asset includes all lease payments and excludes lease incentives. The Company
adopted the following practical expedients and elected the following accounting policies related to this standard:
• carry forward of historical lease classification;
• short-term lease accounting policy election allowing lessees to not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for
leases with a term of 12 months or less; and
• not to separate lease and non-lease components for office space and campus leases.
Investments. The Company accounts for its investments in less than majority owned companies in accordance with
FASB ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures and FASB ASC 321, Investments—Equity Securities.
The Company applies ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures to investments when it has the
ability to exercise significant influence but does not control the operating and financial policies of the company.
This is generally represented by equity ownership of at least 20 percent but not more than 50 percent. Investments
accounted for under the equity method are initially recorded at cost and subsequently adjusted by the Company’s
share of equity in income or losses after the date of acquisition. The pro-rata share of the operating results of the
investee is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as equity investment loss. Investments that do not
meet the equity method requirements are accounted for under ASC 321, Investments—Equity Securities, with changes
in the fair value of the investment reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as equity investment loss.
The Company periodically evaluates its equity method investment for indicators of other-than-temporary
impairments. Factors the Company considers when evaluating for other-than-temporary impairments include the
duration and severity of the impairment, the reasons for the decline in value, including the impact of COVID-19, and
the potential recovery period. For an investee with impairment indicators, the Company measures fair value on the
basis of discounted cash flows or other appropriate valuation methods. If it is probable that the Company will not
recover the carrying amount of the investment, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recorded
in equity investment loss, and the equity investment balance is reduced to its fair value accordingly.
In each reporting period, the Company evaluates its cost method investments for observable prices changes. Factors
the Company may consider when evaluating an observable price may include significant changes in the regulatory,
economic or technological environment, changes in the general market condition, bona fide offers to purchase or
sell similar investments, and other criteria, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Management must exercise significant judgment in evaluating the potential impairment of its equity investments.
146
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
147
The Company’s investments are presented on a one-line basis as “Investments” in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Additional information regarding the Company’s investments is located in “Note 6. Investments”
below, in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an
acquired business over the amount assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not
amortized. The Company accounts for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB
ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, and in 2018 adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU 2017-04,
Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The Company annually
assesses goodwill for impairment on October 31st, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that
goodwill might be impaired. In connection with the Company’s November 1, 2013 acquisition of HCN, the Company
recorded $38.6 million of goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase price over the amount assigned to
the new assets acquired and the fair value assigned to identified intangible assets. The Company also recorded
$3.7 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of the HCN acquisition.
APEI utilizes the services of an independent valuation firm to estimate fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangibles. In completing their analysis, the valuation firm uses a discounted cash flow analysis as well as other
valuation methods. The discounted cash flow analysis includes significant estimates and assumptions from
management, including revenue growth rates, operating margins and future economic and market conditions,
among others. Additionally, the valuation firm’s analysis includes significant assumptions with respect to discount
rates and assumed royalty rates. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, the asset is reduced to fair value.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company used an independent valuation firm to complete interim
assessments of goodwill after qualitative analysis indicated that goodwill at HCN might be impaired. The valuations
performed during the first and third quarters of 2019, determined that the fair value was less than the carrying value.
As a result, the Company recorded pretax, non-cash impairment charges of $7.3 million at HCN during the year ended
December 31, 2019.
The Company evaluated events and circumstances related to the valuation of goodwill through the year ended
December 31, 2020 and determined there were no indicators of impairment at HCN. This evaluation included
consideration of enrollment trends and financial performance, as well as industry and market conditions, and the
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company completed its annual assessment of goodwill as of October 31, 2020
and concluded that HCN’s fair value was more than the carrying value. This annual assessment concluded that the
fair value of HCN exceeded the carrying value by approximately $13.7 million, or 37.1%.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested at least annually for impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset
to the carrying value. The 2019 and 2020 interim and annual testing concluded that the indefinite-lived assets were
not impaired.
For additional details regarding goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets refer to “Note 7. Goodwill and
Intangible Assets” below in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Valuation of long-lived assets. The Company accounts for the valuation of long-lived assets under FASB ASC 360,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. ASC 360 requires that long-lived assets and
certain identifiable definite-lived intangible assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-
lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash
flows expected to be generated by the asset.
148
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
149
If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by
which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed
of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell.
Deferred revenue and student deposits. Deferred revenue and student deposits at December 31, 2019 and 2020
was $17.4 million and $22.1 million, respectively. Deferred revenue includes payments that have been received
from students for courses or terms that are still in process and student deposits represent cash received from
students prior to the commencement of a course or term and are refundable to the student in the event the student
withdrawals before the start of the course or term. Student deposits at December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $7.8 million
and $8.4 million, respectively.
Revenue recognition. The Company adopted FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, with a date
of initial application of January 1, 2018. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, the Company recognized revenue
in accordance with the previous accounting standard, ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 606, revenue is
recognized when evidence of a contract exists, delivery has occurred or as instructional services are delivered,
the price is determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from fees is recognized as information
or services are delivered to students, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For additional
information regarding the Company’s adoption of ASC 606 and revenue recognition refer to “Note 4. Revenue”
below in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company provides scholarships and grants and technology fee grants to certain students to assist them
financially and promote their registration. Scholarship assistance and technology fee grants of $26.7 million,
$26.1 million, and $45.6 million were provided for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively,
and are included as a reduction to revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
Advertising costs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred during the year pursuant to FASB ASC 720-35.
Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were $37.4 million, $40.9 million, and
$51.3 million, respectively, and are included in selling and promotional expenses in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Income.
Income taxes. Deferred taxes are determined using the liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized
for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis.
As these differences reverse, they will enter into the determination of future taxable income. Deferred tax assets are
reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion
or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of
changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment of such changes.
Under ASC 740, the Company is required to determine whether uncertain tax positions should be recognized within
the Company’s financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain
tax positions in income tax expense. Uncertain tax positions are recognized when a tax position, based solely on its
technical merits, is determined more likely than not to not be sustained upon examination. Upon determination,
uncertain tax positions are measured to determine the amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be
realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. An
uncertain tax position is reversed if it no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained. There
were no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2018, 2019 or 2020. The Company has not recorded any
material interest or penalties during any of the years presented.
148
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
149
Stock-based compensation. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB
ASC 718, Stock Compensation, which requires companies to expense share-based compensation based on fair value,
and adopted ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based
Payment Accounting in January 2017. Stock-based payments may include incentive stock options or non-qualified
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights,
performance shares, performance units, cash-based awards, other stock-based awards, including unrestricted
shares, or any combination of the foregoing.
Stock-based compensation cost is recognized as expense generally over a three-year vesting period using the
straight-line method for employees and the graded-vesting method for members of the Board of Directors. It is
measured using the Company’s closing stock price on the date of the grant. An accelerated one-year period is
used to recognize stock-based compensation cost for employees who have reached certain service and retirement
eligibility criteria on the date of grant. The fair value of each option award is estimated at the date of grant using a
Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses certain assumptions. The Company makes assumptions with respect
to expected stock price volatility based on the average historical volatility of APEI’s common stock. In addition,
the Company determines the risk-free interest rate by selecting the U.S. Treasury constant maturity for the same
maturity as the estimated life of the option quoted on an investment basis in effect at the time of grant for that
business day.
Judgment is required in estimating the percentage of share-based awards that are expected to vest, and in the
case of performance stock units, or PSUs, the level of performance that will be achieved and the number of shares
that will be earned. The Company estimates forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revises
such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original estimates. The forfeiture assumption
is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates,
stock-based compensation expense could be higher and have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements. Estimates of fair value are subjective and are not intended to predict actual future events,
and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made under
ASC 718. For additional information regarding stock-based compensation, refer to “Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity”
in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Income per common share. Basic net income per common share is based on the weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share increases the shares
used in the per share calculation by the dilutive effects of options, warrants, and restricted stock.
Fair value of financial instruments. Cash equivalents are measured and recorded at fair value. The Company also
measures certain financial assets at fair value for disclosure purposes, as well as on a nonrecurring basis when they
are deemed to be other-than-temporary impairments.
Fair value represents the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined
based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset. Assets recorded at fair value are
measured and classified in accordance with a three-tier fair value hierarchy based on the observability of the inputs
available in the market used to measure fair value:
Level 1—inputs to the valuation techniques that are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2—inputs to the valuation techniques that are other than quoted prices but are observable for the assets or
liabilities, either directly or indirectly; or
Level 3—inputs to the valuation techniques that are unobservable for the assets or liabilities.
150
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
151
The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued
liabilities are all short-term in nature. As such, their carrying amounts approximate fair value and fall within Level 1
of the fair value hierarchy.
Concentration of credit risk. The Company maintains its cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash in bank
deposit accounts with various financial institutions. Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances may
exceed the FDIC insurance limit. The Company has historically not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. ASUs
issued but not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or expected to have minimal
impact on its consolidated financial position and/or results of operations.
In June 2016, FASB, issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which is included in ASC Topic 326,
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments with certain amendments made to the standard in November
2018 through ASU No. 2018-9, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses. The new
guidance revises the accounting requirements related to the measurement of credit losses and requires entities
to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets based on historical experience, current conditions, and
reasonable and supportable forecasts about collectability. Assets must be presented in the financial statements at
the net amount expected to be collected. The guidance is effective for the fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption was permitted. The Company adopted this
standard effective January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard did not
have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2018, FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-
40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service
Contract, which amends ASC 350-40 to address a customer’s accounting for implementation costs incurred in a cloud
computing arrangement that is a service contract. This ASU aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation
costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing
implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software or software licenses. The accounting for the
service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by this amendment. The guidance
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
Early adoption was permitted. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020 using the prospective
approach. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTE 3. ACQUISITION ACTIVITY
On October 28, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Rasmussen University, a nursing-
and health sciences-focused institution serving over 18,000 students at its 24 campuses across six states and online,
which the Company refers to as the Rasmussen Acquisition. Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Purchase
Agreement, or the Rasmussen Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from FAH Education, LLC, all of the
units of membership interests in Rasmussen LLC, Rasmussen University’s parent company, for $300 million in cash
and $29 million in shares of a new series of non-voting preferred stock of the Company to be issued at the closing
of the Rasmussen Acquisition (or, at the Company’s election, up to an additional $29 million in cash in lieu thereof),
subject to customary adjustments, including for net working capital, cash and debt of the acquired companies.
The Rasmussen Acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of 2021, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
closing conditions that include, among others, regulatory review by ED, approval by the Higher Learning Commission,
and approval by or notices to other regulatory and accrediting bodies.
150
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
151
In connection with entering into the Rasmussen Agreement, on October 28, 2020, the Company entered into a
senior secured credit facilities commitment letter or the Commitment Letter with Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., or
Macquarie Capital, and Macquarie Capital Funding LLC, or Macquarie Lender, pursuant to which Macquarie Lender
committed to provide (i) a senior secured term loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of $175 million, or
the Term Facility and (ii) a senior secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate commitment amount of $20 million
(together with the Term Facility, the Facilities). Macquarie Capital will act as lead arranger and bookrunner with
respect to the Facilities. The Company currently expects to pay up to $175 million of the cash consideration for the
Rasmussen Acquisition with proceeds from the Facilities.
NOTE 4. REVENUE
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified
retrospective approach. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606,
while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous accounting
under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition.
The following is a description of principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue.
Instructional services. Instructional services revenue includes tuition, technology, and laboratory fees. The
Company generally recognizes revenue ratably as instructional services are provided over the period or term, which
is, for APUS, either an eight- or sixteen-week period, and for HCN, a quarterly term. Tuition is charged by course or
term, technology fees are charged to APUS students on a per course basis, and technology and laboratory fees are
charged to HCN students on a per term basis, when applicable. Generally, instructional services are billed when a
course or term begins and paid within thirty days of the bill date.
Graduation fees. APUS graduation fee revenue represents a one-time, non-refundable $100 fee per degree, charged
to students upon submission of a program graduation application. The fee covers administrative costs associated
with completing a review of the student’s academic and financial standing prior to graduation. The Company
recognizes revenue once graduation review services are completed. Generally, graduation fees are billed and paid
when the student submits the graduation application.
Textbook and other course material fees. Textbook and other course materials revenue represent fees related
to the sale of textbooks and other course materials to HCN students. Revenue is recognized at the beginning of the
term when the textbooks and other course materials fees are billed. Payment is generally received within thirty days
of the bill date. Sales tax collected from students on the sale of textbooks and other course materials is excluded
from revenue.
Other fees. Other fees revenue represents one-time, non-refundable fees such as application, enrollment, transcript,
and other miscellaneous fees. Generally, other fees revenue is recognized when the fee is charged to the student,
which coincides with the completion of the specific performance obligation to the student.
APUS provides an APUS funded tuition grant to support students who are U.S. Military active-duty service members,
National Guard members, reservists, military spouses and dependents, and, until January 2020, veterans, as well
as a grant to cover the technology fee for students using TA. APUS and HCN also provide grants and scholarships to
certain students to assist them financially with their educational goals.
The statement of retained earnings at January 1, 2018 was adjusted by $278,000 to reflect the after tax impact of the
adoption of ASC 606, related to the recognition of graduation fee revenue at APUS. There were no adjustments to any
other revenue type as a result of the adoption of ASC 606.
152
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
153
For the year ended December 31, 2020, there were no material adverse impacts to revenue, deferred revenue, or
accounts receivable due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Disaggregation of Revenue
In the following table, revenue, shown net of grants and scholarships, is disaggregated by type of service provided.
The table also includes a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue with the reportable segments:
(In thousands)
APEI
HCN
Intersegment
Consolidated
Instructional services, net of grants and scholarships
$258,253
$32,468
$ —
$290,721
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Graduation fees
Textbook and other course materials
Other fees
Total Revenue
1,069
—
740
—
4,678
479
—
—
—
1,069
4,678
1,219
$260,062
$37,625
$ —
$297,687
Year Ended December 31, 2019
(In thousands)
APEI
HCN
Intersegment
Consolidated
Instructional services, net of grants and scholarships
$254,961
$25,369
$(108)
$280,222
Graduation fees
Textbook and other course materials
Other fees
Total Revenue
1,138
—
800
—
3,650
460
—
—
—
1,138
3,650
1,260
$256,899
$29,479
$(108)
$286,270
Year Ended December 31, 2020
(In thousands)
APEI
HCN
Intersegment
Consolidated
Instructional services, net of grants and scholarships
$283,656
$30,346
$ (72)
$313,930
Graduation fees
Textbook and other course materials
Other fees
Total Revenue
1,336
—
774
—
5,197
548
—
—
—
1,336
5,197
1,322
$285,766
$36,091
$ (72)
$321,785
Effective January 1, 2019, the APEI Segment began charging the HCN Segment for the value of courses taken by HCN
Segment employees at APUS. The intersegment elimination represents the elimination of this intersegment revenue
in consolidation.
Contract Balances and Performance Obligations
The Company has no contract assets or deferred contract costs as of December 31, 2020.
The Company recognizes a contract liability, or deferred revenue, when a student begins an online course, in the
case of APUS, or starts a term, in the case of HCN, and revenue is recognized as described earlier in this footnote.
Deferred revenue at December 31, 2019 was $17.4 million and includes $9.6 million in future revenue that has not yet
been earned for courses and terms that are in progress, as well as $7.8 million in consideration received in advance
for future courses or terms, or student deposits, and represents the Company’s performance obligation to transfer
152
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
153
future instructional services to students. Deferred revenue at December 31, 2020 was $22.1 million and includes
$13.7 million in future revenue that has not yet been earned for courses and terms that are in progress as well as
$8.4 million in student deposits.
The Company has elected, as a practical expedient, not to disclose additional information about unsatisfied
performance obligations for contracts with students that have an expected duration of one year or less.
When the Company begins providing the performance obligations, a contract receivable is created, resulting in
accounts receivable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company accounts for receivables in
accordance with ASC 310, Receivables. The Company uses the portfolio approach, a practical expedient, to evaluate
if a contract exists and to assess collectability at the time of contract inception based on historical experience.
Contracts are subsequently reviewed for collectability if significant events or circumstances indicate a change.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s evaluation of the status of existing accounts
receivable. Among other factors, management considers the age of the receivable, the anticipated source of
payment, and historical allowance considerations. Consideration is also given to any specific known risk areas
among the existing accounts receivable balances. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded
when received. APUS does not charge interest on past due accounts receivable. HCN charges interest on payment
plans when a student leaves the payment plan program upon graduation or exit of the program. Interest earned
for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, was approximately $15,000 and $17,000, respectively. There
was no interest earned for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Refund Policies
The Company provides a stated period of time during which students may withdraw from a course for APUS, or a
term for HCN, without further financial obligation resulting in a refund liability. The refund policy for each subsidiary
is as follows:
American Public University System
APUS’s tuition revenue varies from period to period based on the number of students enrolled, the number of net
course registrations, the volume of undergraduate versus graduate registrations, and student payor source. Students
may remit tuition payments through the online registration process at any time or they may elect various payment
options, including payments by sponsors, alternative loans, financial aid, or TA, which remits payments directly to
APUS. If one of the various other payment options is confirmed as secured, the student is allowed to start the course.
These other payment options can delay the receipt of payment up until the course starts or longer, resulting in the
recording of an account receivable at the beginning of each session. Tuition revenue that has not yet been earned by
APUS is presented as deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
APUS refunds 100% of tuition for courses that are dropped before the conclusion of the first seven days of a course.
The Company does not recognize revenue for dropped courses. After a course begins, APUS uses the following
refund policy:
8-Week Course—Tuition Refund Schedule
Withdrawal Date
Before or During Week 1
During Week 2
During Weeks 3 through 4
During Weeks 5 through 8
Tuition Refund Percentage
100%
75%
50%
No Refund
154
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
155
16-Week Course—Tuition Refund Schedule
Withdrawal Date
Before or During Week 1
During Week 2
During Weeks 3 through 4
During Weeks 5 through 8
During Weeks 9 through 16
Tuition Refund Percentage
100%
100%
75%
50%
No Refund
Students affiliated with certain organizations may have an alternate refund policy.
If a student withdraws during the academic term, APUS calculates the portion of instructional services and
technology fees that are non-refundable based on the tuition refund policy and recognizes it as revenue in the period
the withdrawal occurs.
Hondros College of Nursing
HCN’s tuition revenue varies from period to period based on the number of students enrolled and the programs
in which they are enrolled. Students may remit tuition payments at any time, or they may elect various payment
options that can delay receipt of payment up until the term starts or longer. These other payment options include
payments by sponsors, financial aid, and alternative loans. Beginning July 1, 2018, HCN began offering its students
an extended payment plan option designed to assist students with educational costs consisting of tuition, textbooks,
and fees. The extended payment plan option is only available after all other student financial assistance has been
applied to those costs. The payment plan requires monthly payments while the student is enrolled in a program and
extends for a period up to six months after the last day of attendance or graduation. To the extent interest is applied,
it is generally fixed and does not accrue until the student departs the program or graduates. The extended payment
plan option does not impose any origination fees. Borrowers are advised about the terms of the loans and counseled
to use all federal funding options. In addition, beginning January 1, 2020, HCN began offering an institutional grant
to students demonstrating financial need to cover the difference between the total cost of tuition and fees less the
amount of all eligible financial aid resources. The grant is designed to limit a student’s monthly payment to $200
through an award of up to $200 per month or $600 per term after consideration of financial aid, employer tuition
reimbursement, and other financial resources. HCN awarded approximately $0.2 million of institutional grants during
the year ended December 31, 2020.
Generally, financial aid is awarded prior to the start of the term and requests for authorization of disbursement
begin in the second week of the term. Tuition revenue that has not yet been earned by HCN is presented as deferred
revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
HCN’s refund policy for Ohio campuses complies with the rules of the Ohio State Board of Career Colleges and
Schools and is applicable to each term. For a course with an on-campus or other in-person component, the date of
withdrawal is determined by a student’s last attended day of clinical offering, laboratory session, or lecture. For an
online course, the date of withdrawal is determined by a student’s last submitted assignment in the course. HCN uses
the following refund policies:
154
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
155
HCN’s refund policy for students at its Ohio campuses is as follows:
Quarterly Term
Withdrawal Date
Before first full calendar week of the quarter
During first full calendar week of the quarter
During second full calendar week of the quarter
During third full calendar week of the quarter
Tuition Refund Percentage
100%
75%
50%
25%
During fourth full week of the quarter
No Refund
HCN’s refund policy for students at its Indianapolis campus is as follows:
Withdrawal Date
Tuition Refund Percentage
Before first calendar week of quarter
During first full calendar week of the quarter
During third full calendar week of the quarter
During sixth full calendar week of the quarter
During ninth full calendar week of the quarter
100%
90%
75%
50%
25%
After the ninth week of the quarter
No Refund
If a student withdraws during the term, HCN calculates the portion of tuition that is non-refundable based on the
tuition refund policy and recognizes it as revenue in the period the withdrawal occurs.
Refund Liability
APUS uses the portfolio approach and applies the expected value method to determine if a refund liability exists.
This requires management judgment and the use of estimates and historical data to assess the likelihood and
magnitude of a revenue reversal due to a refund liability. Due to the short duration of the courses, and the refund
policy described above, any uncertainty regarding a student’s withdrawal is resolved in a short time period. Based
on measurement and analysis, the Company determined that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of
revenue recognized is not expected. The Company includes this estimate in the transaction price. At December 31,
2019 and 2020, there was approximately $9,000 and $28,800, respectively, of refund liabilities for APUS included
in deferred revenue. APUS updates the measurement of the refund liability at the end of each reporting period for
changes in expectations, and if the reversal becomes significant, recognizes corresponding adjustments to revenue.
Because each HCN term coincides with the Company’s fiscal quarter period, there is no refund liability as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.
156
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
157
NOTE 5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consisted of the following:
($ in thousands)
Land
Building and building improvements
Leasehold improvements
Office equipment
Computer equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Other capital assets
Software development
Program development
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Useful Life
—
15–39 years
up to 15 years
5 years
3 years
7 years
5 years
5 years
3 years
As of December 31,
2019
$ 9,244
54,592
1,536
911
22,090
9,035
128
87,774
13,103
198,413
119,918
$ 78,495
2020
$ 9,019
53,309
1,569
587
20,227
8,447
150
89,320
13,370
195,998
127,564
$ 68,434
The Company disposed of long-lived assets resulting in a loss of $0.9 million, $0.6 million, and $0.9 million during
the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. The disposals and losses were primarily related
to assets no longer in use. The losses on long-lived assets are included as loss on disposals of long-lived assets in
these Consolidated Financial Statements.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s APEI Segment sold certain excess real property located
in Charles Town, West Virginia, for a net sales price of $0.8 million, resulting in a loss on disposals of long-lived
assets of $0.4 million. The loss was included in loss on disposals of long-lived assets in these Consolidated
Financial Statements.
During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, the Company recorded depreciation expense of
$16.9 million, $15.3 million and $13.0 million, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded amortization
expense related to other assets of $0.6 million and $0.3 million, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and
2019, respectively. There was no amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2020 due to assets
being fully amortized.
NOTE 6. INVESTMENTS
On September 30, 2012, the Company made a $6.8 million investment in preferred stock, treated as in-substance
common stock, of NWHW Holdings, Inc., or NWHW Holdings, a holding company that operates an information
technology training company, New Horizons Worldwide, Inc., or New Horizons, representing approximately 20%
of the fully diluted equity of NWHW Holdings. The Company initially accounted for its investment in New Horizons
under ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Therefore, the Company recorded the investment at
cost and recognized its share of earnings or losses in the investee in the periods for which they were reported with a
corresponding adjustment in the carrying amount of the investment. During the first quarter of 2019, the Company
determined that it no longer qualified to account for its investment in NWHW Holdings under ASC 323 because
the Company is unable to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of NWHW Holdings;
156
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
157
therefore, the Company elected to account for the investment under ASC 321, Equity Investments. Under ASC 321,
for each reporting period, the Company completes a qualitative assessment considering impairment indicators to
evaluate whether the investment is impaired. Earnings or losses that were previously recorded remain as part of
the carrying amount of the investment. The carrying value of the investment was approximately $5.2 million, as of
December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
On February 20, 2013, the Company made a $4.0 million investment in preferred stock of Fidelis Education, Inc.,
or Fidelis Education, representing approximately 22% of its fully diluted equity. On February 1, 2016, the Company
made an additional $950,000 investment in preferred stock increasing its investment in Fidelis Education to
approximately 23% of its fully diluted equity. Fidelis Education offers a learning relationship management platform
that improves education advising and career mentoring services offered to students as they pursue college degrees.
In connection with the investment, the Company is entitled to certain rights, including the right to representation
on the Board of Directors of Fidelis Education. The Company accounts for its investment in Fidelis Education under
ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Therefore, the Company recorded the investment at
cost and recognizes its share of earnings or losses in the investee in the periods for which they are reported with a
corresponding adjustment in the carrying amount of the investment. Under ASC 323, for each reporting period, the
Company completes a qualitative assessment considering impairment indicators to evaluate whether the investment
is impaired. Earnings or losses that were previously recorded remain as part of the carrying amount of the investment.
The carrying value of the investment is approximately $1.1 million, as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
On April 2, 2014, the Company made a $1.5 million investment in preferred stock of Second Avenue Software, Inc.,
or Second Avenue Software, representing approximately 26% of its fully diluted equity. Second Avenue Software
is a game-based education software company that develops software on a proprietary and “work-for-hire” basis.
The Company initially accounted for its investment in Second Avenue Software under ASC 323, Investments—Equity
Method and Joint Ventures. Therefore, the Company recorded the investment at cost and recognized its share of
earnings or losses in the investee in the periods for which they were reported with a corresponding adjustment in
the carrying amount of the investment. During the first quarter of 2019, the Company determined that it no longer
qualified to account for its investment in Second Avenue Software under ASC 323 because the Company is no longer
able to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of Second Avenue Software; therefore, the
Company has elected to account for the investment under ASC 321, Equity Investments. Under ASC 321, for each
reporting period, the Company completes a qualitative assessment considering impairment indicators to evaluate
whether the investment is impaired. The carrying value of the investment is approximately $0.8 million as of
December 31, 2019 and 2020.
On December 21, 2015, the Company made a $3.5 million investment in preferred stock of RallyPoint, an online
social network for members of the military, representing approximately 14% of its fully diluted equity. The Company
accounts for its investment in RallyPoint using ASC 321, Investments—Equity Securities. On October 24, 2017, the
Company made an additional $0.3 million investment in preferred stock of Rally Point. Subsequent to the additional
investment, the Company’s fully diluted ownership was unchanged. Under ASC 321, for each reporting period, the
Company completes a qualitative assessment considering impairment indicators to evaluate whether the investment
is impaired. The carrying value of the investment was approximately $3.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
The Company evaluated its equity method investment for impairment as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, including a
review of any impacts related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and determined the investment was not impaired. During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $0.1 million on its
equity method investment.
The Company evaluated its cost method investments for impairment as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, including a
review of any impacts related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and determined none of the investments were impaired.
158
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
159
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $0.5 million
on its cost method investments.
The aggregate carrying amount of the Company’s investments accounted for under ASC 321, Investments—Equity
Securities, presented on its Consolidated Balance Sheets on a one-line basis as “Investments”, was approximately
$9.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
In connection with its November 1, 2013 acquisition of HCN, the Company applied ASC 805, Business Combinations,
using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company recorded $38.6 million of goodwill, representing the
excess of the purchase price over the amount assigned to the net assets acquired and the fair value assigned to
identified intangible assets, and recorded $8.1 million of identified intangible assets.
The Company accounts for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles
Goodwill and Other, and in 2018 adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test
for Goodwill Impairment. The Company annually assesses goodwill for impairment on October 31st, or more frequently
if events and circumstances, including a review of any impacts related to the COVID-19 pandemic, indicate that goodwill
might be impaired. Goodwill impairment testing consists of an optional qualitative assessment as well as a quantitative
test. The quantitative test compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the
reporting unit is greater than zero and its fair value is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the
carrying value is greater than the fair value, the difference between the two values is recorded as an impairment.
In addition to goodwill, HCN recorded identified intangible assets with an indefinite useful life in the aggregate
amount of $3.7 million, which includes trade names, accreditation, licensing and Title IV, and affiliate agreements,
and recorded $4.4 million of identified intangible assets with a definite useful life. At the acquisition date, the
useful life assigned to each type of intangible asset with a definite useful life was as follows:
Student contracts and relationships
Curricula
Non-compete agreements
Useful Life
6 years
3 years
5 years
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, all identified intangible assets with a useful life were fully amortized.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, as a result of circumstances that included HCN’s continued
underperformance against revised 2019 internal targets and overall 2019 financial performance, the Company
completed interim goodwill impairment tests during the first and third quarters. The implied fair value of goodwill
was calculated and compared to the recorded goodwill, and the Company determined the fair value of goodwill
was $26.6 million, or $7.3 million less than its carrying value. There was no impairment of the intangible assets. As a
result, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charges of $7.3 million to reduce the carrying value of its goodwill
in the HCN Segment during 2019. There was no impairment of goodwill or the intangible assets during the year ended
December 31, 2020.
The Company engaged an independent valuation firm to assist with the valuation and determination of the fair
value of HCN for both assessments. The independent valuation firm weighted the results of four different valuation
methods: (1) discounted cash flows; (2) guideline company; (3) guideline transaction for comparable transactions;
and (4) guideline transaction for private equity transactions. Under the discounted cash flow method, cash flows
were discounted by an estimated risk weighted average cost of capital, which was intended to reflect the overall level
158
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
159
of inherent risk of HCN. Under the guideline company method, valuation metrics from other education companies
were used to determine the value. Under the comparable transaction method, pricing terms from other transactions
in the higher education market were used to determine the value. Under the private equity method, pricing terms
from private equity transactions were used to determine the value. Values derived under the four valuation methods
were then weighted to estimate HCN’s enterprise value.
The goodwill impairment charges recorded in 2019 eliminated the difference between the fair value of goodwill
and the carrying value of goodwill.
As of October 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company completed its annual assessment of goodwill and concluded
that HCN’s fair value was more than the carrying value; consequently, there was no impairment. The Company’s
October 31, 2020 annual assessment concluded that the fair value of HCN exceeded the carrying value by
approximately $13.7 million, or 37.1%.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment during the years ended December 31, 2019
and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
Goodwill as of December 31, 2018
Impairment
Goodwill as of December 31, 2019
Impairment
Goodwill as of December 31, 2020
APEI Segment
HCN Segment
Total Goodwill
$—
—
$—
—
$—
$33,899
(7,336)
$26,563
—
$26,563
$33,899
(7,336)
$26,563
—
$26,563
Intangible assets, included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in these Consolidated Financial
Statements, consist of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):
Finite-lived intangible assets
Curricula
Non-compete agreements
Student contracts and relationships
Total finite-lived intangible assets
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Trade name
Accreditation, licensing and Title IV
Affiliation agreements
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets
Total intangible assets
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
$ 405
86
3,870
4,361
1,998
1,686
37
3,721
$8,082
$ 405
86
3,870
4,361
—
—
—
—
$4,361
$ —
—
—
—
1,998
1,686
37
3,721
$3,721
Finite-lived intangible assets were amortized in a manner that reflects the estimated economic benefit of the
intangible assets. Curricula and non-compete agreements were amortized on a straight-line basis. Student
contracts and relationships were amortized using an accelerated method.
160
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
161
Determining the fair value of HCN requires judgment and the use of significant estimates and assumptions,
including fluctuations in enrollments, revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, discount rates, and future market
conditions, among others. Given the current competitive and regulatory environment, the impact of COVID-19, and
the uncertainties regarding the related impact on HCN’s business, there can be no assurance that the estimates
and assumptions made for purposes of the Company’s interim and annual goodwill impairment tests will prove
to be accurate predictions of the future. If the Company’s assumptions are not realized, the Company may record
additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such
future impairment charge would result or whether such charge would be material.
NOTE 8. LEASES
The Company has operating leases for office space and campus facilities. Some leases include options to terminate
or extend for one or more years. These options are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the
option will be exercised.
In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The Company adopted the standard effective
January 1, 2019 using the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, which applies the provisions of the
standard at the effective date without adjusting the comparative periods presented. This standard requires
entities to recognize most operating leases on their balance sheets as right-of-use assets, or ROU assets, with a
corresponding lease liability, in addition to disclosing certain key information about leasing arrangements. The
adoption of this standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease ROU assets and corresponding lease
liabilities of approximately $12.1 million on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 1, 2019. There was no
impact to the Company’s net income or liquidity as a result of the adoption of this ASU.
Operating lease assets are ROU assets, which represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term.
Operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating
leases are included in the Operating lease assets, net, and Operating lease liabilities, current and long-term on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. These assets and lease liabilities are recognized at
the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When the lease
does not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on information
available at lease commencement to determine the present value of the lease payments. The ROU asset includes all
lease payments and excludes lease incentives.
Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. There are no variable
lease payments. Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was approximately $2.6 million and
$2.9 million, respectively. These costs are primarily related to long-term operating leases, but also include amounts
for short-term leases with terms greater than 30 days that are not material. Cash paid for amounts included in the
present value of operating lease liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $2.8 million and
$2.9 million, respectively, and is included in operating cash flows.
160
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
161
The following tables present information about the amount and timing of cash flows arising from the Company’s
operating leases as of December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands):
Maturity of Lease Liabilities
Lease Payments
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and beyond
Total future minimum lease payments
Less imputed interest
Present value of operating lease liabilities
Balance Sheet Classification
Operating lease liabilities, current
Operating lease liabilities, long-term
Total operating lease liabilities
Other Information
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted average discount rate
2,791
2,465
1,709
928
498
1,742
$10,133
(1,286)
$ 8,847
$ 2,392
6,455
$ 8,847
4.91
5.1%
The APEI Segment leases corporate and administrative office space in Maryland and Virginia under operating leases
that expire through May 2022. Lease expense related to the APEI Segment’s operating leases was $0.5 million in each
of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. HCN leases administrative office space in suburban
Columbus, Ohio, and leases six campuses located in the suburban areas of Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton,
and Toledo, Ohio, and a campus in Indianapolis, Indiana, under operating leases that expire through June 2029.
Lease expenses related to the HCN Segment’s operating leases were $2.1 million, and $2.4 million for the years
ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A majority of the leases require the payment of taxes, maintenance,
insurance and certain other operating expenses applicable to the leased premises.
In December 2020 HCN entered into a lease agreement for a new campus location in Akron, Ohio. The lease term
begins in April 2021 for an 87 month period expiring in June 2028, with four additional optional five year renewal
terms. The total value of the minimum rental payments for the initial term of the lease is approximately $2.5 million.
162
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
163
NOTE 9. INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense were as follows (in thousands):
Current income tax expense:
Federal
State
Deferred tax expense:
Federal
State
Income Tax Expense
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$ 8,034
2,170
10,204
(776)
(141)
(917)
$ 9,287
$ 5,803
1,425
7,228
(1,766)
(275)
(2,041)
$ 5,187
$5,685
2,146
7,831
(608)
(203)
(811)
$7,020
The tax effects of principal temporary differences are as follows (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets
Operating lease liability
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Restricted stock
Accrued vacation and severance
Investment
Other
Stock option compensation expense
Total gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Income tax deductible capitalized software development costs
Operating lease asset
Property and equipment
Prepaid expenses
Goodwill and intangibles
Total deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities, net
As of December 31,
2019
2020
$ 2,912
1,528
1,232
660
304
232
1
6,869
—
6,869
(3,330)
(2,882)
(1,670)
(1,607)
(771)
(10,260)
$ (3,391)
$ 2,187
1,487
1,573
695
564
596
63
7,165
(536)
6,629
(2,468)
(2,161)
(1,867)
(1,294)
(1,419)
(9,209)
$(2,580)
162
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
163
Income tax expense differs from the amount of tax determined by applying the United States Federal income tax
rates to pretax income and loss due to the application of state apportionment laws, permanent tax differences, and
other temporary differences (in thousands):
Tax expense at statutory rate
State taxes, net
Permanent differences
Equity-based compensation benefits
Post-employment benefits
Uncertain tax position
Valuation allowance
Other
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
$7,320
1,575
433
(126)
—
154
—
21.00%
$3,192
21.00%
4.51%
1.24%
(0.36%)
—%
0.44%
—%
852
244
371
345
93
213
5.60%
1.61%
2.44%
2.27%
0.61%
1.40%
(69)
(0.19%)
(123)
(0.80%)
$5,427
1,156
491
(305)
(67)
49
287
(18)
21.00%
4.48%
1.90%
(1.18%)
(0.26%)
0.19%
1.11%
(0.07%)
$9,287
26.64%
$5,187
34.13%
$7,020
27.17%
Permanent differences in the table above are mainly attributable to executive and stock compensation, minority
investment losses including other-than-temporary impairment charges, nondeductible meals and entertainment
expenses, and non-deductible employer contributions to the American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
There were no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2018, 2019, or 2020. Interest and penalties
associated with uncertain income tax positions would be classified as income tax expense. The Company has not
recorded any material interest or penalties during any of the years presented.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. For U.S.
federal and state tax purposes, tax years 2017–2019 remain open to examination.
NOTE 10. OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Company has established a tax deferred 401(k) retirement plan that provides retirement benefits to its eligible
employees. Participants may elect to contribute up to 60% of their gross annual earnings not to exceed ERISA and
IRS limits. The plan provides for Company discretionary profit sharing contributions at matching percentages.
Employees immediately vest 100% in all salary reduction contributions and employer contributions.
The Company made discretionary contributions to the plan of $3.7 million, $3.7 million, and $4.2 million for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively.
In November 2007, the Company adopted the American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the
ESPP, which was implemented effective July 1, 2008 with quarterly enrollment periods. Eligible participants may
only enter the plan and establish their withholdings at the start of an enrollment period. Participating employees
may withdraw from the plan and end payroll deductions at any time up to five days before the share purchase date
and funds will be returned to them. Under the ESPP, participating employees may purchase shares of the Company’s
common stock, subject to certain limitations, at 85% of its fair market value on the last day of the quarterly period.
The total value of contributions per participant may not exceed $21,000 annually or the value of the common stock
purchased per participant cannot exceed $25,000. There were initially 100,000 shares of common stock available for
164
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
165
purchase by participating employees under the ESPP. On June 13, 2014, the Company’s stockholders approved an
amendment to the ESPP to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance
under the plan by 100,000 shares, extend the term of the ESPP to March 7, 2024, and make other administrative
changes. On May 15, 2020, the Company’s stockholders further amended the ESPP to increase the number of shares
of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the plan by an additional 100,000 shares and extend
the term of the ESPP to May 15, 2030. Shares purchased in the open market for issuance to employees pursuant to
the plan for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 were as follows:
Purchase Date
March 31, 2018
June 30, 2018
September 30, 2018
December 31, 2018
Total/Weighted Average
March 31, 2019
June 30, 2019
September 30, 2019
December 31, 2019
Total/Weighted Average
March 31, 2020
June 30, 2020
September 30, 2020
December 31, 2020
Total/Weighted Average
Shares
1,931
1,661
2,779
2,475
8,846
2,905
2,465
4,511
3,339
13,220
3,922
2,737
4,015
3,550
14,224
Common Stock
Fair Value
Purchase
Price
Compensation
Expense
$42.15
$43.15
$32.17
$28.46
$35.37
$30.74
$29.35
$22.34
$27.39
$26.77
$23.93
$29.60
$28.19
$30.48
$27.86
$35.83
$36.68
$27.34
$24.19
$30.07
$26.13
$24.94
$18.99
$23.28
$22.75
$20.34
$25.16
$23.96
$25.91
$23.68
$12,209
$10,751
$13,410
$10,566
$46,936
$13,395
$10,873
$15,116
$13,723
$53,107
$14,078
$12,152
$16,977
$16,231
$59,438
NOTE 11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Stock Incentive Plans
The American Public Education, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or 2017 Incentive Plan, became effective on
May 12, 2017, or the Effective Date. Upon effectiveness of the 2017 Incentive Plan, the Company ceased making
awards under the American Public Education, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Incentive Plan. The 2017
Incentive Plan allows the Company to grant up to 1,675,000 shares, as well as shares of the Company’s common
stock that were available for issuance under the 2011 Incentive Plan as of the Effective Date. In addition, the number
of shares of common stock available under the 2017 Incentive Plan was increased from time to time by the number
of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2011 Incentive Plan that terminate by expiration,
forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without issuance of such shares following the Effective Date. On May 15, 2020,
the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2017 Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares
available for issuance thereunder by 1,425,000 and to extend the term of the 2017 Plan to May 15, 2030, as well as to
clarify limitations on repricing. Grants under the 2017 Incentive Plan generally vest over a period of three years and the
Company recognizes compensation expense over that period. The 2017 Incentive Plan includes a provision that allows
individuals who have reached certain service and retirement eligibility criteria on the date of grant an accelerated
service period of one year. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these individuals over the accelerated
period. As of December 31, 2020, all shares subject to outstanding awards are under the 2017 Incentive Plan.
164
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
165
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards
The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards is calculated based on the closing
price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of these awards is recognized as stock-
based compensation expense and is expensed over the vesting period using the straight-line method for Company
employees and the graded-vesting method for members of the Board of Directors. The Company recognizes the
estimated fair value of performance-based restricted stock units by assuming the satisfaction of any performance-
based objectives at the “target” level, which is the most probable outcome determined for accounting purposes at
the time of grant and multiplying the corresponding number of shares earned based upon such achievement by the
closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. To the extent performance goals are not met, compensation
cost is not ultimately recognized against the goals and, to the extent previously recognized, compensation cost
is reversed. The Company also estimates forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revises such
estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original estimates.
The table below sets forth the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2018:
Non vested, December 31, 2017
Shares granted
Vested shares
Shares forfeited
Non vested, December 31, 2018
Number of Shares
Weighted Average Grant
Price and Fair Value
461,262
302,781
(222,069)
(51,632)
490,342
$20.91
27.00
21.33
22.94
$24.23
The table below sets forth the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2019:
Non vested, December 31, 2018
Shares granted
Vested shares
Shares forfeited
Non vested, December 31, 2019
Number of Shares
Weighted Average Grant
Price and Fair Value
490,342
333,635
(255,918)
(21,119)
546,940
$24.23
29.48
22.98
26.86
$27.81
The table below sets forth the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Non vested, December 31, 2019
Shares granted
Vested shares
Shares forfeited
Non vested, December 31, 2020
Number of Shares
Weighted Average Grant
Price and Fair Value
546,940
396,976
(307,937)
(109,179)
526,800
$27.81
24.94
26.95
26.56
$26.43
166
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
167
There were 35,688, 37,738, and 48,434 shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units excluded in the computation
of diluted net income per common share for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively.
At December 31, 2020, total unrecognized compensation expense in the amount of $8.7 million relates to non-vested
restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted average period
of 1.8 years.
As a result of termination of employment, the Company accepted the following common shares for forfeiture:
48,814 shares for $1,118,842 in 2018, 17,825 shares for $488,974 in 2019, and 73,808 shares for $1,855,784 in 2020.
Option Awards
The fair value of each option award is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The
Company makes assumptions with respect to expected stock price volatility based on the average historical volatility
of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the Company determines the risk-free interest rate by selecting the
U.S. Treasury constant maturity for the same maturity as the estimated life of the option, quoted on an investment
basis in effect at the time of grant for that business day. Estimates of fair value are subjective and are not intended
to predict actual future events, and subsequent events are not necessarily indicative of the reasonableness of the
original estimates of fair value made under FASB ASC Topic 718. Prior to 2012, the Company issued a mix of stock
options and restricted stock, but ceased issuing options until 2019. Options currently outstanding vest ratably over
a period of three years and expire in ten years from the date of grant.
The table below sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2018:
Outstanding, December 31, 2017
Options granted
Awards exercised
Options forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2018
Exercisable, December 31, 2018
Number
of Options
109,616
—
—
(109,616)
—
—
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average
Contractual Life
(years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
$37.52
—
—
37.52
$ —
$ —
$—
$—
The table below sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2019:
Number
of Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average
Contractual Life
(years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding, December 31, 2018
Options granted
Awards exercised
Options forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2019
Exercisable, December 31, 2019
—
43,134
—
—
43,134
—
$ —
23.77
—
—
$23.77
$ —
10
9.73
$156
$ —
166
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
167
The table below sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Outstanding, December 31, 2019
Options granted
Awards exercised
Options forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2020
Exercisable, December 31, 2020
Number
of Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average
Contractual Life
(years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
43,134
17,370
—
—
60,504
14,378
$23.77
33.11
—
—
$26.45
$23.77
9.73
10
8.96
8.73
$156
$ —
$264
$ 88
The following table sets forth the assumptions used in calculating the fair value at the date of grant of each option
award granted:
Expected volatility
Expected dividends
Expected term, in years
Risk-free interest rate
Year Ended December 31,
2019
47.37%
—%
10
1.74%
2020
48.74%
—%
10
0.68%
2018
—%
—%
0
—%
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year
$—
$13.91
$18.99
There were no anti-dilutive stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per common share for
the year ended December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2020, there were 43,134, and 60,504
anti-dilutive stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, the Company recognized stock-based compensation
expense as follows:
(In thousands)
Instructional costs and services
Selling and promotional
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense
2018
$1,610
512
5,058
$7,180
Year Ended December 31,
2019
$1,570
766
3,624
$5,960
2020
$1,535
1,007
4,533
$7,075
The Company recognized income tax benefits of $1.9 million, $2.0 million, and $1.9 million from vested restricted
stock and restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively.
Repurchase
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not repurchase shares of the Company’s common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, other than shares deemed to have been repurchased to satisfy employee minimum
168
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
169
tax withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock grants. During the year ended
December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 1,416,304 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per
share. The chart and footnotes below provide the detail as to the Company’s repurchases during the period.
January 1, 2019
January 1, 2019–January 31, 2019
February 1, 2019–February 28, 2019
March 1, 2019–March 31, 2019
April 1, 2019–April 30, 2019
May 1, 2019–May 31, 2019
June 1, 2019–June 30, 2019
July 1, 2019–July 31, 2019
August 1, 2019–August 31, 2019
September 1, 2019–September 30, 2019
October 1, 2019–October 31, 2019
November 1, 2019–November 30, 2019
December 1, 2019–December 31, 2019
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
—
—
—
—
—
129,973
197,488
218,699
220,000
199,921
229,849
110,374
110,000
Average
Price Paid
per Share
$ —
—
—
—
—
29.38
29.03
30.79
28.16
24.12
22.34
23.21
27.23
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum
Number of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(1)
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(2)(3)
—
—
—
—
—
129,973
197,488
218,699
220,000
199,921
229,849
110,374
110,000
—
$ 148,008
283,876
283,876
283,876
284,252
299,060
299,060
299,436
299,436
352,104
352,480
352,480
352,480
352,480
148,008
148,008
148,008
148,008
31,181,393
25,448,317
18,714,574
12,519,374
7,697,280
2,562,453
673
22,004,700
$22,004,700
Total
1,416,304
$26.83
1,416,304
168
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
169
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased 547,563 shares of the Company’s common
stock, par value $0.01 per share. The chart and footnotes below provide the detail as to the Company’s repurchases
during the period.
January 1, 2020
January 1, 2020–January 31, 2020
February 1, 2020–February 29, 2020
March 1, 2020–March 31, 2020
April 1, 2020–April 30, 2020
May 1, 2020–May 31, 2020
June 1, 2020–June 30, 2020
July 1, 2020–July 31, 2020
August 1, 2020–August 31, 2020
September 1, 2020–September 30, 2020
October 1, 2020–October 31, 2020
November 1, 2020–November 30, 2020
December 1, 2020–December 31, 2020
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average
Price Paid
per Share
—
$ —
198,300
179,263
170,000
27.10
24.51
22.59
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum
Number of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(2)
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(2)(3)
—
198,300
179,263
170,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$22,004,700
284,723
284,723
284,723
284,723
299,843
312,816
317,924
331,841
331,841
331,841
331,841
331,841
331,841
16,630,770
12,237,034
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
8,396,734
$ 8,396,734
Total
547,563
$24.85
547,563
(1) On December 9, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for our common stock, under which we could annually
purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in that year under our equity incentive and stock purchase plans.
Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing market prices or in privately negotiated transactions based
on business and market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any shares, may be suspended or
discontinued at any time, and is funded using our available cash.
(2) On May 2, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $35.0 million of the Company’s shares of common stock, and
on December 5, 2019, the Board approved an additional authorization of up to $25.0 million of shares. Subject to market conditions, applicable
legal requirements, and other factors, the repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.
The authorization does not obligate the Company to acquire any shares, and purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time based
on market conditions and other factors the Company deem appropriate. The Company may purchase shares at management’s discretion in the
open market, in privately negotiated transactions, in transactions structured through investment banking institutions, or a combination of the
foregoing. The Company may also, from time to time, enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans to facilitate repurchases of shares under this authorization. The
amount and timing of repurchases are subject to a variety of factors, including liquidity, cash flow, stock price and general business and market
conditions. The Company has no obligation to repurchase shares and may modify, suspend or discontinue the repurchase program at any time.
The authorization under this program is in addition to the Company’s repurchase program under which we may annually purchase up to the
cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in that year under our equity incentive and stock purchase plan.
(3) During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, the Company was deemed to have repurchased 66,088, 83,214, and 78,847 shares
of common stock forfeited by employees to satisfy minimum tax-withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock
grants. These repurchases were not part of the stock repurchase programs authorized by our Board of Directors as described in footnotes 1 and 2
of this table.
170
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
171
NOTE 12. CONTINGENCIES
The Company accrues for costs associated with contingencies including, but not limited to, regulatory compliance
and legal matters when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities established to provide
for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved.
The Company bases these accruals on management’s estimate of such costs, which may vary from the ultimate costs
and expenses, associated with any such contingency.
From time to time the Company may be involved in legal matters in the normal course of its business.
NOTE 13. CONCENTRATION
APUS students utilize various payment sources and programs to finance their education expenses, including funds
from: Department of Defense, or DoD, tuition assistance programs, or TA, education benefit programs administered
by the U.S. Department of Veteran’s Affairs, or VA, and federal student aid from Title IV programs, as well as cash and
other sources. Reductions in or changes to TA, VA education benefits, Title IV programs and other payment sources
could have a significant impact on the Company’s operations. As of December 31, 2020 approximately 61% of APUS
students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment. Active duty
military students generally take fewer courses per year on average than non-military students.
A summary of APEI Segment revenue derived from students by primary funding source for the years ended
December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 is as follows:
DoD tuition assistance programs
VA education benefits
Title IV programs
Cash and other sources
2018
37%
23%
26%
14%
Year Ended December 31,
2019
39%
23%
25%
13%
2020
43%
22%
21%
14%
A summary of HCN Segment revenue derived from students by primary funding source for the years ended
December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 is as follows:
Title IV programs
Cash and other sources
VA education benefits
2018
82%
16%
2%
Year Ended December 31,
2019
80%
18%
2%
2020
82%
16%
2%
A reduction in, or change to, any of these programs could have a significant impact on the Company’s operations and
financial condition.
170
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
171
NOTE 14. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company has two operating segments that are managed in the following reportable segments:
• American Public Education Segment, or APEI Segment, and
• Hondros College of Nursing Segment, or HCN Segment.
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, the chief operating decision-maker has been identified
as the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews operating results to make decisions about
allocating resources and assessing performance for APEI and HCN.
A summary of financial information by reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):
Revenue
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Intersegment elimination
Total Revenue
Depreciation and Amortization
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Total Depreciation and Amortization
Income (loss) from operations before interest income and income taxes
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Intersegment elimination
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$260,062
37,625
—
$256,899
29,479
(108)
$285,766
36,091
(72)
$297,687
$286,270
$321,785
$ 16,175
$ 14,659
$ 12,364
1,326
937
620
$ 17,501
$ 15,596
$ 12,984
$ 28,561
3,965
—
$ 23,522
(10,768)
2
$ 24,034
722
1
Total income from operations before interest income and income taxes
$ 32,526
$ 12,756
$ 24,757
Interest Income, Net
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Total Interest Income, Net
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Total Income Tax Expense
Capital Expenditures
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Total Capital Expenditures
$ 2,867
$ 3,866
$ 1,075
48
42
17
$ 2,915
$ 3,908
$ 1,092
$ 8,267
$ 7,754
$ 6,827
1,020
(2,567)
193
$ 9,287
$ 5,187
$ 7,020
$ 8,793
$ 6,479
$ 4,724
637
776
202
$ 9,430
$ 7,255
$ 4,926
172
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
173
Effective January 1, 2019, the APEI Segment began charging the HCN Segment for the value of courses taken by HCN
Segment employees at APUS. The intersegment elimination represents the elimination of this intersegment revenue
in consolidation.
A summary of the Company’s consolidated assets by reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):
Assets
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Total Assets
As of December 31,
2019
2020
$305,896
49,001
$354,897
$322,544
48,474
$371,018
NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On March 1, 2021, we completed an underwritten public offering of 3,680,000 shares of our common stock at a price
to the public of $25.00 per share for estimate aggregate net proceeds of $86.4 million, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses.
NOTE 16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (UNAUDITED)
The following unaudited consolidated interim financial information presented should be read in conjunction with
other information included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In the opinion of management, the
following unaudited consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation
of the results of interim periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be
expected for future periods. The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly financial information for
each of the Company’s last eight quarters:
(in thousands, except per share data)
1st Quarter
2nd Quarter
3rd Quarter
4th Quarter
2019
Revenue
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic
Diluted
2020
Revenue
Income from operations before income taxes
Net income
Net income per common share:
Basic
Diluted
$73,441
$70,560
$67,888
$74,381
2,435
1,011
$ 0.06
$ 0.06
6,813
4,921
$ 0.30
$ 0.30
(1,894)
(1,638)
$ (0.10)
$ (0.10)
9,310
5,719
$ 0.37
$ 0.37
$74,616
$82,127
$79,133
$85,909
3,395
2,420
$ 0.16
$ 0.16
9,220
6,689
$ 0.45
$ 0.45
3,429
2,642
$ 0.18
$ 0.18
9,805
7,071
$ 0.48
$ 0.47
172
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
173
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including
our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
the Securities Exchange Act), as of December 31, 2020. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer
and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of that period, our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Beginning January 1, 2018, we implemented ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Although the new
revenue standard has had an immaterial impact on our ongoing revenue and net income, we implemented changes
to our processes related to revenue recognition and the related control activities. These included the development
of new policies based on the five-step model provided in the new revenue standard, new training, ongoing contract
review requirements, and gathering information provided for disclosures.
Beginning January 1, 2019, we implemented ASC 842, Leases. We implemented changes to our processes related
to contract evaluations, operating lease asset and liability recognition, and the related control activities. These
included the development of new policies, training, ongoing contract review requirements, and gathering
information provided for disclosures.
There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the
evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the fourth quarter
of 2020 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial
reporting. Beginning in March 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented our business continuity
plan and transitioned to a remote workforce at APEI and APUS and moved to a blended work model at HCN. Although
the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have not resulted in any changes in our internal control that have materially
affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting, we are continually
monitoring and assessing the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact it may have on our operations, including our
internal control.
174
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
175
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the
Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
• pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the Company;
• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures
of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
Company; and
• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer,
our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.
In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.
Based on its assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our internal control over financial
reporting is effective based on those criteria. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit
Committee of our Board of Directors.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, who audited and reported on the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included in this Annual Report, have also audited the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, as stated in
its report that appears below.
174
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
175
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of American Public Education Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, of the
Company and our report dated March 9, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting
was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 9, 2021
176
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
177
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
176
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
177
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K and the Instruction to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information
regarding our executive officers is set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report under the caption “Information
About our Executive Officers.”
CODE OF ETHICS
As part of our system of corporate governance, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors and also contains provisions only applicable
to our principal executive officer and senior financial officers. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available
on the Governance page of our website at http://www.apei.com. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement
under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code of Business Conduct
and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer or senior financial officers, by posting such information on
our website at the address above. The information on our website is expressly not incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The additional information regarding directors, executive officers, and corporate governance required by this Item is
hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the
SEC no later than 120 days following December 31, 2020 with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
178
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
179
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained in our
Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following
December 31, 2020 with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained in our
Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following
December 31, 2020 with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY
TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained in our
Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following
December 31, 2020 with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained in our
Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following
December 31, 2020 with respect to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
178
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
179
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) List of documents filed as part of this Annual Report:
(i) The required financial statements are included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.
(ii) The required financial statement schedules are included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.
(iii) See the Index to Exhibits included in this Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
(b) See the Index to Exhibits included in this Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
(c) See Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts included in this Annual Report and incorporated
herein by reference.
Other schedules are omitted because they are not required.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
180
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
181
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit No.
Exhibit Description
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
10.1+
10.2+
10.3+
10.4+
10.5+
10.6+
10.7+
10.8+
10.9+
10.10+
10.11+
10.12+
10.13+
10.14+
10.15+
10.16
10.17*
21.1
23.1
24
31.1
31.2
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated October 28, 2020, by and among American Public
Education Inc., FAH Education, LLC, Rasmussen, LLC, and Rasmussen College, LLC (14)
Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (1)
Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (7)
Form of certificate representing the Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (2)
Description of Securities (11)
American Public Education, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (8)
Amendment Number One to the American Public Education, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (12)
American Public Education, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (8)
American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2)
Amendment to the American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (4)
Amendment Number Two to the American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (12)
APUS Non-Qualified Plan (6)
Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers (2)
Executive Employment Agreement, dated August 21, 2019, by and between
American Public Education, Inc. and Angela Selden (10)
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 23, 2020, by
and between American Public Education, Inc. and Angela Selden (13)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 21, 2019, by and among American
Public University System, Inc., American Public Education, Inc. and Wallace E. Boston, Jr. (10)
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated June 30, 2020, by and among
American Public University System, Inc., American Public Education, Inc., and Wallace E. Boston Jr. (14)
Employment Agreement dated August 1, 2014, by and among American Public University
System, Inc., American Public Education, Inc. and Richard W. Sunderland, Jr. (3)
Employment Agreement dated May 3, 2018, by and among American Public Education,
Inc., American Public University System, Inc. and Patrik Dyberg (9)
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 29, 2020 by and among American Public
University System, Inc., American Public Education, Inc. and Wade T. Dyke (13)
Commitment Letter, dated October 28, 2020, by and among American Public Education,
Inc., Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Macquarie Capital Funding LLC. (15)
D2L Master Terms and Conditions Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2019 by and
between American Public University System, Inc. and D2L Ltd (filed herewith)
List of Subsidiaries (filed herewith)
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (filed herewith)
Power of Attorney (filed herewith)
Certification of Chief Executive officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
180
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
181
Exhibit No.
Exhibit Description
32.1
32.2
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)
EX-101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document—the instance document does not appear in the Interactive
Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
EX-101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
EX-101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
EX-101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
EX-101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
EX-101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10).
(1)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
November 14, 2007.
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-145185).
(3) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014
(File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on August 5, 2014.
(4) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
June 17, 2014.
(5) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
May 10, 2011.
(6) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 001-33810),
filed with the Commission on February 27, 2014.
(7) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
December 15, 2016.
(8) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
May 15, 2017.
(9) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2018
(File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on August 8, 2018.
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
August 22, 2019.
(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2019
(File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on March 11, 2020.
(12) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on
May 18, 2020.
(13) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2020
(File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on November 09, 2020.
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2020
(File No. 001-33810), filed with the Commission on August 10, 2020.
(15) Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the Commission
on October 29, 2020.
182
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
183
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
SCHEDULE II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2020:
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Allowance for receivables
Year ended December 31, 2019:
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Allowance for receivables
Year ended December 31, 2018:
American Public Education Segment
Hondros College of Nursing Segment
Allowance for receivables
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions/
(Reductions)
Write-Offs
Balance at
End of Period
$2,240
3,934
$6,174
$2,669
3,979
$6,648
$3,253
3,023
$6,276
$1,276
2,526
$3,802
$2,004
2,174
$4,178
$1,937
2,634
$4,571
$(1,320)
(2,673)
$(3,993)
$(2,433)
(2,219)
$(4,652)
$(2,521)
(1,678)
$(4,199)
$2,196
3,787
$5,983
$2,240
3,934
$6,174
$2,669
3,979
$6,648
182
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
183
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: March 9, 2021
By:
/s/ Angela Selden
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Name: Angela Selden
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Name
/s/ Angela Selden
Angela Selden
Date
Title
March 9, 2021
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Richard W. Sunderland, Jr., CPA
March 9, 2021
Richard W. Sunderland, Jr., CPA
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
*
Eric C. Andersen
*
Barbara G. Fast
*
Granetta B. Blevins
*
Jean C. Halle
*
Dr. Barbara Kurshan
*
Timothy J. Landon
*
William G. Robinson, Jr.
*
Daniel Pianko
March 9, 2021
Chairperson of the Board of Directors
March 9, 2021
Director
March 9, 2021
Director
March 9, 2021
Director
March 9, 2021
Director
March 9, 2021
Director
March 9, 2021
Director
March 9, 2021
Director
184
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
185
* Richard W. Sunderland, Jr., by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this report on behalf of the directors of
the Registrant above whose typed names asterisks appear, pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such
directors and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
By:
/s/ Richard W. Sunderland, Jr.
Richard W. Sunderland, Jr.
Attorney in Fact
184
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
185
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
186
186
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
2020 ANNUAL REPORT
1
1
The Rasmussen Acquisition
Corporate Information
Corporate and Administrative Offices
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
111 West Congress Street
Charles Town, WV 25414
Phone: (304) 724-3700
Toll Free: (877) 468-6268
www.apei.com
Stock Exchange Listing
The Nasdaq Global Select
Market under the symbol “APEI”.
Annual Stockholder Meeting
The 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
of American Public Education, Inc. will be
held virtually on May 21, 2021 at 8:00 a.m.
Eastern time.
virtualshareholdermeeting.com/APEI2021
Investor Relations
Chris Symanoskie, IRC
Vice President, Investor Relations
American Public Education, Inc.
111 West Congress Street
Charles Town, WV 25414
Phone: (703) 334-3880
csymanoskie@apei.com
Online Information
Investor Relations
AmericanPublicEducation.com
apei.com
Accountants
Deloitte & Touche LLP
7900 Tysons One Place
McLean, VA 22102
Phone: (703) 251-1000
Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
Attn: Shareholder Services
Toll Free: (800) 937-5449
Legal
Hogan Lovells US LLP
William Intner
Harbor East
100 International Drive, Suite 2000
Baltimore, MD 21202
Phone: (410) 659-2700
hoganlovells.com
APEI Board of Directors and Nominee
Eric C. “Ric” Andersen, Chairperson
Partner, Peak Equity
Timothy J. Landon, Director
Managing Partner, Ergo Ventures & Advisers, LLC.
Granetta B. Blevins, Director
Independent Consultant
Daniel S. Pianko, Director
Co-founder and Managing Director, Achieve Partners
Major General (Retired) Barbara G. Fast, Director
President and CEO, BGF Enterprises LLC
William G. Robinson, Jr., Director
President, Broadgate Human Capital LLC
Jean C. Halle, Director
President, Kairos Value, LLC
Dr. Barbara L. Kurshan, Director
Innovation Advisor
University of Pennsylvania Graduate School
of Education
Angela K. Selden, Director
Chief Executive Officer
American Public Education, Inc.
Lieutenant General (Retired) Vincent R. Stewart,
Director Nominee
Chief Innovation and Business Intelligence Officer
Ankura Consulting Group, LLC.
111 West Congress Street
Charles Town‚ West Virginia 25414
APEI.com
Visit our social communities for APUS, AMU & APU
APUS.edu/communities
Visit our social communities for Hondros College of Nursing
facebook.com/HondrosNursing
twitter.com/HondrosNursing